Kevin Lainez's Comic Reviews

Reviewer For: Comic Book Revolution Reviews: 1432
7.4Avg. Review Rating

10
Batman (2016) Annual #2

Dec 3, 2017

Batman Annual #2 is a masterfully executed comic book by Tom King, Lee Weeks and Michael Lark. The three come together to put a finely assembled package that acts as a love letter to Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle's relationship. At the same time King, Weeks and Lark crafted a story that could easily lead any fan more than satisfied if this is the true end of Batman. Even if that is not the case the fact that Batman Annual #2 can elicit such a feeling just further proves how exceptional the entire comic book is from beginning to end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022): 30th Anniversary Special #1

Aug 28, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers 30th Anniversary Special hits on all the notes you want from a giant anthology celebration. We see the Mighty Morphin Power Rangers honored in various ways as we get stories we never saw in the TV show and some content connected to the future of the franchise. It all comes together for a special reading experience with every creative team nailing what they set out to do with their celebration of the Power Rangers.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #1

Dec 28, 2022

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II #1 picks up where the original crossover left off without missing a beat. Ryan Parrott and Dan Mora capture the chemistry the Power Rangers and Ninja Turtles have to create a world that they both naturally exist in. The bigger mystery going on with the latest plot Rita Repulsa and Shredder have come up with promises this crossover will be bigger than the first. If you are a of the Power Rangers, Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, or both than make sure you do not miss out on this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #2

Jan 25, 2023

Ryan Parrott and Dan Mora deliver another can't miss issue in Mighty Morphin Power Rangers/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II #2. Everything from the various character moments and action sequences in this issue makes this story feel like a big event. This is all just further proof this is a must read for all Power Rangers and TMNT fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #3

Feb 22, 2023

Ryan Parrott and Dan Mora once again deliver an exciting chapter in the latest Mighty Morphin Power Rangers and Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles crossover. They are constantly throwing one great moment after another that will have fans of either franchise even more excited to find out what is next. And if the debut of the newest Power Ranger forms is any indication the best is yet to come.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Mighty Morphin Power Rangers / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #4

Mar 28, 2023

From beginning to end you can't help but have a smile on your face while reading Mighty Morphin Power Rangers/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II #4. Ryan Parrott and Dan Mora are on another level as they continue to top what they did in previous issues. The developments here will leave you even more excited to see what else this creative team has planned next with the Power Rangers and Ninja Turtles vs Rita Repulsa and Krang. This is a must-have comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ultimate Spider-Man (2024) #1

Jan 10, 2024

Ultimate Spider-Man #1 delivers on the exact promise that comes with the Ultimate Universe. It's a fresh start for both the characters and readers. Jonathan Hickman and Marco Checchetto do a lot of excellent character work for Peter Parker and his cast to create this whole new world. In it you are left feeling that Ultimate Spider-Man is a series rich with potential that the creative team will be tapping into. It's an accomplishment that makes Ultimate Spider-Man #1 must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ultimate Spider-Man (2024) #2

Feb 21, 2024

Ultimate Spider-Man #2 is a wonderful follow-up to the stand-out debut of this series. Jonathan Hickman and Marco Checchetto nail the story of an older Peter Parker becoming Spider-Man. What that means for Peter and those around him provides plenty of potential to play off from. That is shown throughout this issue, building a comic book you are excited to see how it continues in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Ultimate Spider-Man (2024) #3

Mar 27, 2024

Ultimate Spider-Man #3 continues to the pure fun that this series has been since it launched. Jonathan Hickman and Marco Checchetto nail all the different dynamics between the cast. The relationships, especially Peter and May Parker's father-daughter dynamic, make it easy to get lost in experiencing how the story develops with each page you turn. It all works to elevate to have the final moment between Spider-Man and Green Goblin maximize the impact Hickman and Checchetto were going for.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
DC / Looney Tunes: Batman/Elmer Fudd #1

Jun 30, 2017

Batman/Elmer Fudd #1 is a perfectly paced comic book that every DC Comics fan should purchase and read right away. Everything from the character development to the action worked incredibly. Tom King and Lee Weeks did an excellent job bringing Elmer Fudd and the rest of the Looney Toons to life and integrating them into Batman's world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #1

Jan 11, 2019

Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man #1 is a great start to Tom Taylor's run on this series. Right away Taylor capturing what makes Spider-Man and Peter Parker compelling as characters. The world around them is properly developed with the back-up story providing an impactful note to leave fans wanting to come back for more. All of this is brought to life by Juann Cabal and Marcelo Ferreira artwork that fit the tone of their assigned stories. If you're a Spider-Man I recommend checking out Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man (2019) #6

May 12, 2019

Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man #6 is a masterpiece of an issue that's must have for every comic book fans collection. Tom Taylor and Juann Cabal delivered a phenomenal issue with Spider-Man fulfilling a kid's wish to be a superhero. The chemistry between Spider-Man and Spider-Bite was natural and made the final page of Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man #6 a memorable ending.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Local Man (2023): Bad Girls #1

Mar 27, 2024

Local Man: Bad Girls pays great homage to what fans of 90s comic books remember reading. In the process it showcases how we've only scratched the surface of the potential for the universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Supermassive (2022): 2023

May 22, 2023

Supermassive: One-Shot delivers everything you can want from an epic big event crossover comic book. This is a must have for fans of the Massive-Verse. And even if you haven't experienced the Massive-Verse comic books this one-shot gives you a great idea for why you should be Radiant Black, Rogue Sun, and The Dead Lucky.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Bone Orchard Mythos: Tenement #1

Jun 19, 2023

Jeff Lemire and Andrea Sorrentino deliver an incredible start to the latest entry in The Bone Orchard Mythos. You are immediately invested in the seven leads in Tenement #1 with how Jeff Lemire develops each of them through the writing. Then there is the incredible artwork by Sorrentino and colorist David Stewart that gets over the vibe of the story with great use of page space. It all comes togethers for a can't miss comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Deviant (2023) #1

Nov 13, 2023

The Deviant #1 is one of the most impressive first issues of a comic book we've had in 2023. James Tynion and Joshua Hixson knock it out of the park creating story you can't help but be immersed by. This may be most terrifying version of Santa Clause we have seen. It's definitely a must read for fans of horror.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Black Widow (2016) #8

Dec 1, 2016

Black Widow #8 is another strong entry in one of Marvel's best ongoing comic books. Mark Waid and Chris Samnee did a fantastic job giving us a scope of the fallout from Natasha Romanoff's clash with the Dark Room's Headmistress. The balance between strong character development and engaging action sequences was on point throughout the issue to tell a complete story. With the ending teasing the appearance of the Winter Soldier there is plenty to be excited about for Black Widows continuing adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Black Widow (2016) #9

Jan 2, 2017

Black Widow #9 delivered an action-packed issue with plenty of emotion to back it up. The reunion between Black Widow and Winter Soldier was elevated by the presence of Recluse, who is quickly becoming the biggest threat to Natasha's life. Now with Winter Soldier revealing that Nick Fury needs to speak with Black Widow while Recluse is still on the loose things should only get more exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2016) #11

Feb 10, 2017

Mark Waid and Chris Samnee did not waste any time in establishing what is on the line for the final issue. Black Widow #11 effectively set the stage for the final issue of this series to go out with a bang. The conflict between Black Widow and Recluse cannot be any higher as the latter has raised the stakes in a way that puts the world into danger. Samnee's phenomenal artwork throughout this issue only helps to amplify the tension created by the story as it progresses towards its inevitable end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2016) #12

Apr 5, 2017

Black Widow #12 was an excellent conclusion to Mark Waid and Chris Samnee's run on Natasha Romanoff's latest ongoing series. As sad as I am for the series coming to an end it is great to see that Waid and Samnee were able to execute an ending that closed the book on this chapter in Black Widow's life in a satisfactory way. The place where Waid and Samnee leave Black Widow provides plenty of opportunities for other creative teams to do fun and exciting things with the character in the greater Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Demon Days (2021): X-Men #1

Mar 6, 2021

Peach Momoko knocked it out of the park with the story she told in Demon Days: X-Men #1. This comic book did such a fantastic job setting the tone for the rest of this series moving forward. The writing and artwork by Momoko worked perfectly in sync to make you feel immersed in the new Marvel Universe we are presented with. This is a must have comic book for Marvel fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Demon Days (2021): Cursed Web #1

Sep 6, 2021

Peach Momoko once again knocks it out of the park with Demon Days: Cursed Web #1. Mariko's development continues to make her an even more interesting character with each passing issue. The introduction of Demon Days version of Mystique, Sabertooth, Thor, and Storm adds to how this is one of the most engrossing reading experiences out in the market from Marvel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Demon Days (2021): Blood Feud #1

Mar 27, 2022

Overall, Demon Days: Blood Feud closed out "The Yashida Saga in a satisfying way. Momoko wraps up Mariko's arc in a way that leaves a lot of room for more stories to be told if we return to the Demon Days Marvel Universe. Which I hope we do because characters and world are so wonderful that there is so many possibilities stories to be told in this universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
I Heart Skull Crusher (2024) #1

Mar 11, 2024

I Heart Skull-Crusher! #1 is an excellent start to the sports journey of Trini as she look to go pro in Screaming Pain Ball. From the moment you open this comic book your attention is captured by the world Josie Campbell and Alessio Zonno create for you to experience. It will hit you as hard, as exemplified by the opening double page spread, that you are left wanting to read more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
I Heart Skull Crusher (2024) #2

Apr 17, 2024

If you have already, make sure to pick up I Heart Skull Crushers! #2 along with the first issue. This is a ready experience not to be missed out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Kill Your Darlings (2023) #1

Sep 4, 2023

Kill Your Darling #1 is one of the best series debuts of the year. The creative team does a phenomenal job blending fantasy and reality in an immersive way. The shocking twist leaves you wanting to find out what will happen in this story next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Kill Your Darlings (2023) #2

Oct 16, 2023

Kill Your Darlings #2 is an incredible follow-up to the strong debut in what is quickly becoming one of the best titles in 2023. The creative team of Ethan Parker, Griffin Sheridan, and Robert Quinn deliver a lot of quality character development to make you care even more about Rose as the lead character. The way the dark fantasy elements are integrated into the story creates an even greater investment in what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Kill Your Darlings (2023) #7

Mar 20, 2024

Ethan Parker, Griffin Sheridan, and Robert Quinn continue to do an excellent job at melding the dark fantasy and horror genre together.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Scarlet Witch & Quicksilver (2024) #1

Feb 14, 2024

Scarlet Witch & Quicksilver #1 fully taps into the potential of Wanda and Pietro's dynamic. Steve Orlando and Lorenzo Tammetta embrace the history of both characters to create a story that brings in fans of both characters. This is a Marvel comic book to have on your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Scarlet Witch & Quicksilver (2024) #2

Mar 20, 2024

Steve Orlando and Luciano Vecchino maximize the pure comic book villainy of Wizard and the Frightful Four Hundred. The results are a true challenge for Scarlet Witch and Quicksilver as they must think on their feet to take on this threat.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Sirens of the City (2023) #1

Jul 10, 2023

From character to world building Sirens of the City #1 is an incredible start to this new series by Joanne Starer and Khary Randolph. The 1980s New York City setting is crafted to be filled with personality thanks to a strong series lead. Randolph's artwork steals the show that makes this one of the best-looking comic books you will find. A must-have comic book all around.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Sirens of the City (2023) #2

Aug 17, 2023

Sirens of the City #2 is yet another gorgeous issue with a story that gets you further invested in the world. Joanne Starer and Khary Randolph have create a story that is a can't miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2023) #1

Feb 21, 2023

Joshua Williamson and Jamal Campbell accomplish everything you want from a first issue with Superman #1. The foundation is set for Clark Kent, Lois Lane, and Lex Luthor's new status quo. There is a reestablishment of what Metropolis is. Then we have a renewed focus on developing Superman's rogues gallery. Its all here to build excitement for what Williamson and Campbell have planned for their Superman run and you can't help but be all in.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2023) #2

Mar 21, 2023

Superman #2 delivers exactly what you want from the premiere series in a franchise. The crisis caused by Parasite comes across as a big event that the entire Superman Family must deal with. In the process we see more building blocks placed that build out the long-term future of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Superman (2023) #3

Apr 18, 2023

Superman #3 concludes the Parasite crisis story in a way that gets you invested in the future that Joshua Williamson and Jamal Campbell have planned for the series. This is definitely one of the premier titles for DC Comics that fans should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Titans: Beast World (2023) #1

Nov 28, 2023

Titans: Beast World #1 is an excellent start to the latest DC Universe big event. Tom Taylor and Ivan Reis nail what the scale of a DCU event needs to be. The story is framed around the Titans, specifically Starfire and Beast Boy, helps to further elevate the team as the premiere superhero team. If you are a DC Comics fan make sure to pick up Titans: Beast World #1 this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Titans: Beast World (2023) #2

Dec 12, 2023

Titans: Beast World #2 does an excellent job at keeping the momentum from the debut chapter moving forward. Tom Taylor and Ivan Reis constantly keep the tension high as our heroes don't have a moment to rest. Everyone is on full "save the world mode as the Beast Boy Starro infect more and more people with each passing second. It all leads to yet further proof why Titans: Beast World is a can't miss comic book event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Titans: Beast World (2023) #3

Dec 26, 2023

Titans: Beast World #3 is another incredible chapter in the latest DC Universe big event. Tom Taylor and Lucas Meyer did an excellent job at showing how our heroes go from reacting to taking action in the face of the Garro crisis. The developments with the Titans and Amanda Waller sides of the story build even more excitement for what will happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Titans: Beast World (2023) #4

Jan 9, 2024

Titans: Beast World #4 is another excellent chapter in the latest DC Universe event. Tom Taylor does a great job at positioning the Titans and other heroes to do what they do best. The way Amanda Waller is brought in to further the greater Dawn of DC direction creates several surprise moments, including an impactful ending. And once again Lucas Meyer delivers artwork that makes every page and panel have a sense of importance. It all comes together for another must-read experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans: Beast World (2023) #5

Jan 23, 2024

Titans: Beast World #5 does a great job acting as the penultimate chapter of the DC Universe' latest big event. Amanda Waller's anti-superhero agenda is shown in full force. She forced the Titans into a corner where they were left in a no-win scenario. It led to a great surprise reveal that elevated Raven to be front-and-center for the finale of this event.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Titans: Beast World (2023) #6

Jan 30, 2024

Titans: Beast World #6 does a fantastic job wrapping up the DC Universe's latest big event. The heroes do what they do best in saving the world. At the same time, the fallout of what took place is immediately felt. That aftermath leaves you excited for everything that will be happening in the DCU in the aftermath of Titans: Beast World. If you didn't read Titans: Beast World when it was released monthly I highly recommend picking up the trade collection.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Ultimate X-Men (2024) #1

Mar 6, 2024

Peach Momoko delivers a unique reading experience with Ultimate X-Men #1. Everything from the design to storytelling approach gets you enamored with what Momoko is building with this series. While more X-Men elements need to be added so this doesn't feel like a solo series, the foundation that's been created has a lot of potential. It all leads to Ultimate X-Men being a strong addition to both the X-Men and Ultimate Universe franchises.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Ultimate X-Men (2024) #2

Apr 10, 2024

Peach Momoko does a phenomenal job at continuing the momentum of this series with Ultimate X-Men #2. Hisako Ichiki continues to be developed as a strong lead with the addition of Maystorm making Hisako's character and this story even better. The character focus approach is elevated by the continued horror storytelling that is being utilized to put over the first Ultimate X-Men villain. It all comes together to make Ultimate X-Men #2 drive home how quickly this title has become one of Marvel's best comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Void Rivals (2023) #1

Jun 12, 2023

Robert Kirkman and Lorenzo De Felici deliver a comic book with compelling characters and a storyline that is made better by an ending that leaves you excited to read the next issue as soon as possible. Void Rivals #1 is comic book you do not want to miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Void Rivals (2023) #2

Jul 17, 2023

Void Rivals #2 is an excellent follow-up to everything established in the first issue. Robert Kirkman and Lorenzo De Felici create even greater investment in the journey Darak and Solila have found themselves on in the new Energon Universe. It all comes together for a can't miss reading experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Void Rivals (2023) #3

Aug 14, 2023

Robert Kirkman and Lorenzo De Felici deliver the best issue of this series to date with Void Rivals #3. Darak and Solila continue to stand out as strong leads. The integration of Transfomers is both handled to naturally be part of the development in the story and give fans of the franchise moments to get excited over. The ending of Void Rivals #3 is a strong hook to want to learn what is truly going on with Darak and Solila.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Void Rivals (2023) #6

Nov 19, 2023

Void Rivals #6 is an excellent conclusion to the first story arc of the series. From beginning to end Robert Kirkman and Lorenzo De Felice have you completely invested in Darak and Solila journey. The immersion created keeps you in the moment so your paying attention to everything that's said. If you haven't checked out Void Rivals yet make sure to fix that by picking up these first six issues or when collection for this first arc comes out next February.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Void Rivals (2023) #7

Mar 4, 2024

Void Rivals returned with purpose. That purpose was delivering more compelling storytelling with Darak and Solila at the forefront. With Void Rivals #7 Robert Kirkman and Lorenzo De Felici created a strong foundation for the new story arc for this series. Which leads to even greater investment in the Energon Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Void Rivals (2023) #8

Apr 1, 2024

Void Rivals #8 is an exhilarating new chapter that firmly establishes Proximus as a Predator-like threat. This along with the character work for Solila all build greater investment in the world building of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
W0rldtr33 #1

Apr 10, 2023

James Tynion, Fernando Blanco, and Jordie Bellaire created a comic book that immediately engages you from the moment you open W0rldtr33 #1. Everything from the concept of the Undernet to the characters themselves leave you looking forward to what comes next in this world. This is one comic book you don't want to miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
W0rldtr33 #2

May 30, 2023

James Tynion and Fernando Blanco continue their wild, sci-fi horror ride with yet another special issue in W0rldtr33 #2. The dynamics between all the characters shine through to grow your investment in the world. That investment is further elevated by the story around the Undernet and the mysterious woman whose actions carry the narrative forward. It all comes together for a can't miss comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
W0rldtr33 #5

Aug 28, 2023

James Tynion, Fernando Blanco, and Jordie Bellaire's chemistry shines throughout this final issue as they complete their world-altering endgame-level story with W0rldtr33 #5. The ending firmly places W0rldtr33 as an epic thriller that's one of the must-read comics of 2023.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
World's Finest: Teen Titans (2023) #1

Jul 12, 2023

World's Finest: Teen Titans #1 is one of the best first issues DC Comics has published for a new series. Mark Waid and Emanuela Lupacchino did a fantastic job showcasing the balance and chemistry that this version of the Teen Titans have. This is definitely a must-have comic book for DC Comics' fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
World's Finest: Teen Titans (2023) #2

Aug 8, 2023

Mark Waid and Emanuela Lupacchino take what they established in the first issue and improve on it in every way with World's Finest: Teen Titans #2. The focus is given to Donna Troy, Garth, Roy Harper, and Karen Beecher. In the process we see how Waid and Lupacchino continued to modernize the original Teen Titans adventures while maintaining what makes this team so beloved.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
World's Finest: Teen Titans (2023) #3

Sep 16, 2023

World's Finest: Teen Titans #3 further cements this as one of the best comic books of the year for DC Comics. The convention setting opened new opportunities to explore where each Teen Titans member is at in this point in their lives in and out of their superhero identity. The continued build of the Terror Titans helps build up an endgame for when we get to the final issue of this mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
World's Finest: Teen Titans (2023) #4

Oct 11, 2023

World's Finest: Teen Titans #4 delivers fantastic character study storytelling with the pairing of Garth, Wally West, and Roy Harper. The rest of the Titans cast is also highlighted well. It all comes together for a can't miss comic book for any DC Comics fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Creed: The Next Round (2023) #1

Jun 26, 2023

Creed: The Next Round #1 is a fantastic start to explore the legacy of the Creed and Rocky movies in comic book form. Amara Creed is quickly established as a lead whose journey you want to follow. Her journey both builds on the legacy of her father and stands on its own, even if you haven't watched any of the Creed movies. It all comes together for a must-read comic book by Latoya Morgan, Jai Jamison, and Wilton Santos.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Creed: The Next Round (2023) #2

Jul 27, 2023

Latoya Morgan and Jai Jamison continue to do an excellent job at exploring the concept of legacy through Creed: The Next Round #2. Expanding on the Creed legacy by including the rest of the Creed Family tree is a fantastic choice as Amara's story continues to develop alongside her dad, Adonis. Strong artwork from Wilton Santos and Joe Jaro just adds to how this is a can't miss comic book for Rocky and Creed fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Creed: The Next Round (2023) #3

Aug 22, 2023

Creed: The Next Round #3 does an excellent job at building excitement for the final act of this story. We get a deeper dive into Jamie "Slayer Pierce character that made her a strong antagonist for Amara Creed to overcome. The additional elements of how the Creed legacy continues to be tackled made this all yet another winning round for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Devil's Reign (2021) #1

Dec 9, 2021

Devil's Reign #1 gives Marvel's latest big event as hot of a start as you can get. Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto absolutely delivery a fun and complex read as Wilson Fisk executes his ultimate endgame on the Marvel Universe. The way both Marvel's superheroes and villains respond to Wilson Fisk's announcement creates a lot of excitement and intrigue into how things will go down in Devil's Reign. This is certainly one Marvel event not to miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Devil's Reign (2021) #2

Dec 30, 2021

Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto take what they built in the first issue and elevate it to another level with their work on Devil's Reign #2. The sense of escalation in Marvel's latest event is being handled extremely well. Ever scene in this issue is given a sense of importance to the narrative of Devil's Reign. It all leads to a final page where you are left even more hyped to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Devil's Reign (2021) #3

Jan 28, 2022

Kevin Lainez You can catch up with all of Kevin's thoughts about comics, anime, TV shows, movies and more over onTwitter @TheKevinLainez. You can also watch the fun and silly videos Kevin is making over on hisTikTok @nerdykev.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Devil's Reign (2021) #4

Feb 10, 2022

Kevin Lainez As a fan of Marvel, DC Comics, manga, and comic books a whole Kevin joined the Comic Book Revolution to share his love for these things with the world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Devil's Reign (2021) #5

Mar 10, 2022

Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto took the ending of the previous issue to make Devil's Reign #5 the most intense chapter of this event thus far. Throughout this comic book you felt the rage that Wilson Fisk was unleashing onto New York and Marvel's superheroes. The ending, while predictable, sets up the final chapter of Devil's Reign to have serious ramifications for the Marvel Universe however the chips may fall at the conclusion of this event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Devil's Reign (2021) #6

Apr 7, 2022

Devil's Reign #6 is a strong conclusion to the latest Marvel blockbuster event. This issue was non-stop with big action sequences and major character moments you expect to see from the ending of a big event. When the dust is allowed to settle you are left excited for what is next in the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Duke (2023) #2

Jan 29, 2024

Duke #2 delivers a strong follow-up to the spy/action thriller set-up by the first issue. Joshua Williamson and Tom Reilly build on the investment in Duke's character journey through his interactions with other G.I. Joe characters. These interactions build towards a memorable ending that makes you want to read the next issue right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Duke (2023) #3

Feb 26, 2024

Duke #3 does an excellent job introducing Baroness and building her chemistry with Duke. Every character shines, which in turn makes the Energon Universe even more compelling. The way this issue ends creates a lot of intriguing questions for what could happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Duke (2023) #4

Mar 25, 2024

Duke #4 is an intense ride from beginning to end. Joshua Williamson, Tom Reilly, and Jordie Bellaire maximize every panel and page they have to spotlight what makes each character special. It all further elevates how Duke and Baroness in particular are positioned as the leads of this chapter in the story. The way things end get you even more invested in wanting to find out how this story for Duke will end.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Immortal Thor (2023) #1

Aug 23, 2023

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Immortal Thor (2023) #4

Nov 15, 2023

The Immortal Thor #4 delivers an epic recruitment of the Thor Corps. While the Thor and Storm interaction dominates the issue Beta Ray Bill, Sif, and Loki get great character moments. It all combines to create the maximum amount of hype going into the battle against Toranos the Utgard-Thor.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Immortal Thor (2023) #6

Jan 24, 2024

Immortal Thor #6 is carried by the incredible chemistry between Thor and Loki. Al Ewing and Martn Cccolo did an excellent job at elevating that chemistry with a story that creates a lot of questions as to what comes next. That follow-up will be an important factor in this second arc either being a filler story or a strong continuation of this young creative run.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Immortal Thor (2023) #7

Feb 28, 2024

Between Al Ewing's gripping dialogue and Martn Cccolo incredible artwork Immortal Thor #7 was another home run of a comic book. This issue does an great job building up the Utgard Gods through the chemistry shared by Thor and Loki. All the while setting up even bigger things to be excited for in future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Immortal Thor (2023) #9

Apr 3, 2024

All of this leads to Immortal Thor #9 giving the vibes of being on an unknown adventure that is fun to just be in the moment and enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: The Return (2024) #1

Feb 7, 2024

Amy Jo Johnson, Matt Hotson, and Nico Leon put a lot of great care in crafting this alternate future Power Rangers timeline. They honor the original team while presenting something that is new and exciting. It all leads to Mighty Morphin Power Rangers: The Return #1 being a must-read comic book for all Power Rangers' fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: The Return (2024) #2

Mar 13, 2024

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers: The Return #2 is an excellent follow-up to the debut issue of this mini-series. Learning what happened during the final battle against Lord Zedd and Rita Repulsa hit on how epic it would be. Everything from the scale of the final battle to the emotional character beats where back-to-back home runs. This is something all Power Rangers fans should check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers: The Return (2024) #3

Apr 10, 2024

Continuing the backstory of the Mighty Morphin Power Rangers: The Return universe, we get more insight into Seline's origin as Lord Zedd and Rita Repulsa's daughter. In the process we see how this mini-series takes elements from the recent Once & Always special. Diving deeper into what happened during the final battle does make Tommy Oliver's sacrifice an even greater development than it already was.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The Cull (2023) #1

Aug 14, 2023

Kelly Thompson and Mattia De Iulis hit a home run, delivering a captivating opening chapter for their mini-series with The Cull #1. The trust Thompson and Iulis have in each other as the creative team shines as much as the characters. Each of our five leads has their own story that makes their dynamic as a friend group when they meet up to be even more engaging. This makes the larger-than-life adventure the cast begin to be even more captivating. It all comes together for a series that is a must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
The Cull (2023) #2

Sep 11, 2023

The Cull #2 does an excellent job carrying the momentum created by the first issue forward. The dynamic between the cast shines as much as the mysterious world they are exploring together. It all works to create greater investment in finding out how everything will turn out in this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
The Cull (2023) #3

Oct 9, 2023

The Cull #3 does a wonderful job diving deeper into the fantastical world Kelly Thompson and Mattia De Iulis have created. The cast shine individually and as a group with what they go through in the mysterious world they are exploring. Their experiences are elevated by the amazing visuals that continue to steal the show and make this a must-read series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2020) #1

Sep 5, 2020

Kelly Thompson, Elena Casagrande, and Jordie Bellaire kick off Natasha Romanoff's newest adventure with a strong debut issue. A strong tone is set as Black Widow #1 is inviting to new readers that want to get into Black Widow's character while respecting Natasha's recent history to peak long-time readers interest. If you are a Black Widow fan or someone that enjoys spy stories this is a comic book you should pick up

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2020) #3

Nov 6, 2020

As "The Ties That Bind" arc progresses Kelly Thompson and Elena Casgrande continue to add layers to the story. Black Widow #3 keeps that trend going as there are new elements added that will build on the mystery around Natasha Romanoff suddenly waking up to a new domestic life. Both the villains and heroes that have been brought in added to the questions you have as a reader. It all gets you excited to find out what is really going on with this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Black Widow (2020) #4

Dec 7, 2020

Black Widow #4 is yet another example of how this series is quickly becoming one of the best comics Marvel is publishing. Kelly Thompson does a great job delivering a story that has emotional weight while also showcasing Natasha Romanoff as the badass superspy we know she is. The artwork by Elena Casagrande and Carlos Gomez further emphasized that fact as everything comes together to tell a story that gets you more invested in what is going on.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2020) #5

Feb 22, 2021

Black Widow #5 solidifies this series as one of the best Marvel series the company is publishing right now. Kelly Thompson, Elena Casagrande, and Rafael De Latorre work perfectly in sync to challenge Natasha Romanoff in ways that create a compelling narrative around her character. Where that narrative ultimately ends up at creates a lot of excitement for the unknown future of this Black Widow series moving forward. If you have not picked up this Black Widow series up yet I highly recommend changing that fact as this is a can't miss Marvel comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2020) #6

May 1, 2021

As each issue is released Kelly Thompson has established Black Widow as one of the best titles published by Marvel. Black Widow #6 is further proof of that as it carries the momentum created by the first story arc of this series forward in a positive direction. Thompson does a fantastic job showing how Natasha Romanoff plans on being proactive in taking down the threat of Apogee that has come after her. The artwork by Rafael De Latorre and Jordie Bellaire further elevates the story that takes place in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Widow (2020) #9

Aug 2, 2021

Kelly Thompson, Elena Casagrande and Rafael De LaTorre once again show why their work on Black Widow is some of the best being produced at Marvel. Black Widow #9 is strongly paced with a mix of fun action and great character work for the entire cast of this series. The ending leads to even greater anticipation for how this storyline around the Apogee will all turn out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2020) #10

Aug 28, 2021

Kelly Thompson, Elena Casagrande, and Rafael De LaTorre knock it out of the park with the conclusion of the "I Am The Black Widow" arc in Black Widow #10. This issue wonderfully wraps up the story with Apogee in strong fashion while creating even greater excitement for the future of all the characters in this series. It all goes to prove why Black Widow is easily one of the best comic books on the market right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2020) #12

Nov 1, 2021

Black Widow #12 continues the trend of this series being the best comic book Marvel is publishing. Kelly Thompson and Elena Casagrande did a great job making the latest spy mission Natasha Romanoff and her crew go on have a great deal of tension and excitement. The ending with a new villain being introduced created even greater anticipation for what will take place in the latest story arc for Black Widow.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Black Widow (2020) #13

Jan 10, 2022

All of this worked to build the hype up for the next three chapters of "Die By The Blade" as we see how things go between Black Widow and Living Blade in the present. Along with their rematch we have a lot of questions around the mission Natasha and her crew are on. Add the incredible artwork by Rafael Pimentel and Jordie Bellaire to the character work done for Natasha in this flashback story Black Widow #13 is a can't miss comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Black Widow (2020) #14

Feb 26, 2022

Overall, Black Widow #14 is yet another example of why this is the best comic book that Marvel is currently publishing. Kelly Thompson, Elena Casagrande, Elisabetta D'Amico, Jordie Bellaire knock it out of the park with create the maximum amount of tension through the various action sequences and character interactions. If you aren't reading this series already I highly recommend fixing that because you really are missing out on something special.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Black Widow (2020) #15

Apr 9, 2022

Black Widow #15 is a strong close to one of the best series that Marvel has been published. Kelly Thompson, Elena Casagrande, Elisabetta D'Amico, Rafael R. Pimentel, and Jordie Bellaire were a phenomenal creative team. They can all be proud of the magic they created with this series. If you have not read this volume of Black Widow I highly recommend checking out the trade collections immediately. It is truly special and I hope we see this creative team work together again in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
King In Black #1

Dec 6, 2020

Donny Cates and Ryan Stegman do not waste anytime kicking things off as big as possible with King In Black #1. This first issue set the tone that Knull is not messing around as the God Of Symbiotes makes it clear to all the Marvel Universe's heroes they cannot stop him. With how things turned for our heroes by the end of King In Black #1 I cannot wait to see what happens next in Marvel's big event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
King In Black #2

Dec 24, 2020

King In Black #2 picks up where the first issue left off and does not miss a beat. Donny Cates and Ryan Stegman do a great job throughout this issue getting over how the remaining Marvel heroes now have their backs against the wall. This situation led to a lot of character interactions and decisions that add greater interest in how things will turn out when all is said and done with King In Black.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
King In Black #3

Jan 21, 2021

The war that the Marvel Universe's greatest heroes have found themselves in against Knull and the Symbiotes continued to escalate with each passing page of King In Black #3. The appearance of Thor and another major cosmic character further elevate what is going on with Marvel's latest big event. By the end of King In Black #3 you are left even more hyped for what comes next. And as a fan that is all I can ask for from an ongoing story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
King In Black #4

Feb 18, 2021

Donny Cates and Ryan Stegman once again knock it out of the park in providing another chapter in King In Black that captures the grand scale expected from a big event. Every page in King In Black #4 builds on each other as the heroes finally start turning things around against Knull. By then end you can help but have your sense of hype for the ending of this event to be at its max level. The stage is now set to make the final issue of King In Black one of the most epic conclusions to a big event that Marvel has had.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
King In Black #5

Apr 8, 2021

Donny Cates and Ryan Stegman made sure that the final battle between Venom and Knull was as epic as possible. And that is exactly what we got as King In Black #5 delivered an action packed conclusion that had some good heart at the end. This will definitely go down as one of Marvel's best big event. If you missed out on getting King In Black in single issues I highly recommend reading it when it comes out in hardcover or trade paperback form.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Local Man (2023) #1

Feb 20, 2023

Local Man #1 is an intriguing character study of what life is like for a disgraced superhero whose whole world has turned against him. Tim Seeley and Tony Fleecs create a world and cast of characters you look forward to learning more about. How all that works into a bigger mystery revealed at the end builds greater anticipation for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Local Man (2023) #2

Mar 27, 2023

Local Man #2 leaves you further invested in finding out how this story will play out. By focusing in on the big murder mystery Tim Seeley and Tony Fleecs dive into this world and how Jack Xaver responds to what is going on. The back-up story included in Local Man #2 adds a feeling of wanting to read the issue again immediately. It all comes together for another comic book you should have on your pull-list.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Local Man (2023) #3

Apr 24, 2023

Tim Seeley and Tony Fleecs continue grow greater intrigue in the world of Local Man through excellent character development. Every interaction in Local Man #3 builds out both the past and present of the world naturally through Jack Xaver and other characters dialogue. The artwork for both stories further drive home why Local Man is one of the standout comic books of 2023 thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Local Man (2023) #5

Jun 27, 2023

Local Man #5 delivers an incredible ending to one of the must-have comic books of 2023. The payoff for all the building blocks placed by the first four issues cement the world Local Man exist in something you want to read more about. If you haven't read Local Man yet do yourself a favor and pick up this comic book to experience it for yourself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Local Man (2023) #6

Oct 17, 2023

Local Man #6 continues the momentum created by the first story arc as if we didn't have a break in-between new issue. Tim Seeley and Tony Fleecs don't miss a beat with how they handle the progression of Jack Xaver's life and the world around him. The first story arc was the spark to a greater conflict in the world that was waiting to begin. If you haven't picked up Local Man yet make sure to fix that. Local Man #6 is an example of why this is a must-have series on your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman: White Knight #1

Oct 8, 2017

From the writing to the artwork, Batman: White Knight #1 is a fantastic comic book. The time Sean Murphy spent on developing how Batman and Joker find themselves switching roles was handled extremely well. That development made this version of Gotham City and the residents living in it even more fascinating as GCPD and Batman Family play an important role in shaping this world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batwoman: Rebirth #1

Feb 18, 2017

Batwoman: Rebirth #1 does an excellent job acting as a primer to get fans invested in the upcoming Kate Kane ongoing series. While it would've been nice to see the support cast fleshed out a bit Marguerite Bennett and James Tynion IV more than make up for it with a strong look at what shaped Kate into becoming Batwoman. With a clear mission now set up out of the gate and Steve Epting's phenomenal artwork to help tell their stories, Bennett and Tynion's Batwoman ongoing could be one of DC Comics best comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Black Cat (2019) Annual #1

Nov 15, 2019

From beginning to end, Black Cat Annual #1 is just pure fun. Jed MacKay delivered a comic book that's a showcase to the magical chemistry Black Cat and Spider-Man share. If your a fan of Black Cat, Spider-Man or both this is a comic I recommend checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Blow Away (2024) #1

Apr 15, 2024

Blow Away #1 absolutely nails how to use the setting to get the reader invested in the main character and story. The chemistry Zac Thompson and Nicola Izzo showed as a creative was top notch. If you are looking for an intense mystery thriller, make sure to check out Blow Away #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Challenge of the Super Sons (2020) #1

Dec 15, 2020

It is good to have Robin and Superboy back together again as the Super Sons! Peter Tomasi does not miss a beat delivering a fun start to the new Challenge Of The Super Sons series. As with previous comics involving the Super Sons the chemistry between Damian Wayne's Robin and Jonathan Kent's Superboy is a blast to read. Max Raynor energetic art style adds to how much fun Challenge Of The Super Sons #1 is. It is all a reminder that DC Comics publishing library is stronger when they can have Robin and Superboy together in a comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Cobra Commander (2024) #1

Jan 15, 2024

Cobra Commander #1 is an early contender for comic book issue of the year. Joshua Williamson, Andrea Milana, and Annalisa Leoni do a remarkable job with the world building around the Rise of Cobra. This adds yet another quality title to the strong Energon Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Cobra Commander (2024) #2

Feb 19, 2024

Cobra Commander #2 is an amazing ride from beginning to end. You are so immersed in the experience created that when you reach the end, you're left with the feeling of wanting to read more. Getting the reader to feel this way shows the home run hit by Joshua Williamson and Andrea Milana.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Cobra Commander (2024) #3

Mar 18, 2024

Cobra Commander #3 kicks things up a notch with the Dreadnoks proving to be excellent antagonists for our titular character to face. Joshua Williamson and Andrea Milana create a story that enhances the strengths and weakness of every character that appears on screen. The chemistry created between Cobra Commander and the Dreadnoks makes this a must-read comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Cobra Commander (2024) #4

Apr 17, 2024

The big reveal moments just don't hit like ones made in previous issues. Maybe if the moment in this issue was switched with the reveal at the end of the first issue it would be more impactful. Even then Cobra Commander #4 is still a very good comic book that adds to what is going on in the Energon Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #1

Feb 9, 2019

Daredevil #1 is an excellent start to Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto run on this series. Zdarsky makes great use of where Charles Soule left the character and crafts a story that has a lot of potential as multiple intriguing plotlines are introduced. Checchetto's artwork complemented Zdarsky's story perfectly as we come to understand where Matt Murdock is at the moment. If you are a Daredevil fan this is a must read for sure.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #4

Apr 22, 2019

Daredevil #4 is just about a pitch perfect comic book. Chip Zdarsky is able to tell a complete story in this one issue. At the same time he feeds into the greater narrative he is crafting with great care. Where Daredevil begins and ends in this issue after his conflict with Punisher creates even more intrigue into what comes next. If you are a fan of grounded superhero storytelling I highly recommend checking out Zdarsky and Checchetto's Daredevil.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2019) #5

May 20, 2019

Daredevil #5 was another excellent chapter in Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto run on this series. Ever since Daredevil accidentally killed someone Zdarsky has put the character on a path where there is genuine concern for his choices. That all came to a head with how things went down in the battle against The Owl and two emotional scenes with the Defenders and Spider-Man. Where things ended up created a lot of unknowns for the direction Matt Murdock will go on now. That sense of unknown makes what happens next in Daredevil a must read for fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #10

Aug 27, 2019

Daredevil #10 was a phenomenal issue. Chip Zdarsky continues to do a fantastic job exploring Matt Murdock's life without being Daredevil in a fascinating way. That has not been an easy thing for Matt to do which leads into an intriguing set-up for the role Elektra can serve in Zdarsky's greater narrative for this series. The fantastic artwork Jorge Fornes and Jordie Bellaire provide Daredevil elevates an already strong story to an even higher level.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2019) #11

Sep 16, 2019

Daredevil kickstarts the newest arc to this series, "Through Hell," with many fascinating things in play. Chip Zdarsky builds on everything he has done so far in his run that continues to highlight how long Matt Murdock can go without getting back to being Daredevil. The roles Elektra, Wilson Fisk and others all play their roles in building greater interest in whatever endgame Zdarsky is building towards.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #12

Oct 8, 2019

Daredevil #12 was another phenomenal issue in what is easily Marvel's best ongoing series. Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto work perfectly together to create two intriguing stories that follow Matt Murdock and Mayor Wilson Fisk. By the end of Daredevil #12 both characters are placed in positions that create even greater excitement for what will come next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #13

Nov 11, 2019

Daredevil #13 is another phenomenal issue. The sense of escalation that Chip Zdarsky continues to deliver has been a pleasure to watch. Everyone involved from Matt Murdock to Wilson Fisk to Elektra to Detective Cole North play an important role in what is going on. All of Zdarsky's dialogue is further elevated by the astounding artwork by Marco Checchetto. Checchetto's storytelling ability solidifies why Daredevil is Marvel's best comic book right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2019) #15

Dec 23, 2019

Daredevil #15 was yet another fantastic issue in what is Marvel's best ongoing series. Chip Zdarsky does a phenomenal job weaving together Daredevil, Elektra and Wilson Fisk's story together. While these characters are being tied together there are distinct character arcs that Zdarsky is giving them so they all have an ownership in what is going on. Zdarsky's storytelling is further elevated by the strong artwork that Marco Checchetto and Francesco Mobili provide the entire comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #16

Jan 5, 2020

From the moment Daredevil #16 begins Chip Zdarsky, Jorge Fornes and Nolan Woodard draw you into the story and don't release their hold until the very last panel. Every character that appears on a panel is character you are invested in. Whether its major characters like Daredevil, Elektra and Wilson Fisk or new characters such as Detective Cole North and Joe Cararro, there is a reason to be invested every word and decision they make. It's all just further proof that Daredevil is one of the best comic books on the market today.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Daredevil (2019) #19

Mar 9, 2020

Daredevil #19 is a masterclass of how to use every building block up to this point to provide both a payoff to what has been built while continuing to add to what's already there. Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto did a fantastic job building developing several storylines throughout Daredevil #19. All that development made the ending as impactful as possible with Matt Murdock taking a big step forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #20

Jun 12, 2020

No matter how great the previous issue was Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto find ways to make the next issue better. Daredevil #20 is a clear example of that as Zdarsky and Checchetto use all the developments of the past issues to elevate the events currently taking place in Hell's Kitchen. Matt Murdock returning as Daredevil stole the show with how impressive he was in defeating all the villains and stopping all the chaos. Now as the dust settles on this war Zdarsky and Checchetto have already set the stage for the next big storyline to get fans hyped to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #21

Jul 27, 2020

Daredevil #21 continues the trend of excellence that Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto have been known for on this series. The consequences of Matt Murdock's actions and decision are felt throughout this issue. How it all works together to tell a greater story makes what happens next even more exciting to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2019) #22

Sep 28, 2020

Chip Zdarsky knocks it out of the park again as Daredevil #22 shows why this series is one of the best comic books on the market. The narrative around Daredevil being placed on trial is given the weight it should have. Adding in the continued battle for control of Hell's Kitchen makes this a multi-layered story that has your attention from beginning to end.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2019) #24

Nov 29, 2020

Daredevil #24 delivers on the impactful result that Chip Zdarsky has been building his run around. Daredevil's ultimate decision and how other Marvel characters factored into that made the ending of this issue create even more interest in what will happen in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #25

Dec 3, 2020

Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto once again prove why they are one of the best creative teams in the industry with their work on Daredevil #25. From the big moment everyone will remember Daredevil #25 for to the meaningful conversations, everything about this issue is a showcase of how easily you can get lost in the world that Zdarsky and Checchetto craft. What impact the developments in Daredevil #25 will have on this series moving forward will be fun to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2019) #26

Jan 31, 2021

Daredevil #26 is a solid tie-in to the King In Black event that has taken over the Marvel Universe. Chip Zdarsky is able to work in Elektra Natchios new life as Daredevil in a way that continues to drive home what her mentality is going into being a superhero. Similarly, we get some good developments for Matt Murdock's new life as a prisoner serving out his sentence. Hopefully once these tie-ins to King In Black are done we can fully explore all the plans Zdarsky has for Daredevil moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Daredevil (2019) #28

Mar 14, 2021

Daredevil #28 does a very good job in taking the time to reassert where this series is at after the events of King In Black impact so many different character arcs. While this issue does focus mostly on Matt Murdock's current prison sentence Chip Zdarsky also spends time developing the current arcs of Elektra Natchios as the new Daredevil and Wilson Fisk's current mindset as Mayor of New York City. How all of these developments arc working separately and together is what continues to make Daredevil the top comic book series that Marvel is currently publishing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #29

Apr 15, 2021

Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto have proven that Daredevil is the best comic book series Marvel is publishing with every new issue. Daredevil #29 is yet another example of how phenomenal this series is. From Elektra Natchios taking on being Daredevil to the ongoing battle for the title of the Kingpin of Crime, Zdarsky and Checchetto have you invested in everything that takes place in this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2019) #33

Aug 15, 2021

Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto are at the top of their game with their work on Daredevil #33. Every single ongoing storyline from Elektra's battle with the Bullseye clones to the prison riot Matt Murdock leads adds even greater interest for the future of the series. It all goes to once again prove that Zdarsky and Checchetto's Daredevil is the best comic book Marvel is currently publishing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Daredevil (2019) #34

Sep 10, 2021

Daredevil #34 sets the stage for the final chapters of the current narrative Chip Zdarsky has set up around Bullseye's latest attack. Zdarsky gave us good insight into Elektra Natchios and Matt Murdock respective mindsets going into this final fight. What it will all mean for the larger picture of things going on in New York City will be interesting to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2019) #36

Dec 3, 2021

Daredevil #36 is a strong conclusion to Chip Zdarsky's run on the latest comic book volume for the Man Without Fear. In the process Zdarsky finishes laying the foundation for Devil's Reign to be an epic event that will involve a large part of Marvel's superhero community. If you are going to be picking up Devil's Reign I highly suggest picking up Daredevil #36 to get ready for the latest Marvel blockbuster event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Nights: Death Metal: The Secret Origin #1

Dec 27, 2020

Scott Snyder and Geoff Johns deliver an emotionally powerful end to Superboy-Prime's story with Dark Nights: Death Metal The Secret Origin #1. Everything Superboy-Prime has done since Infinite Crisis is paid off in way that by the end you do feel that the character got the ending he deserves. Snyder and Johns writing of Superboy-Prime's story is further strengthened by the top-tier artists that all worked on Dark Nights: Death Metal The Secret Origin #1. This is a definite must by for those reading Dark Nights: Death Metal.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Nights: Death Metal: The Last Stories of the DC Universe #1

Dec 9, 2020

Dark Nights: Death Metal The Last Stories Of The DC Universe gives fans all the moments from iconic characters they can hope for. All the creators who worked on this one-shot took great care in creating stories that built on the histories of every character we see. The closure for everyone provides a strong set-up for the final battle that we will see play out in the final issues of Dark Nights: Death Metal.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Nights: Metal #1

Aug 18, 2017

Dark Nights: Metal #1 is an excellent start to the latest event from DC Comics. Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo pack a lot into this first issue that will leave a lot of long time DC fans happy. Newer fans may feel lost with some elements in Dark Nights: Metal #1 but Snyder and Capullo make it clear that they will provide the information readers need to know to keep up as the event continues. The connection to DC's past and future created an aura around Dark Nights: Metal that makes it feel like the most important event for the company.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Dark Nights: Metal #2

Sep 15, 2017

Dark Nights: Metal #2 is an excellent continuation of DC's latest mega event. The use of events like Final Crisis and Darkseid War elevated the story that Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo are crafting. Now with Batman's actions opening the door to the possible destruction of the Multiverse we are left wondering how our favorite DC Universe heroes will be able to save the day. That mystery, along with several other sub-plots, make the anticipation for what happens next harder to wait for.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Dark Nights: Metal #3

Oct 12, 2017

Dark Nights: #3 is another compelling chapter in Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo's big DC Universe event. Snyder does not hold back in how he has pushed the Justice League and other DCU heroes into a corner. Through all the chaos that the Dark Knights of the Dark Multiverse have created Snyder is able to maintain a sense that our heroes have not given up on saving the DCU. That makes what happens next with what the Dark Knights were able to accomplish by the end of this issue even more highly anticipated.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Nights: Metal #4

Dec 23, 2017

Dark Nights: Metal #4 was another great issue of DC's latest event. Scott Snyder added to the overall story by adding more context into who Barbatos is. The adventures Batman, Superman, Wonder Woman, Hal Jordan and Aquaman go on further added to how epic the scope of Snyder's is. Add in all the detail Capullo gives the things going on in each panel only furthers the fact that Dark Nights: Metal is a must read event for DC Comics fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Nights: Metal #5

Feb 1, 2018

Dark Nights: Metal #5 continues the trend started with the beginning of the event with Scott Snyder making sure he pushes our heroes to their breaking point. With the Justice League split off in various directions Snyder was able to focus just enough time on each character left standing in this conflict. That time spent is maximize to such a degree that as a reader you come away even more excited for what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Nights: Metal #6

Mar 31, 2018

Scott Snyder does an excellent job delivering an exciting finish to his big event with Dark Nights: Metal #6. Outside of a few minor complaints, Scott Snyder paid off all of the storylines he built up throughout the course of Dark Nights: Metal in a satisfying way. The characters involved, both on the hero and villain side, came away from this event looking stronger than they did when Dark Nights: Metal started. Snyder's ending does an effective job in building excitement for the future of the entire DC Universe. If you are a fan of big events than Dark Nights: Metal is one comic you should pick up when it's hardcover collection is released.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Green Lantern (2018) #5

Mar 11, 2019

Grant Morrison used all of the building blocks he has placed throughout the early parts of his run to make The Green Lantern #5 a satisfying reading experience. Morrison did a fantastic job building up the tension around what Hal Jordan's latest mission is. Now that he has become directly involved with the Blackstars and adopted the name of Parallax what happens next is anyone's guess. Knowing Morrison's past work, the future for The Green Lantern will be an exciting one.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Green Lantern (2018) #6

Apr 8, 2019

The Green Lantern #6 was another fantastic issue by Grant Morrison and Liam Sharp. These two just continue to outdo themselves with each passing issue. They understand how to escalate things quickly and play up the drama of different moments. With Hal Jordan now stuck inside the mysterious world of his Green Lantern ring who knows what will happen next. And its that state of unknown that will continue to make The Green Lantern one of DC Comics best comic books on the market right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Hulk (2021) #7

May 26, 2022

Martin Coccolo phenomenal artwork takes center stage with incredible visuals throughout Hulk #7. The way Iron Man's participation causes the latest Hulk vs Thor clash to escalate to new, unexpected heights. Banner Of Hulk is escapism fun at its best and I'm excited to read the next issue of this crossover by Donny Cates and Coccolo.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Hulk (2021) #8

Aug 17, 2022

Hulk #8 was an explosive final chapter to the Hulk vs Thor: Banner of War crossover event that ended exactly how I was hoping it would. For all of Donny Cates and Daniel Warren Johnson great writing this was a true showcase of Martin Coccolo and Matt Wilson work as an art team. The artwork was absolutely stunning and is worth the price of admission just on all the action we got with the different stages in the Hulk vs Thor fight. I would not be surprised if Coccolo and Wilson were the art team of the next big Marvel event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Inferno (2021) #3

Dec 11, 2021

Inferno #3 continued the wild ride that has been Jonathan Hickman's run on the X-Men franchise. The decisions made by Charles Xavier, Magneto, Emma Frost, Mystique, Destiny, and Moira MacTaggert all led to severe consequences. And when you add in the Days of Future Past-like revelation made in this issue the interest going into the final issue of Inferno could not be higher. I cannot wait to see how Hickman and company wrap up this massive X-Men event.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Inferno (2021) #4

Jan 6, 2022

Inferno #4 is an excellent end to Jonathan Hickman's legendary run on the X-Men. There was so much done here that Hickman leaves you even more excited for the X-Men franchise's future than when Inferno started. And that is really all you can ask for from the end of a creative run as Hickman leaves plenty of room for future X-Men writers, artists, and editors to explore a future with unlimited potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mech Cadets (2023) #1

Aug 7, 2023

Greg Pak and Takeshi Miyazawa once again team-up to deliver a can't miss comic book in Mech Cadets #1. The characters continue to progress as they deal with what it means to be heroes in a world where they have rules they're told to follow. The depth in the story along with a strong artistic presentation taps into everything that makes Gundam and other mech genre franchises great.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
No / One (2023) #1

Mar 13, 2023

As soon as you open No/One #1 you are immediately invested in the world Kyle Higgins, Brian Buccellato, and Geraldo Borges craft. While you are dropped in the middle of a murder mystery already in-development you are rewarded the deeper you get into No/One #1 as we learn more about the characters and story. It all comes together for a must-read comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
No / One (2023) #2

Apr 17, 2023

Kyle Higgings, Brian Buccellato, and Geraldo Borges do not miss with another excellent comic book in No/One #2. With strong character work the creative team make everything revolving the murder-mystery story leaves you wanting to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
No / One (2023) #3

May 15, 2023

Like a great HBO drama, the creative team for No/One have you captivated in finding out how the decisions each character makes cause a ripple effect in everything going on in this series. No/One #3 ramps up things up to create a more significant investment in the characters and world. It all makes the brief moments when we do get action in this series resonate even more. This in turn makes the next issue and companion podcast for No/One something you look forward to getting experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
No / One (2023) #4

Jul 3, 2023

No/One #4 is yet another incredible issue in what is one of the standout comic books of 2023. Kyle Higgins, Brian Buccellato, and Geraldo Borges do an excellent job at pacing the issue to give enough time to simultaneously develop No/One, Julia Paige, and Ben Kern's narrative. The pacing creates a greater level of investment in wanting to find out what happens next in the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
No / One (2023) #5

Aug 21, 2023

With each passing issue Kyle Higgins, Brian Buccellato, and Geraldo Borges' No/One gets better and better. No/One #5 is yet another example of that as the title character steals the show while Julia Paige and Ben Kern continue their own parallel arcs. Everything comes together for yet another can't miss comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
No / One (2023) #6

Oct 30, 2023

No/One #6 is an intense thriller that takes the reader on an emotional ride. There are so many individual decisions made by the entire cast of the series that keeps you guessing where things will go next. It all leaves you in a spot where once you are done reading No/One #6 you want to read the next issue right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Pine & Merrimac (2024) #1

Jan 1, 2024

Kyle Starks and Fran Galn hit a home run right out of the gate with Pine and Merrimac #1. The main characters of this series are engaging with a story you will immediately be invested in. If you are looking for a new comic book to pick up to begin the year make sure to look out for Pine and Merrimac #1 at your comic book shop to be one to add to your pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #1

Dec 12, 2020

S.W.O.R.D. #1 accomplishes everything you can hope for from a first issue of a new comic book series. Al Ewing establishes the new mission statement for this version of S.W.O.R.D. and how it ties into what is going on with the X-Men franchise post-X Of Swords. In the process we get a firm understanding of who each member of the cast is and what their roles will be moving forward. Valerio Schiti further elevates all of this with how he gives S.W.O.R.D a vibe that just makes this series feel cool from character design to the setting of the Peak space station.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
S.W.O.R.D. (2020) #6

Jun 25, 2021

S.W.O.R.D. #6 is one of the best chapters of the Hellfire Gala crossover. Al Ewing and Valerio Schiti work together to make everything that is said in this issue have a sense of importance. You come away feeling like you read something that is extremely important to the future of the Marvel Universe. Which all solidifies how impactful the Hellfire Gala is as a big crossover event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Something Epic (2023) #1

May 8, 2023

Szymon Kudranski delivers one of the best-looking comic books you will find on the market today with Something Epic #1. This is a comic book that leave you in awe of Kudranski artistic abilities. The story itself will grab you with how it taps into the same grand imagination that Kudranski showcases in his artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Something Epic (2023) #2

Jun 13, 2023

Something Epic #2 is another must-have comic book. Carrying the momentum created by the first issue forward, Szymon Kudranski blends creativity with a lot of heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Spider-Man: Life Story #1

Mar 26, 2019

Chip Zdarsky and Mark Bagley truly created something special with Spider-Man: Life Story #1. Zdarsky truly created something special with this Spider-Man story that makes full use of the 1960s setting. If you are a Marvel fan this is one comic you should not miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Spider-Man: Life Story #2

Apr 23, 2019

Spider-Man: Life Story#2 was another excellent issue. Chip Zdarsky has taken this in a direction I did not expect and happy for it. Zdarsky did a fantastic job adapting several iconic Spider-Man stories and condensing it into one compelling issue. If you have not checked out Spider-Man: Life Story yet I highly recommend changing that. This is by far one of the best, if not the best, comic Marvel is publishing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Spider-Man: Life Story #4

Jun 18, 2019

Spider-Man: Life Story #4 is another strong entry it was is easily one of the best comic books Marvel is publishing. This issue is far from being perfect but Chip Zdarsky and Mark Bagley both did an excellent job adapting the Clone Saga in a way that was meaningful.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Man: Life Story #5

Jul 22, 2019

Spider-Man: Life Story #5 does a great job adapting the events around Marvel's Civil War and Morlun hunt for Spider-Man. Both stories furthered the concept of "With Great Power, Comes Great Responsibility" that defines Peter Parker and Spider-Man. How Peter, his family and the Avengers deal with this perfectly set the stage for what the final issue of this series will deal with.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Spider-Man: Life Story #6

Sep 2, 2019

Spider-Man: Life Story #6 was an emotionally-charged conclusion for a series that will go down as one of the best Spider-Man stories in the characters history. Chip Zdarsky and Mark Bagley did a phenomenal job wrapping up the Peter Parker's life as Spider-Man in a way that appropriately paid off to all the character's experience over the decades since his debut. The interactions with Mary Jane Watson, Miles Morales, Aunt May and Otto Octavius further elevated the impact this issue had. If you are a Spider-Man fan I highly recommend picking up Spider-Man: Life Story when it is collected in trade paperback form.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Superman (2023) Annual: 2023

Aug 10, 2023

Superman Annual 2023 is arguably the best issue Joshua Williamson has written since Dawn of DC started. Lois Lane and the staff of the Daily Planet are given strong presentations they've had. It's so well done that once Superman Annual 2023 ends it leaves you believing a Daily Planet series should definitely be in the plans for the franchise. That is a sign of a successful comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
The New Champion of Shazam! (2022) #1

Aug 2, 2022

The New Champion of Shazam! #1 is a very good start to this new series starring Mary Bromfield. Josie Campbell maximizes the page count to introduce and develop the world and supporting cast around Mary. It all made Mary as the lead character more compelling as she has both personal and superhero arcs built around her. Add in the phenomenal, can't miss artwork by Evan "Doc Shaner and you have a comic book that is a great jumping on point for anyone looking for a new superhero story to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
The New Champion of Shazam! (2022) #2

Sep 7, 2022

Josie Campbell and Doc Shaner are creating magic with their work on The New Champion Of Shazam. This second issue builds off all the character work done in the first to build greater investment in what is going on around Mary Bromfield in her journey as the new Shazam. The interpersonal relationships and superhero elements all complement each other extremely well. This series is definitely shaping up to be one of the best comic books DC Comics in 2022.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The New Champion of Shazam! (2022) #4

Jan 17, 2023

Josie Campbell and Evan "Doc Shaner created a fun conclusion with The New Champion Of SHAZAM #4. Mary Bromfield is put over strong and given a villain that is easy to hate, leading Mary's arc to be even more satisfying to see her succeed. This all makes you look forward to what is next for Mary's character in the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2022) #1

Jul 15, 2022

Daredevil #1 is a strong continuation of where Devil's Reign left the franchise. Chip Zdarsky, Marco Checchetto, Rafael De Latorre, and Matt Wilson do not miss a beat with where they take Matt Mudock and Elektra Natchios characters as both characters operate as Daredevil and co-leads of The Fist. This first issue accomplishes a lot in setting up several storylines for the reader to be invested in alongside the Daredevils main mission of taking down The Hand. This is definitely a can't miss comic book for Daredevil fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2022) #4

Oct 12, 2022

With no more time to waste Matt Murdock gets right into his mission with The Fist and establishing what his partnership with Elektra Natchios means moving forward for both of them. The journey both Matt and Elektra go through in Daredevil #4 Chip Zdarsky and Rafael De Latorre build up the new war with The Hand to be a major event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2022) #5

Nov 23, 2022

Chip Zdarsky and Rafael De Latorre waste no time in showing the immediate impact the marriage of Matt Murdock and Elektra Natchios has for the future of the Daredevil series. From all the character interactions to Matt Murdock's inner monologue Daredevil #5 is yet another example of why this is one of the best comic books Marvel is publishing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Daredevil (2022) #6

Dec 7, 2022

Daredevil #6 continues to up the stakes as The Fist vs The Hand war escalates even more. Chip Zdarsky and Rafael De Latorre do a phenomenal job with the story being told around Matt Murdock and Elektra Natchios. That said, now that Frank Castle has been introduced into the story as a physical presence Zdarsky and company need to do a better job with how they bring in plot beats from the ongoing Punisher series into their Daredevil work. While it is a concern, I do trust Zdarsky to deliver a compelling story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Daredevil (2022) #7

Jan 11, 2023

Daredevil #7 does an excellent job setting the stage for the big clash between The Fist and The Hand. Building off the previous issue, Chip Zdarksy, Rafael De Latorre, and Marco Checchetto continue to test Matt Murdock and Elektra Natchios in fascinating ways. The direction things went does provide a lot of intrigue into how the Daredevil pair will deal with Punisher and Aka when facing off against The Hand.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2022) #8

Feb 8, 2023

Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto deliver an epic scale fight between The Fist and The Hand in Daredevil #8. The results from this conflict, especially with how certain Marvel heroes responded, creates even greater intrigue in what is next for Matt Murdock and Elektra Natchios.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2022) #9

Mar 29, 2023

Daredevil #9 is an excellent comic book that builds on everything established before it. Chip Zdarsky and Manuel Garcia deliver multiple character developments and twists around Matt Murdock and Elektra Natchios that leave you wondering about the endgame for this story. Ending with the appearance of the Avengers and you have a comic book that just leaves you excited to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Daredevil (2022) #10

Apr 26, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSFrom beginning to end Daredevil #10 is a phenomenal comic book. Chip Zdarsky does a great job having Matt Murdock and Elektra Natchios dealing with the consequences of all their actions up to this point in "The Red Fist Saga. The way the Avengers are used further builds up the villains of the story to be the biggest threats Daredevil has ever faced. Everything that goes on is elevated by the masterful artwork by Marco Checchetto that gives Daredevil #10 a big event feel. All of this comes together to create another must read issue of Daredevil.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Daredevil (2022) #11

May 11, 2023

Daredevil #11 does not come close to meeting the quality standards that this series is known for. This is the first issue of Chip Zdarsky's run that was a disappointment. Everything from the pacing to the characterization was just missing the mark. Thanks to some consistently strong artwork by Rafael De Latorre Daredevil #11 at least still looked great.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Daredevil (2022) #12

Jun 8, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSChip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto deliver an emotional and thrilling comic book with Daredevil #12. From beginning to end we see how Matt Murdock's journey led him to make the decision he made to enter his final fight. The way Elektra Natchios and Sam Chung factor into Matt's final decision was excellently crafted. It all leads to reminder of why this is one of the best comic books on the market.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Daredevil (2022) #13

Jul 5, 2023

Daredevil #13 is an incredible penultimate chapter for Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto's "The Red Fist Saga. Everything that happens in this issue has an epic scale that works to spotlight what drives Matt Murdock as Daredevil. It all sets up the final issue by Zdarsky and Checchetto to be a strong epilogue to their creative run on Daredevil.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2022) #14

Aug 16, 2023

Daredevil #14 is a great epilogue for Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto to conclude their epic run with. The story showed the impact this run had on the Daredevil franchise and set-up the new creative team to have success with many engaging storylines to follow-up on.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #100

Sep 30, 2022

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #100 is a great conclusion to Ryan Parrott's long run on the franchise. There were a lot of meaningful moments for all the characters involved. Jason Scott Lee's arc in particular was satisfying with how things ended up for him when all was said and done. The ending left me just even more excited to read what the next Power Rangers creative team has in store for the franchise. That is all a sign of a successful run by Parrott as he leaves the Power Rangers series as strong as when he picked it up from Kyle Higgins before him.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #101

Oct 26, 2022

Melissa Flores and Simona Di Gianfelice do not miss a beat with a home run of a comic book in the Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #101. Right away a major statement is made with the return of a major forgotten Power Rangers villain that changes the game. How the Power Rangers and Zordon respond to this has me fully invested in finding out what happens next in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #102

Nov 23, 2022

Melissa Flores and Simona Di Gianfelice have knocked out of the park once again with yet another excellent comic book in Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #102. The reintroduction of Rita Repulsa as Mistress Vile and the statement she makes with her show of power against the Power Rangers and Lord Zedd was a sight to see. If you are a Power Rangers fan you do not want to miss out on what Flores and Gianfelice are cooking up with their run on Mighty Morphin Power Rangers.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #104

Jan 18, 2023

With the debut of Rita Repulsa in her new Mistress Vile form there were a lot of questions as to how she became that. Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #104 fully answers that question while digging more into the Power Rangers mythology. In the process we see how Mighty Morphin Power Rangers comics continue down a path of unknown using a lot of elements that are familiar to fans. This is definitely a must have for Power Rangers' fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #105

Feb 16, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #105 is another strong chapter in Melissa Flores and Simona Di Gianfelice run. We have multiple plotlines and character arcs that are progressed in ways that get you more invested in this series as a whole. That leads into anticipating what happens next with the Mistress Vile story even more.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #106

Mar 22, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #106 is a spectacular comic book. Melissa Flores and Simona Di Gianfelice continue to find new ways to create even greater excitement for the future of this series. The way things end with where the Power Rangers and Lord Zedd are at make you want to read the next issue right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #107

Apr 19, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSThe work by Melissa Flores and Simona Di Gianfelice on Mighty Morphin Power Rangers is on another level. Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #107 was yet another example of this fact. There was almost no moment to take in what just happened as when you turn the page there is something big that happened not long after. Every character from the Power Rangers to the villains they face are given big moments. This is an all-around excellent comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #108

May 17, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #108 is an important interlude chapter for the Recharged Era. While the battle between the Power Rangers vs Mistress Vile is frozen in place, what we get in its place is a meaningful exploration of Zordon's character. The way things are left between Zordon and Vessel does leave you wondering how the Recharged Era will continue to develop.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #109

Jun 21, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #109 delivered an impactful chapter in the Recharged Era. Melissa Flores and Simona Di Gianfelice make every moment hit with the big impact you expect it to given everything the Power Rangers have been through. Now that leaves things in a spot where the interest in what will happen in the upcoming Darkest Hour event be raised even more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #110

Jul 26, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #110 accomplishes being both the conclusion of the Recharged storyline and acting as a prelude to the Darkest Hour event. The Power Rangers have never been in this tough of spot as Mistress Vile and Dark Specter appear completely unstoppable. Melissa Flores and Simona Di Gianfelice do an outstanding job at setting the stage for Darkest Hour to have Shattered Grid-level vibes from the very beginning. If you are a Power Rangers fan make sure you do not miss this issue or the upcoming Darkest Hour event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #111

Aug 23, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #111 is an excellent start to the Darkest Hour event. Mistress Vile is at the height of her power. Adding in Dark Specter and how he impacts the entire Morphin Grid elevated the threat level the Power Rangers are facing to another level. There is no telling where Darkest Hour will go and that makes this an exciting beginning to what is sure to be an epic story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #112

Sep 28, 2023

Melissa Flores and Hendry Prasentya do an excellent job getting across how bad things are already at the start of Darkest Hour story throughout Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #112. All this is accomplished without the need of Mistress Vile or Dark Specter physically appearing in the second chapter. The overwhelming numbers in the villains army is enough to get over the hopeless situation all the Power Rangers find themselves in. It all lead to an ending where even more questions as to how the Power Rangers can overcome everything thrown their way that makes you want to read the next chapter asap.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #113

Oct 25, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #113 is a strong third chapter of Darkest Hour. The emotions run high as the Power Rangers across the Multiverse deal with the threat of Dark Specter and Mistress Vile. The story just continues to escalate and creates even greater excitement to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #114

Nov 22, 2023

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #114 continues to do an excellent job at pushing Darkest Hour to be the biggest event the franchise has had. If how all of the Power Rangers history coming into play is enough to drive that point home then just take a look at the final page of this issue. The ending alone drives up the hype for the next chapter in Darkest Hour.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #115

Dec 27, 2023

Melissa Flores and Simona Di Gianfelice deliver an excellent fifth chapter to Darkest Hour with Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #115. The chaos created by Dark Specter and his forces makes it feel like things are hopeless for the Power Rangers. This sets up the second half of Darkest Hour to have even bigger moments than the first half.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #116

Jan 24, 2024

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #116 does an excellent job at closing out the first half of the Darkest Hour story. The battle between Lord Drakkon and Ranger Slayer are as intense as you expect. The result, along with Dark Specter's latest move, create even greater excitement going into the second half of Darkest Hour.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #117

Feb 28, 2024

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #117 is a strong start to the second half of the Darkest Hour event. Melissa Flores, Simona Di Gianfelice, and Marco Renna deliver so many great character and story developments throughout this issue. It all works to get even more excited for what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Mighty Morphin' Power Rangers (2022) #118

Mar 27, 2024

Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #118 is a great example of how to make a transitional chapter as important as any other in a story.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Titans (2023) #1

May 16, 2023

Titans #1 does everything you want from a first issue of a superhero team series to do. The chemistry of the entire team shines through while several major storylines are established. All that is done as the Titans are immediately put over as DC Comics premiere superhero team. This is a must-have for DC Comics fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Titans (2023) #2

Jun 20, 2023

Tom Taylor and Nicola Scott utilize the ending of the first issue to develop multiple storylines and character arcs in Titans #2. The experience and relationships shine throughout this issue. It was all done in a seamless manner that further emphasized why the Titans are the premiere superhero team in the Dawn of DC direction. This drives home why Titans is a must-have series for DC Comics fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans (2023) #9

Mar 20, 2024

Titans #9 continues to have the team deal with the fallout of Beast World by doing what they do best: saving people in need. Rather than simply talking about what they need to do to turn public sentiment around the Titans are actively showing the world they are there to protect everyone. Tom Taylor and Lucas Meyer make sure this is the emphasis from start to finish.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans (2023) #10

Apr 17, 2024

There is an art to one-shot style storytelling. That is especially the case when using the one-shot method in an ongoing series. Titans #10 by Tom Taylor and Lucas Meyer is an example of how this style of storytelling can enhance the bigger narrative that is being told in a series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Transformers (2023) #1

Oct 2, 2023

Transformers #1 delivers an exciting new beginning for the franchise. Daniel Warren Johnson honors what has come before, while tapping into a sense of wonder by all the possibilities created by the Energon Universe. This excitement is increased by where the Autobots and Deceptions are left by the end of this first issue. It all results in Transformers #1 being a must-read comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Transformers (2023) #2

Nov 6, 2023

Transformers #2 draws the reader in with incredible character interactions that pull on all the emotional heartstrings. Daniel Warren Johnson understanding of the Autobots, Decepticons, and human characters of the Transformers franchise is clear. Add in the intriguing ties to the greater Energon Universe, and Transformers #2 is yet another can't miss comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Transformers (2023) #3

Dec 4, 2023

Transformers #3 takes the shocking ending of the previous issue to deliver an excellent, emotionally charged third chapter to this series. The conflicts in this story are escalating at a natural pace with the humans brought in ways that add layers to the Autobots vs Decepticons war. The ending creates even more weight to what happens next, setting up 2024 to be even bigger for the Energon Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Transformers (2023) #4

Jan 9, 2024

From the momentum you open Transformers #4 your attention is grabbed and not let go of until you finish the comic book. Picking up where the previous issue ended, the race to save Spike's life is felt right away. The incredible chase as an injured Optimus Prime race to save Spike while being chased by the deadly Starscream. This concerning situation carries the entire Transformers #4 the best issue of the series thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Transformers (2023) #5

Feb 13, 2024

Daniel Warren Johnson works his magic with strong character work and action sequences in Transformers #5. Starscream and Optimus Prime continue to stand out as two very different leaders. The newest Transformers introduced into the story get you even more exciting for what happens next. It all leads to Transformers #5 being another incredible showcase for why this series is must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Transformers (2023) #6

Mar 11, 2024

Transformers #6 is a phenomenal end to the first story arc of this series. Daniel Warren Johnson packs a ton of emotion during a chaotic finale showcasing how big of a threat Devastator is. All the chaos creates a moment that will have fans talking about for a long time. Where we are left is in a spot where the investment level in the Transformers and Energon Universe is even higher.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Transformers (2023) #7

Apr 9, 2024

Transformers #7 continues the excellence that this series has been known for from the very beginning. Daniel Warren Johnson nails what the aftermath of the first story arc of this series needed to be for the Autobots and Decepticons. Jorge Corona naturally stepped in to add to the intensity of this more personal story for the entire cast of this series. Every development created a greater investment in the characters and story as a whole.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers: Twilight (2024) #2

Jan 31, 2024

With a great reveal of who is running the current status quo of the world Avengers: Twilight #2 is a strong follow-up to the world-building from the first issue. It created even more questions about whether Steve Rogers's return as Captain America can be what turns things around. The answer to that question after this issue appears to be no. Which creates a lot of intrigue into how the narrative will be developed from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Avengers: Twilight (2024) #5

Apr 17, 2024

The results of Avengers: Twilight #5 is a compelling penultimate chapter to drive interest in the finale for Chip Zdarsky and Daniel Acua's mini-series as high as it can be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Last Knight on Earth #1

May 30, 2019

Batman: Last Knight On Earth #1 was a comic rich in content. Splitting the issue up in different chapters made the world Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo crafted around Batman be fully realized. For how many answers we get about Batman's surroundings there are even more questions raised for what really is going on with this Earth. It all comes together for a fascinating continuation of Snyder and Capullo's Batman run.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Last Knight on Earth #2

Aug 4, 2019

The world building that was done in Batman: Last Knight On Earth #2 was fantastic. Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo have developed a post-apocalyptic world filled with potential. The interactions Batman has with Wonder Woman, Lex Luthor and Joker helped this issue move at a steady pace that never felt slow. How Batman deals with this world and reacts to everything he learns lays the groundwork for a stellar final issue for Batman: Last Knight On Earth.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman: Last Knight on Earth #3

Dec 24, 2019

Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo do an excellent job ending their Batman run with Batman: Last Knight On Earth #3. They present a story that could very well be the final Batman story told and are successful in crafting a world that captures your imagination. While Batman is the star of the show there are plenty of characters, like Wonder Woman, Dick Grayson and Barbara Gordon, that get time to shine. Having all these characters play a key role in the story made Batman: Last Knight On Earth an even more fitting end to the epic run on Batman that Snyder and Capullo crafted together.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Far Sector #1

Nov 19, 2019

Far Sector #1 is a great start to what could potentially be one of DC Comics next big characters. N.K. Jemisin and Jamal Campbell combined to create a character in Lantern Mullein and world in City Enduring that grab the reader's attention from the moment the issue begins. If you are a fan of the DC Universe's cosmic corner I recommend checking out Far Sector #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Far Sector #6

Jun 9, 2020

With every issue Far Sector becomes a more fascinating comic book to be following. N.K. Jemisin and Jamal Campbell work on Far Sector #6 continues that trend. By slowing things down a bit Jemisin and Campbell give Green Lantern Jo Mullein the chance to take in everything she has experienced in this story thus far. It sets the stage for even more bigger things to take place in future issues as we uncover what is really going on in Far Sector along with Green Lantern Jo Mullein.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Far Sector #7

Aug 9, 2020

From beginning to end, Far Sector #7 captures your interest with an amazing action sequence drawn by Jamal Campbell and a riveting story around the City of Enduring by N.K. Jemisin. The way Jemisin and Campbell work together so well brings all these great elements to life as they build a fascinating world that Green Lantern Jo Mullein thrives in. This is definitely a must-read series for all DC Comics fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Hawkeye (2016) #1

Dec 15, 2016

Hawkeye #1 sets up all the groundwork to make Kate Bishop's solo series a successful one. Kelly Thompson and Leonardo Romero deserve high praise for setting a grounded world to develop Kate in and out of her Hawkeye costume. Tackling the problem of online harassment gave Kate a case she can instantly invest in. For us as readers we got to see where her strengths and weakness are as a character through this first case. This all comes together to deliver a strong start for a series with a lot of potential to be Marvel's best comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Hawkeye (2016) #2

Jan 9, 2017

Hawkeye #2 is a strong follow-up to the impressive debut issue of Kate Bishop's solo series. Kelly Thompson has delivered an intriguing mystery to follow with the TBC's true motives other than just being trolls. The organizations influence also provides an excellent first challenge for Kate now that she is starting her solo superhero career as Hawkeye. Leonardo Romero's perfectly complimented the story with how he draws the characters and portrays Kate's unique Archer Point. This all combines for an issue that builds further excitement for what is to come next from this new Marvel series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hawkeye (2016) #3

Feb 7, 2017

Kelly Thompson and Leonardo Romero are hitting their stride with Hawkeye #3. The writing continues to be sharp as Thompson establishes Kate Bishop's supporting cast alongside with the growing conflict with TBC. It all comes together with Romero's strong artwork that is a perfect fit for this series as he makes the street-level world come to life. This all creates greater interest for where the series goes in the future as it is quickly becoming one of Marvel's best ongoing comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Scarlet Witch (2023) #1

Jan 4, 2023

Steve Orlando and Sara Pichelli hit all the notes that fans want to get from a first issue of a new series. We get the new status quo for Wanda Maximoff established, Scarlet Witch being a superhero, and a hook ending for an even bigger story for the next issue to pick up on. That is all an strong first impression by Scarlet Witch #1 that will leave fans wanting to read more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Scarlet Witch (2023) #2

Feb 1, 2023

For as enjoyable as the first issue was Steve Orlando and Sara Pichelli improve on it in every way with Scarlet Witch #2. Continuing the storytelling in a one-shot style with the overarching narrative of how Wanda Maximoff is reestablishing her life has been a great choice. Not only that but we are treated to an additional Scarlet Witch and Storm team-up story by Stephanie Williams and Chris Allen that was a great surprise. It all comes together that after two issues Scarlet Witch is already one of the best comic books Marvel is currently publishing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Scarlet Witch (2023) #3

Mar 9, 2023

With each passing issue Steve Orlando and Sara Pichelli are getting better and better at telling one-shot style stories that build up Wanda Maximoff and the new life she has built for herself. Scarlet Witch #3 is the best issue so far with the Polaris team-up providing us with a fun journey through Sub-Atomica. Along the way we get great moments between Wanda and Lorna Dane that taps into their relationship as sisters. It all comes together to further establish Scarlet Witch as one of Marvel's best series right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Scarlet Witch (2023) #4

Apr 5, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSScarlet Witch #4 was another home run for Marvel's best ongoing series. Steve Orlando and Sara Pichelli create a compelling narrative around Darcy Lewis origin to begin their first big story arc of the series. In the process we get another great showcase of Scarlet Witch's powers in a different type of fight. We also see how Wanda as a person and hero has grown with her actions in this issue. If you haven't read Scarlet Witch yet make sure to fix that immediately.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Scarlet Witch (2023) #5

May 3, 2023

Scarlet Witch #5 is yet another example of why this is Marvel's best comic book series right now. Steve Orlando showcased how Wanda Maximoff's strength as a character goes beyond her magic powers. Add in the masterful artwork by Russell Dauterman this is a must-have comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Scarlet Witch (2023) #6

Jul 13, 2023

Scarlet Witch #6 is yet another example of this series being one of the best comic books Marvel is publishing right now. Steve Orlando, Lorenzo Tammetta and Sara Pichelli know how to tell a full story in one issue that can have a big scope to it while highlighting Wanda Maximoff's leadership and powers. The hook ending leaves the reader with a lot of questions to look forward to how Orlando will answer.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Scarlet Witch (2023) #7

Aug 5, 2023

Steve Orlando continues the consistent excellence with Scarlet Witch #7. The return of Magneto's clone is given the weight it needed. The Wizard of Oz adventure in the middle also further showcased the versatility in storytelling with Wanda Maximoff as the series lead. Combining that with strong artwork from Lorenzo Tammetta the result is yet another example of what makes this one of the best comic books on the market right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Scarlet Witch (2023) #8

Sep 7, 2023

Even with Scarlet Witch #8 being the weakest issue of Steve Orlando's run there is still a lot of solid character work with Wanda Maximoff's character. For fans that wanted to be sold on a possible romance between Scarlet Witch and Loki that is certainly here for you. The ending further lifts the overall story with the promise it has for the immediate future of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Scarlet Witch (2023) #10

Nov 3, 2023

Scarlet Witch #10 ends this series on a high note. There was a great mix of action and emotion throughout this finale. Steve Orlando and Sara Pichelli proved that Wanda Maximoff can carry a solo series that has all the elements of a great superhero comic book. This ending leaves the door open for more adventures led by Scarlet Witch and hopefully we see more of after the mini-series with Quicksilver.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
The Forged (2023) #1

Mar 14, 2023

Every element of an epic space soap opera shows itself in The Forged #1. We got political intrigue involving space military force. There is a supernatural force that you don't get a clear idea if they are any side or just out for themselves. All that is tied together with characters that you immediately know are badasses who will be kicking ass. It all comes together for a great start to a new cosmic adventure that leaves you excited to find out where Eric Trautmann, Greg Rucka, and Mike Henderson take the story next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Forged (2023) #2

Apr 17, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSMike Henderson steals the show with amazing artwork that gets over the tension the characters feel throughout The Forged #2. That tension Henderson creates allows Eric Trautmann and Greg Rucka to have the reader connect further with all the characters in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
The Infernals (2024) #1

Feb 12, 2024

In all honesty, I wasn't a huge fan of this issue. It simply didn't fully catch my attention as so many other comics are able to do. It was fun, and there's no doubt about that. Yet, even with all the things that got set-up in this issue, that do seem interesting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Infernals (2024) #2

Mar 20, 2024

The story has now gone from the succession of Abe's empire to the grander impact of what his absence will mean for the world. That leaves us in a spot where, as the reader, we must be ready for whatever crazy development may happen next in The Infernals.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
The One Hand (2024) #1

Feb 5, 2024

Ram V, Laurence Campbell, and Lee Loughridge craft a fascinating detective noir story that you don't want to stop reading after opening the first page of The One Hand #1. Everything from the vibe of the world to how Detective Ari Nasser is written gets you invested in the "One Hand Killer case. This is a comic book not to miss out on picking up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The One Hand (2024) #3

Apr 3, 2024

It all leads to the blend of detective noir and sci-fi elements The One Hand #3 utilize work together to build greater investment in the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men / Fantastic Four (2020) #1

Feb 7, 2020

X-Men/Fantastic Four #1 is a strong start to this crossover between two of Marvel's biggest franchises. Chip Zdarsky creates a compelling narrative around Franklin Richards' current status as a mutant. How that leads to the conflict between the X-Men and Fantastic Four is handled well. Having Terry and Rachel Dodson on as the artist team for this crossover added to how X-Men/Fantastic Four came across as a big event from the opening page.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men / Fantastic Four (2020) #2

Feb 28, 2020

X-Men/Fantastic Four #2 delivers on everything fans of both franchises could hope for when these two teams meet up. Chip Zdarsky does a fantastic job using the history between both teams to create a compelling story around Franklin Richards' power problems and the X-Men's current direction. How Doctor Doom factors into what is going on between the X-Men and Fantastic Four added greater interest in how things will turn out by the end of this crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men / Fantastic Four (2020) #3

Mar 25, 2020

X-Men/Fantastic Four #3 does a great job escalating the conflict between the two teams to their next natural point. Doctor Doom's role in the story provides an even greater level of intrigue not just to this crossover but the current direction for the X-Men. How that ends up relating to Franklin Richards is all tied together nicely by Chip Zdarsky, who just continues to impress with every comic he writes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men / Fantastic Four (2020) #4

Jul 25, 2020

X-Men/Fantastic Four #4 concluded this crossover event in a satisfying way. Chip Zdarsky and Terry Dodson were able to complete Franklin Richard's character arc and where Doctor Doom is positioned in the current state of the world in a way that creates a lot of potential for the X-Men and Fantastic Four's respective futures. If you are currently reading any of the X-Men or Fantastic Four comic books than I highly recommend checking out X-Men/Fantastic Four when the trade is released.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Red (2022) #1

Apr 10, 2022

X-Men: Red #1 more than lived up to my high expectations for the series. Al Ewing and Stefano Caselli create a strong foundation to make this one of the most compelling comic books that Marvel will be publishing. Everything about the politics on Planet Krakoa along with the involvement of Storm, Magneto, and others in this story is fascinating. I'm definitely all in on this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Red (2022) #2

May 18, 2022

There are a lot of contenders for best series in the X-Men franchise right now. Now with X-Men: Red #2 Al Ewing and Stefano Caselli may have run away with that title right now. This comic book grabs your attention from the very first page and does not let go until you finish the story. There are so many compelling narratives around Planet Arakko that will keep you coming back to read X-Men: Red every month.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Men: Red (2022) #3

Jun 15, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSAl Ewing and Stefano Caselli continue to knock it out of the park with their work on X-Men: Red #3. This issue has everything you want with a balance of strong character development, political intrigue and dynamic action. This is definitely a must have title for X-Men fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #4

Jun 29, 2022

Al Ewing continues to work his magic with all the great character that is done in X-Men: Red #4. There are so many great character moments from Storm, Magneto, Sunspot, and other characters that X-Men fans should not miss out on experience. This is a must read series for all X-Men fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #5

Aug 3, 2022

X-Men: Red #5 delivers on what it needed to be as we get a full look at Uranos attack on Arakko that we only got glimpses of in A.X.E.: Judgment Day #1. Even knowing the end results of the story in this comic book Al Ewing and Stefano Caselli were able to craft a narrative that pulled you into finding out what went down on Arakko. If you are reading A.X.E.: Judgment Day I highly recommend picking up X-Men: Red #5.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #7

Oct 6, 2022

Al Ewing and Stefano Caselli do a wonderful job handling Magneto's death and Isca The Unbeaten previous betrayal. Both showcase what has made X-Men: Red one of Marvel's best comic books is the emotional connection with every character on this title. Its that emotional connection that make even the brief moments where X-Men: Red #7 stumbles a bit does not take away from how engaged you are in what takes place in this comic book. Magneto's final moments in particular makes X-Men: Red #7 a must read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Red (2022) #8

Nov 2, 2022

X-Men: Red #8 brings the focus fully back on what Abigail Brand has been planning and it the results were explosive. Al Ewing does an excellent job juggling multiple stories that all tie together while making sure to give us a lot of quality character work. The way things end makes you wonder if anyone will be able to stop Abigail Brand's plans. That's a sign of a strong villain plot and something that will have fans coming back to find out how things go next.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Men: Red (2022) #10

Jan 4, 2023

X-Men Red #10 is a fantastic entry in what continues to be one of Marvel's best comic book series right now. Al Ewing, Stefano Caselli, and Jacopo Camagni did an excellent job battling the battle of Omega-level mutants in Storm vs Vulcan with the endgame of Abigail Brand's plot. The pacing for everything was on point as you were kept engage in everything going on in X-Men Red #10. Hopefully we don't have to wait to long before getting back to the implications of how things end in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Men: Red (2022) #14

Aug 17, 2023

X-Men Red #14 is thus far the best issue in the Fall of X era we've gotten so far. Al Ewing does an excellent job using the fallout of the Hellfire Gala to enhance what he has going on with the split of The Great Ring. The intensity of the warring faction creates even more interest in the war that has consumed Planet Arakko.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #15

Sep 16, 2023

X-Men Red #15 does a great job utilizing the Fall of X direction for the franchise to elevate what's going on at Arakko. With each appearance Genesis is positioned as a terrifying villain. It makes what Storm and her group are doing being given greater importance. All that makes the ending be something where you're left wanting to read the next issue right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #16

Oct 13, 2023

No Marvel comic is hitting the big event feel like Al Ewing and Yldray nar's X-Men: Red. X-Men: Red #16 is yet another example of that as the intensity is further picked up with the showcase of the Four Horsemen and Storm. The ending with Apocalypse provides a hook that makes you want to read what happens next right away. All in all, another can't miss issue in Marvel's best series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #17

Nov 9, 2023

X-Men: Red #17 does a lot to set elevate the players involved in the war that has consumed Arakko. During this set-up we get a lot of incredible scenes involving Storm and Apocalypse. By the time this issue is done the hype for what comes next in the Genesis War is at an all-time high.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men: Red (2022) #18

Dec 13, 2023

X-Men: Red #18 is a strong end to what has been Marvel's best comic book series since Al Ewing started this series. Along with artist Yildiray Cinar, Ewing delivered on the epic scale the end of the war for the future Planet Arakko needed to have. If you did not read X-Men: Red during its run make sure to pick up the collections as this series as soon as possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Absolute Carnage (2019) #1

Aug 8, 2019

Absolute Carnage #1 gives Marvel's latest big event a kick ass start. The chemistry between Spider-Man and Venom along with the haunting nature of Carnage's character was on point throughout this issue. By the time this first chapter wrapped up Donny Cates and Ryan Stegman established a strong foundation for future issues of Absolute Carnage to build on top of.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Absolute Carnage (2019) #2

Aug 29, 2019

Absolute Carnage #2 does a fantastic job carrying the momentum created by the first issue to continue the forward momentum of this event. Donny Cates and Ryan Stegman have combined to create a version of Carnage that comes across as the deadliest villain in the Marvel Universe. Spider-Man, Venom and the Marvel Universe as a whole are now in a position where you are left wondering how they can overcome Carnage and his forces. For a big event that is exactly the note Absolute Carnage #2 makes full contact on hitting. There is genuine excitement to read what is going to happen next in Absolute Carnage.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Absolute Carnage (2019) #3

Sep 24, 2019

Absolute Carnage #3 does a fantastic job moving things forward to the next level. Donny Cates and Ryan Stegman continue to compliment each other well as they work together to make Absolute Carnage the biggest and best comic book event possible. They nail how terrifying of a villain Carnage is. In the process they are able to elevate both Venom and Spider-Man as they each approach the threat of Carnage in their own way.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Absolute Carnage (2019) #4

Oct 20, 2019

Donny Cates and Ryan Stegman combine to deliver yet another excellent chapter of the Absolute Carnage event. Absolute Carnage #4 does a fantastic job showing how wickedly evil Cletus Kasady is as his God-complex reaches its next level. Dark Carange's evolution complimented the hero journey Eddie Brock takes as his return to being Venom is well earned. By the time we reach the cliffhanger ending the hype for how Absolute Carnage will end is at its max level. Which is exactly how things should be heading into the final issue of a big event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Absolute Carnage (2019) #5

Nov 24, 2019

At the end of the day Absolute Carnage #5 was exactly what it needed to be. Eddie Brock was elevated to be an even better character through his actions against Carnage and interactions with Spider-Man and Dylan Brock. At the same time, Donny Cates was able to put over the sadistic nature of Carnage and Cletus Kasady. With how things ended Cates and Ryan Stegman set a bright, albeit bleak in tone, future for the Venom series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #1

Mar 21, 2022

If you are a fan of either Batman or Superman than you should not miss out on Batman/Superman: World's Finest #1. Waid and Mora are on a mission to deliver a fun Batman and Superman team-up story. If this first issue is any indication of the quality they will hit than they will absolutely be successful in what they are setting out to do with Batman/Superman: World's Finest.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #2

Apr 21, 2022

Batman/Superman: World's Finest #2 is just pure fun. Mark Waid and Dan Mora are doing a wonderful job using the DC Universe to tell an story around Batman and Superman you are fully invested in. Add in the scene stealing moments with Robin and Supergirl, Batman/Superman: World's Finest is truly a series all DC Comics' fans should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #3

May 17, 2022

Batman/Superman: World's Finest #3 is a lot of fun. Mark Waid captures the unique voices of each character that is involved in this storyline. Which is all elevated by the wonderful artwork being done by Dan Mora as this is one of the best, if not the best, looking comic books on the market. This is certainly a comic book that DC Comics fans should all be picking up right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #4

Jun 23, 2022

Batman/Superman: World's Finest #4 was such a pleasure to read. Mark Waid and Dan Mora created so much more excitement for how this story dealing with the threat of Devil Nezha will end. Mora definitely stole the show here as we get a lot of great action sequences and a cool fusion that Batman and Superman should not miss out on experiencing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #6

Aug 17, 2022

Batman/Superman: World's Finest #6 is a fun standalone story that does a great job showcasing Robin's detective skills. The way Batman, Robin, and Superman interacted throughout this story is really what made this a special comic book. Its definitely a must read for Batman and Superman fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Superman: World's Finest (2022) #25

Mar 19, 2024

Batman/Superman: World's Finest #25 delivers on a story that proves why Lex Luthor and Joker are to be known as World's Vilest. Their pairing is one that shows why having chemistry is not always a good thing. The type of chemistry Lex and Joker share is one where you know that this pairing is doomed to fail, as it does in this story. That led to great examination of Batman and Superman's greatest villains while setting the foundation of the next big story arc of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Fist (2017) #1

Mar 27, 2017

Iron Fist #1 bucks the trend of laying everything about the main protagonist from the beginning. Instead, Ed Brisson begins Danny Rand's hero journey in a place where we will be discovering why Danny is in the state he is in over the course of the series. That mystery adds to a martial arts tournament that has the potential to be a stellar arc that brings in story elements normally seen in shonen mangas. Add in Mike Perkins always strong artwork and Iron Fist #1 is a comic book that fans of action series should pick up right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Fist (2017) #5

Jul 10, 2017

Iron Fist #5 delivered a strong end to "The Trial Of The Seven Masters." Ed Brisson and Mike Perkins put Danny Rand through hell to make him prove that he has earned the title of the Iron Fist. Now moving forward, Brisson leaves the door open to further explore what it means for Danny to carry the mantle of the Iron Fist and what it means within the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Iron Fist (2017) #74

Nov 7, 2017

Iron Fist #74 delivers a strong second chapter for the "Sabertooth: Round Two" story arc. Ed Brisson and Mike Perkins continue to do a fantastic job playing up Iron Fist and Sabertooth's unique dynamic. Their dynamic is helped by the strong development of the villains of the story, Choshin and the new Constrictor. This all comes together for a comic that continues be one of Marvel's best comic books and one that fans martial arts genre will not want to miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Superman (2016) #14

Jan 5, 2017

Superman #14 opened at full speed and never let up. Peter Tomasi and Patrick Gleason continue to work their magic on this series by introducing the multiverse to the readers. This opening chapter of "Multiplicity" did a great job using The Multiversity mini-series as a foundation for the story without ever making things confusing. That foundation made for a strong launching pad for what feels like a big event, which is only made to feel bigger thanks to Ivan Reis and Joe Prado great artwork. If you have yet to pick up Tomasi and Gleason's Superman comic book this is a great place to start.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2016) #15

Jan 23, 2017

Superman #15 is a strong second chapter to Peter Tomasi and Patrick Gleason's "Multiplicity" story arc. While the choice to have multiple artists work on this issue leaves something to be desired this chapter still delivered the impact it needed to. There is hardly a wasted moment in the story, which allows it to execute moments that we usually see in big blockbuster event comic books. With the threat of Prophecy clear and our Superman gathering so many fan favorite versions of himself "Multiplicity" has quickly turned into a must have comic for DC Comics fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2016) #17

Feb 21, 2017

Superman #17 is the type of issue that shows why this series is so special. Rather than relying on the normal Superman adventures, Peter Tomasi and Patrick Gleason take chances to explore different genres and finding a way to make them fit with Superman's world. Jon and Kathy's adventure in the horrifying Deadman's Swamp is a great example of this as there was never a point that it did not feel like a Superman story. Tomasi and Gleason's story is helped by Sebastian Fiumara art style that brings the Slenderman-like tale to life.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2016) #25

Jun 25, 2017

Superman #25 was a strong ending to the "Black Dawn" arc. Manchester Black was a fantastic villain that almost destroyed the Superman Family but was defeated by the strong bond Superman, Superboy and Lois Lane share with one another. Now with the Superman Family moving to Metropolis it looks like things may become even more hectic as they move back to a familiar setting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Superman (2016) #30

Sep 9, 2017

Superman #30 was a good ending to a rare clash between Superman and Sinestro. Since Sinestro has not been seen in a while, Keith Champagne did a great job in re-establishing the character's status quo and setting up an even bigger story for the character in the future. For his part, Superman was able to come out of this battle stronger as we saw how the power of his family kept him strong. Combine that by some strong artwork from the team of Ed Benes, Tyler Kirkham and Philip Tan, and we have a comic in Superman #30 that all Man of Steel fans will enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Superman (2016) #33

Oct 21, 2017

Superman #33 is a very good start to the "Imperius Lex" story arc. Peter Tomasi and Patrick Gleason are able to get across how epic this Lex Luthor-centric arc will be with Apokolips being the main setting for the story. The way Superman, Superboy and Lois Lane are integrated into what is going on in Apokolips creates even further potential in what will happen in this new story arc. All this comes together for a story that Superman fans won't want to miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman (2016) #38

Jan 4, 2018

Superman #38 delivered another strong chapter in the Super Sons of Tomorrow story arc. Bringing in the Titans of Tomorrow along with Superman added to the conflict that the future Tim Drake created. Seeing all these characters interacting together made the final sequence with Superboy's Solar Flare powers deliver the impact Peter Tomasi and Patrick Gleason were looking for. Now with how things ended we still have a lot of questions left unanswered for the final chapter of this crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Superman (2016) #39

Jan 22, 2018

Superman #39 is an incredible treat from beginning to end. Peter Tomasi and Patrick Gleason deliver a touching story featuring Superman and the Justice League giving children dealing with cancer an incredible day of experiences. This is a must read comic book that every DC Comics fan should pick up immediately.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Superman (2016) #45

Apr 23, 2018

Superman #45 is a fantastic goodbye to the Kent Family's time in Hamilton County. Patrick Gleason and Peter Tomasi did a great job capturing the all the emotions that comes with the closure of a major chapter in the life of a family. Clark, Lois and Jonathan all had strong arcs in this one-shot issue that all hit the perfect emotional note. This is definitely one issue all Superman fans will want to pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Alice Never After (2023) #1

Jul 25, 2023

Alice Never After #1 is a strong start to this dark twist on the Wonderland story. In exploring the impact Alice's traumatic life experiences had on her mental health Dan Panosian and Giorgio Spalletta do a great job tackling how escapism can blur the lines of reality and fantasy. This leads to adding importance to how everyone around Alice plays an important role in her journey. Even if you didn't read the series Panosian and Spalletta's worked on that preceded Alice Never After this first issue gets you invested in the journey this sequel will take the reader on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Alice Never After (2023) #2

Aug 29, 2023

Alice Never After #2 is a strong follow-up to the debut of this series. The twisted version of Wonderland and how it reflects the greater narrative around Alice's mental health works well together. Cheshire Cat's particular presence in this issue creates a lot of questions for how this story will inevitably end. All of that leaves you wanting to read the next chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Alice Never After (2023) #3

Sep 25, 2023

Giorgio Spalletta and Cyril Glerum steal the show with how they bring Wonderland to life in Alice Never After. The stunning visuals make how Dan Panosian continues to explore how Alice interacts with both Wonderland and the real world reflective of her mental health state. With a strong twist Alice Never After #3 sets up the second half of the series to be even stronger than the first half.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Alice Never After (2023) #4

Oct 23, 2023

Alice Never After #4 does a good acting as the penultimate chapter of the story. Dan Panosian, Giorgio Spalletta, and the rest of the creative team balance out Edith and Alice scenes to establish the stakes of the latter's situation. It leads to a strong set-up for Alice Never After's final issue to deliver a memorable ending.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Alice Never After (2023) #5

Nov 27, 2023

Alice Never After #5 is a thoughtful ending to the story Dan Panosian, Giorgio Spalletta, and company craft. The chaos created by all those around Alice in both London and Wonderland settings made the payoff in the finale to leave you hoping this isn't the last of this story. If you didn't check out the individual issues of this series make sure to pick up the collection when it's released.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Birds of Prey (2023) #1

Sep 5, 2023

The first issue of the newest Birds of Prey series is all about assembling the team. While we get the team's first mission introduced it is done in a way that it'll take the second issue to fully put over its importance. That leaves Birds of Prey #1 being the basic "get the team together intro that by the end is solid but not game changing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Birds of Prey (2023) #2

Oct 4, 2023

Birds of Prey #2 is a vast improvement over the debut issue. The team chemistry for the roster Black Canary assembles shines. The mission involving a heist set in Themyscira is given the high stakes expected from a premiere superhero team. Along with great looking arc the potential of Birds of Prey becoming one of DC Comics best series shines here.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Birds of Prey (2023) #3

Nov 8, 2023

Birds of Prey #3 builds on what the two previous issues built to create the best comic book reading experience possible. By doing so Kelly Thompson and Leonardo Romero are quickly establishing Birds of Prey as one of DC Comics best comic books. If they keep up this momentum that "best comic book title won't be something they are contenders for but champions of.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Birds of Prey (2023) #4

Dec 6, 2023

Birds of Prey #4 is pure fun with a lot of great action and character moments. The pacing of the story led this story gave time to properly present Wonder Woman as an antagonist for the Birds of Prey and then quickly shifting the story to its next big phase. Everything comes together for a can't miss comic book from Kelly Thompson and Leonardo Romero

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Birds of Prey (2023) #7

Mar 5, 2024

Birds of Prey #8 waste no time in getting right into the mystery surrounding Barbara Gordon's future fate. The chemistry between everyone with Oracle and Vixen added to the team shines throughout this issue. It all gets you further invested in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Birds of Prey (2023) #8

Apr 3, 2024

The team chemistry and the way the setting is utilized make this the best issue of this Birds of Prey series thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
DCeased: Dead Planet (2020) #1

Jul 9, 2020

Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine wasted no time in hitting a home run to kick things off with DCeased: Dead Planet #1. Taylor and Hairsine got you right into the next stage of the DCeased Universe's story as the impact of the original event continues to be felt. The way that the events of the previous series was used to made DCeased: Dead Planet come across as an even bigger event. That speaks to Taylor and Hairsine's immense talents. With how things started off here DCeased: Dead Planet is a must-read for all DC Comics' fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
DCeased: Dead Planet (2020) #2

Aug 6, 2020

DCeased: Dead Planet #2 continued the momentum from the first issue and brought in plot elements from other tie-in comics all in one wonderful package. It is impressive how Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine are able to bring everything together in a way that continues to grow all the characters involved in this story. The sense of character progression is as excellent as the high stakes that continue with the Anti-Life Equation Virus ravaging the DCeased Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Dead Planet (2020) #3

Sep 6, 2020

Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine once again knock it out of the park with DCeased: Dead Planet #3. Even as they slow the story down there are plenty of things that they develop that uses all of the DCeased comics before this as backstory for why things are happening. That long-term vision made the character moments we get create greater anticipation for what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
DCeased: Dead Planet (2020) #4

Oct 7, 2020

Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine once again knock it out of the park with their work on DCeased: Dead Planet #4. The character work continues to shine as every scene is packed with strong emotions as our heroes deal with the crisis around the Anti-Life Equation. The final few pages further elevate the sense of urgency around the story as a major game changer is revealed. All of that creates greater excitement for what is to come in the final three issues of this event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
DCeased: Dead Planet (2020) #5

Nov 4, 2020

DCeased: Dead Planet #5 finalized all the set-up that this story needs to have as we head into a conclusion that is shrouded by unknown. Our heroes have done everything in their power to turn things around with how things currently are in the DCeased version of the DC Universe. While there is that positive Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine reminds the characters involved and readers to never feel safe. That strong reminder will help keep readers on the edge of their seats as we now reach the endgame of DCeased: Dead Planet.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DCeased: Dead Planet (2020) #6

Dec 5, 2020

DCeased: Dead Planet #6 got the job done in setting the stage for the final issue of this event. Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine continued to deliver the strong, emotional character moments that DCeased has been known for delivering. With everything that has been set-up the stakes going into the final issue of DCeased: Dead Planet could not be higher.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Dead Planet (2020) #7

Jan 20, 2021

Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine worked together to provide us with all the emotionally heavy ending that will satisfy fans of the DCeased franchise. There were plenty of great character moments that made the way things concluded in DCeased: Dead Planet #7 to come across as extremely rewarding. Fans of DC Comics should make sure to pick up DCeased: Dead Planet when its collection is released.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Ages (2021) #1

Sep 4, 2021

Dark Ages #1 is a fantastic example of how you kick off a big event. Tom Taylor and Iban Coello do not waste any time setting up the big conflict and the ramifications of the decisions made by certain heroes. It all works to create a universe that fans will be fully invested in finding out what will happen next. This is a must have comic book for all Marvel fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Ages (2021) #2

Oct 9, 2021

Tom Taylor and Iban Coello do an excellent job doing a lot of world building in Dark Ages #2 coming off the events of the first issue. The world is fully developed as we learn where various heroes, villains, and other types of characters are in the flash forward for Dark Ages. Apocalypse being set-up as the big bad creates a lot of interest in how our heroes will respond once they find out what the villain is up to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Ages (2021) #3

Nov 21, 2021

Dark Ages #3 does a great job building on the foundation created by the first two issues to create a compelling narrative around Apocalypse as the main antagonist from this series. The progression of the story was all well done to position all sides of this conflict as strongly as possible. Dark Ages is definitely a can't miss series for Marvel fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Ages (2021) #4

Jan 15, 2022

Dark Ages #4 was another great read. Tom Taylor and Iban Coello have done such an excellent job merging world building and plot progression to create further investment in this world. In the process the threat of Apocalypse is further elevated by the developments on the heroes side of the Dark Ages story. This definitely continues to be a reading experience Marvel fans should not be missing out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Ages (2021) #5

Feb 26, 2022

Dark Ages #5 is a great example of controlled escalation. Even though there is now only one issue left in the Dark Ages story it doesn't feel like we are rushing to that end. Tom Taylor and Iban Coello are very much in control of this story as they are building the narrative around Apocalypse being the greatest threat possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Justice League Dark (2018) #12

Jun 30, 2019

Justice League Dark #12 was an excellent conclusion to James Tynion and Alvaro Martinez Bueno major overarching story arc involving Doctor Fate and Nabu. This conclusion firmly established the Justice League Dark as a team and why Wonder Woman is the perfect person to lead them. If you are a DC Comics fan don't miss out on reading Justice League Dark. This is one of the best comics DC is currently publishing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark (2018) #14

Sep 3, 2019

Justice League Dark #14 lays down a solid foundation for the rest of "The Witching War" storyline to build from. James Tynion's understanding of all the members on the Justice League Dark is on full display in this issue. The character arcs set up for Wonder Woman, Zatanna and Man-Bat in particular help drive several plot points within "The Witching War" set-up. Having Alvaro Martinez Bueno back to handle art duties further elevated how well the set up for this new story arc turned out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League Dark (2018) #17

Dec 3, 2019

James Tynion IV and Javi Fernandez hit another home run withJustice League Dark #17. Tynion does a great job pacing the story of "The Witching War" out to maximize the impact of Circe and the Injustice League Dark's direct attack on the Justice League Dark. How it all turned out builds anticipation on what the status quo for both teams will be after all is said and done in "The Witching War."

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Justice League Dark (2018) #18

Jan 6, 2020

Justice League Dark #18 was a solid continuation of "The Witching War." Things slow down in this issue as a lot of characters from Wonder Woman to Zatanna to Circe make choices that will affect the future of this series. In going with this direction for Justice League Dark #18 James Tynion and Alvaro Martinez Bueno build greater anticipation for how "The Witching War" will conclude.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Power Rangers Unlimited: The Coinless #1

Jun 28, 2023

From beginning to end Power Rangers Unlimited: The Coinless is a riveting read. If you have been following along with Lord Drakkon and the Coinless Universe story this is a must read. The way the Zordon Era storylines are adapted into the Coinless Universe setting is proficiently handled. It all builds on a universe that hopefully gets more attention in the future, possibly during the Darkest Hour event.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Power Rangers Unlimited: The Morphin Masters #1

Jan 31, 2024

Ryan Parrott, Rachel Wagner, and Daniel Bayliss hit a home run with Power Rangers Unlimited: The Morphin Masters #1. This issue once again proves why the Ranger Slayer version of Kimberly Hart is one of the best characters in the Power Rangers franchise. Her journey through the Morphin Grid increased the excitement for what is to come in the second half of the Darkest Hour event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Power Rangers Unlimited: Hyperforce #1

Jul 21, 2023

Power Rangers Unlimited: Hyperforce took some time to get momentum due to how it drops us in the middle of an ongoing story. Once Melissa Flores, Meghan Camarena, and Federico Sabbatini were able to fully put over the stakes this one-shot had a lot of great developments. The ties to Mistress Vile and the upcoming Darkest Hour event creates a lot of interest in the future of the Hyperforce Rangers. Creating that interest makes Power Rangers Unlimited: Hyperforce a big win.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Rangers Unlimited: Countdown To Ruin #1

Jul 2, 2022

Power Rangers Unlimited: Countdown To Ruin is an must-read comic book for fans of the Zordon Era of the Power Rangers franchise. Marguerite Bennett, Anna Kekovsky Chandra, and Giuseppe Cafaro did an excellent job not only expanding on Andros' character history but also what we know of Zhane and the Space Power Rangers as a whole. It all worked to build even greater excitement for whatever the plans are for BOOM! Studios Power Rangers Universe in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Sensational She-Hulk (2023) #1

Oct 19, 2023

Sensational She-Hulk #1 is an absolute joy to read from beginning to end. Rainbow Rowell and Andres Genolet are at the top of their game with how they present She-Hulk along with her supporting cast and world. The pacing is excellent, and it all leads to a strong hook ending with the appearance of the Hulk. It all comes together for a must-buy comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Sensational She-Hulk (2023) #2

Nov 22, 2023

Rainbow Rowell and Andres Genolet have quickly established Sensational She-Hulk as Marvel's best title right now. Sensational She-Hulk #2 confirms that being a fact with an incredibly layered story with Hulk. This added more to the relationship shared by the Hulk cousins. If you haven't checked this series out yet make sure to rectify that by picking up this and the first issue up asap.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Sensational She-Hulk (2023) #3

Dec 27, 2023

The Sensational She-Hulk #3 does a phenomenal job establishing multiple major storylines for the long-term future of this series. We get some incredible character work for She-Hulk and Hulk. It all comes together to make Sensational She-Hulk one of the must-have comic books Marvel is publishing right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Sensational She-Hulk (2023) #7

Apr 3, 2024

There is just way to much hand holding in the first half of Sensational She-Hulk #7 that gets in the way of enjoying what is going on in the scene.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #124

Dec 18, 2021

Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #124 was an excellent, can't miss issue for fans of the TMNT franchise. Sophie Campbell showed great trust in Ken Garing to deliver on the impact story she outlined without any dialogue. Garing's artwork shines throughout this issue as he is able to get over how important family is to the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles franchise. It is a strong way to conclude 2021 for this series and I look forward to what is next for the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles in 2022.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #127

Apr 4, 2022

With the destruction of the Splinter Clan Dojo Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #127 begins a new chapter for the series. Sophie Campbell and Pablo Tunica get that point across with how the Ninja Turtles handle the major blow they and their allies just suffered. That along with the massive debut of Venus back into the TMNT world there is a lot here that will capture fans interest for what will happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #128

May 4, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSSophie Campbell and Pablo Tunica knock it out of the park with the story told in Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #128. From the tragic origin story of Venus de Milo to the race for Seri to escape the villainous Utroms capture there is a lot for TMNT fans to get invested in. With this many developments going on it is an exciting time to be reading IDW's Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #131

Jul 27, 2022

Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #131 is a great prelude chapter to the upcoming The Armageddon Game event. Oroku Saki's presence throughout this issue is strongly felt as his sudden mentorship of the Splinter Clan brought with it strong character moments for the core cast. Where things go from here as we head into The Armageddon Game has a lot of potential to be a memorable TMNT event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #132

Sep 9, 2022

Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #132 is another excellent issue from what is one of the best comic books on the market right now. Sophie Campbell and Pablo Tunica made the character arcs Leonardo, Raphael, Donatello, Michelangelo, and Jennika all go on special in their own right. Not only does this prepare the characters but also the reader for what is to come with The Armageddon Game event.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
All-Star Batman #7

Feb 13, 2017

All-Star Batman #7 provided us with one of the best Poison Ivy stories we have ever gotten. Scott Snyder's clear understanding of Poison Ivy's character leaves you hoping that he writes an extended arc involving her and the rest of the Batman Family. Tula Lotay's artwork helped make the already strong story much greater as she got across the impact Batman and Poison Ivy had on each other during their conversation. Add in another strong chapter in Duke's back-up story and All-Star Batman #7 is yet another winner in one of DC Comics best ongoing series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
All-Star Batman #8

Mar 19, 2017

All-Star Batman #8 continued Batman's journey through his Rogues Gallery in a fascinating way that elevated Mad Hatter's stature as a villain. Scott Snyder's choice of storytelling was unique for this one issue, as he provided us with greater insight into Batman's mind. At the same time, Duke's back-up story continues to add value to this series as a whole with Snyder and Francavilla giving us more of a reason to get behind whatever Duke decides to become in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-Star Batman #10

May 15, 2017

All-Star Batman #10 does an excellent job kicking off "The First Ally" arc with multiple intriguing plotlines, including a fun back-up story. Giving us a conclusion of the long-running Hush plotline of the character posing as Bruce Wayne was very satisfying and perfectly set-up the story Scott Snyder has in store for us next involving Alfred Pennyworth's history. That along with some incredibly artwork from Rafael Albuquerque and Sebastian Fiumara made All-Star BAtman #10 a must-have for Batman fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
All-Star Batman #12

Jul 27, 2017

All-Star Batman #12 was a strong continuation of "The First Ally" arc as Alfred's history catches up to Batman's current mission. Scott Snyder did an excellent job building up Briar and the knight as credible threats even though they weren't shown in the present day. Snyder further stacks the deck against Batman by the big swerve Hush and his allies surprise the Dark Knight with. This all leads to build further anticipation for how Batman will be able to overcome the odds and successfully retrieve the Genesis Engine.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-Star Batman #13

Sep 1, 2017

All-Star Batman #13 was another strong entry in "The First Ally" story arc. Scott Snyder has done a great job developing Alfred Pennyworth's backstory and reestablishing his relationship with Batman. Rafael Albuquerque and Rafael Scavone's back-up continues to be a great compliment to the main story. Now that both stories are reaching their conclusion there is a lot to look forward to with what come next in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Artemis: Wanted (2022) #1

Jul 20, 2022

Artemis: Wanted #1 is an excellent example of the power a one-shot comic book has. We get a complete story that resolves the story of Hippolyta's murder in a way that adds a lot more to what is going on in the Wonder Woman franchise. In the process, Artemis character is treated with genuine care with what we learn about her elevates her status even higher when all is said and done. This is definitely a must-have for fans of the Wonder Woman franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Beyond (2022): Mary Jane & Black Cat #1

Jan 30, 2022

If you are a fan of the Spider-Man franchise this is definitely a comic book I recommend checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Cat (2020): Infinity Score #1

Dec 13, 2021

Giant-Size Black Cat: Infinity Score #1 was a great way for Jed MacKay to wrap up his run on this series. Mackay and C.F. Villa maximized the page count they were given to full put over how great of a character Black Cat is. In the process they were able to wrap up the Infinity Score storyline in a satisfying way for those who have been following this story. Hopefully we don't go too long without a Black Cat ongoing series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Coda (2023) #1

Sep 11, 2023

The pure imagination in every panel of Coda #1 makes this a home run of a start for this series. The way all these fantasy characters deal with a post-apocalyptic setting keeps your attention from beginning to end. It is a great entry point for the world created by Simon Spurrier and Matias Bergara.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Coda (2023) #2

Oct 16, 2023

Coda #2 delves even deeper into the fascinating world with intriguing developments done by Hum and Serka. Simon Spurrier and Matias Bergara's chemistry as a creative team shines from beginning to end as it feels like anything is possible with this imaginative story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Coda (2023) #5

Jan 30, 2024

Coda #5 delivers a satisfying conclusion to this chapter in the lives of Hum and Serka. At the same time, the door is left open for more stories to be told in the world of Coda in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: A Good Day To Die #1

Sep 5, 2019

DCeased: A Good Day To Die #1 is a fantastic tie-in issue that elevated the crisis going on in the main series. Tom Taylor maximized the page count of this issue to elevate characters like Big Barda, Mister Miracle and Mister Terrific. Every character involved had a standout scene at some point in this issue. Booster Gold's final scene in particular furthered how desperate things have become in this event. If you are reading DCeased I highly recommend picking up A Good Day To Die #1 as it elevates a great event to higher heights.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Days: The Forge #1

Jun 16, 2017

Dark Days: The Forge #1 is exactly how you set the stage for a big event story. Scott Snyder and James Tynion IV deliver an impactful reading experience as we see how Batman's investigation leads into an even bigger story to be told. With an established history to build on, Dark Days: Metal should be a lot of fun to read once the event truly begins.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Days: The Casting #1

Jul 13, 2017

Dark Days: The Casting #1 does an excellent job using past storylines to build an intriguing plot that will involve the entire DC Universe. Batman's attitude throughout his investigation on top of everything that Joker reveals to Hal Jordan and Duke Thomas created a tense atmosphere around everything going on. Now with the stage set, Snyder and Capullo are all ready to make Dark Nights: Metal one of the best events DC Comics has ever had.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghostlore (2023) #1

May 8, 2023

Cullen Bunn, Leomacs and company set a chilling vibe that leaves you wanting to learn more about what is going on in the world Ghostlore #1 creates. Even when questions are answered there are even more questions that are asked. A must-have comic for fans of horror.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Giant-Size X-Men (2020): Magneto #1

Jul 20, 2020

Giant-Size X-Men: Magneto is an enjoyable comic book that places the spotlight on one of the most popular characters in the franchise. The trust between Jonathan Hickman and Ramon Perez is evident throughout this issue as both the dialogue and artwork get a chance to shine at various points. That all helped to elevate the interactions Magneto had with both Emma Frost and Namor during this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Green Lantern (2021) #1

Apr 12, 2021

Green Lantern #1 is a very good start to a creative run by Geoffrey Thorne. This issue established a lot with how Oa and the Green Lantern Corps are viewed in the greater DC Universe. Bringing in the United Planets to be part of his run opens a lot of doors to explore not only the current state of the DCU but the Omniverse as a whole. Green Lantern fans should definitely check this issue out as soon as possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Green Lantern (2021) #2

May 8, 2021

Green Lantern #2 is a game changing comic book for the entire franchise. Geoffrey Thorne, Dexter Soy, and Marco Santucci knocked it out of the park with the impact of the events that take place are felt by the end of this issue. The character work for John Stewart and the Guardians of the Universe further drove home how this is a can't miss issue for Green Lantern fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hulk vs. Thor: Banner of War (2022): Alpha #1

May 12, 2022

Hulk vs Thor: Banner Of War Alpha is a good old slobber knocker of a fight. Sure there are some character moments that will speak to fans of the Thor and Hulk series. But at the end of the day Donny Cates and Martin Coccolo knew exactly what fans wanted to see and that was a big titanic battle between Hulk and Thor. That is exactly what we got and it did not disappoint in starting of Banner of War with the hottest start possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Infinity Wars (2018): Prime #1

Jul 27, 2018

Infinity Wars Prime #1 did its job to build excitement for Marvel's big event. The scenes with Loki, Doctor Strange and Adam Warlock set-up several intriguing storylines to follow when Infinity Wars begins. The addition of the shocking death at the hands of a brand new threat, Requiem, established how anything can happen in the upcoming Infinity Wars event. If your a fan of the cosmic side of the Marvel Universe I recommend Infinity Wars Prime #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice 2 Annual #2

Nov 25, 2018

Tom Taylor, Bruno Redondo and Rex Lokus did a great job closing this series out with Injustice 2 Annual #2. In exploring Batman and Superman's friendship from where it once was to what it became over the course of Injustice Taylor was able to give greater depth to how the sequel game started. If you are a fan of the Injustice video games I highly recommend checking out Injustice 2 Annual #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice: Year Zero #11

Nov 25, 2020

Injustice: Year Zero Chapter 11 is another strong entry in this series that has expanded the history of the Injustice DC Universe. Tom Taylor and Cian Tormey wasted no time in showing the impact Jay Garrick's death has on Barry Allen and the direction of this story. The ending with what Joker is able to accomplish created greater interest in how the Justice League and Justice Society will be able to defeat the Clown Prince of Crime.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Invaders (2019) #1

Jan 20, 2019

Invaders #1 successfully sets the stage for what the first major story arc of this series will be. Chip Zdarsky catches us up with where all the original Invaders are in the present and how important their history with each other from WWII is. Namor taking a key role provided the hook needed as Zdarsky positions him as the protagonist to follow while simultaneously being presented in a villainous role. If your a fan of Captain America, Winter Soldier, Namor or the original Human Torch I recommend checking out Invaders #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Man (2020) #1

Sep 20, 2020

Christopher Cantwell and Cafu kick off their run with a strong first issue in Iron Man #1. Cantwell showed a strong understanding of who Tony Stark is as he gives Iron Man a chance at a true fresh start. That along with strong artwork from Cafu makes Iron Man #1 a comic book Marvel fans should check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Jean Grey (2023) #2

Sep 30, 2023

The first issue of Jean Grey was more about establishing the general direction of this mini-series. Now with Jean Grey #2 Louise Simonson and Bernard Chang were able to go all in with tapping into the potential of the series' foundation. In the process Simonson and Chang are able to take the "What If? concept to give greater insight into Jean Grey's character as her role in Fall of X develops.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Klik Klik Boom (2023) #1

Jun 12, 2023

Klik Klik Boom #1 delivers a great example of the power of storytelling that comic books provide. Doug Wagner and Doug Dabbs create a lead character you are immediately invested in. Every action she takes or how others talk about her builds a mystery that you are looking forward to seeing how it will unfold.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Monarch (2023) #1

Feb 8, 2023

Rodney Barnes and Alex Lins deliver an engaging start to the Monarch series. All the characters bring you into the world that is crafted and makes the eventual turn into an alien invasion story have a greater impact. The ending hooked me to be invested in finding out what happens after I finished Monarch #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nubia & The Amazons #6

Mar 14, 2022

All of these developments further develop Nubia as the current Queen of the Amazons of Themyscira. Her steady hand as leader is what was needed in such a tough time for the Amazons. Which all made the ending with the decision Wonder Woman makes at the end of Nubia & The Amazons #6 a strong hook to build greater investment going into the next chapter of Trial of the Amazons.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Planet-Size X-Men (2021) #1

Jun 18, 2021

Gerry Duggan and Pepe Larraz set out to make a statement with Planet-Size X-Men #1 and they did just that. All of the Omega-Level mutants in the X-Men franchise uniting to make Mars into a livable planet like Earth was incredible to watch. Adding in the ongoing politics for Krakoa and tying that into Magneto to turn Mars into Planet Arakko created greater depth to the story taking place. Putting all this together makes this a can't miss comic book for X-Men fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Static (2021): Season One #3

Sep 6, 2021

Season One #3 was the best issue of this young series thus far. Vita Ayala does a great job balancing out Virgil Hawkins superhero journey and how he interacts with his entire supporting cast. All the moments in this issue are further enhanced by the artwork done by Nikolas Draper-Ivey and Chriscross. It all comes together for yet another example of how Static: Season One has quickly become one of DC Comics best titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Swan Songs (2023) #1

Jul 3, 2023

Swan Songs #1 does an incredible job taking you on an emotional journey in an apocalyptic setting. The journey in a hopeless world our lead character takes is one filled with pain and loss that creates an emotional investment in seeing that journey through to the end. Its through experiencing what is ultimately a mother-son story that you're left with a story that stays with you after well after finishing reading Swan Song #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Dead Lucky (2022) #9

Sep 25, 2023

As every piece moves around Bibi the more compelling the story in Dead Lucky becomes. Melissa Flores and French Carlomagno are doing a great job at exploring the ramifications there are with the emotional connection Bibi shares with the cast of this series. Which is made even more compelling by an old friend from Bibi's past shaking the foundation enough to question what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Dead Lucky (2022) #12

Mar 27, 2024

Dead Lucky #12 acts as the final installment that appropriately wraps up this series while leaving the door open for more stories in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Seasons Have Teeth (2023) #1

Apr 10, 2023

Dan Watters, Sebastin Cabrol, and Dan Jackson nail the sense of discovery that permeates throughout The Seasons Have Teeth #1. Watters develops a unique voice for our lead character, with both him and the world elevated by the fantastic artwork by Cabrol and Jackson. There is a lot of potential with how additional characters and discoveries made add to the world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans (2016) Annual #2

Apr 29, 2018

Titans Annual #2 is a great conclusion to the final story arc for this incarnation of the Titans team. Dan Abnett delivered an ending that paid off on all the character development Nightwing, Donna Troy, Flash and Arsenal have gone through up to this point. The resolution leaves these core members of the Titans in a great spot moving forward. Hopefully that momentum is carried over to the new version of the Titans in the post-No Justice DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Valley (2024) #1

Apr 8, 2024

Uncanny Valley #1 is a wild start that leaves you excited to see what turn this ride will take you on. Tony Fleecs and Dave Wachter certainly deliver on getting you invested on the young lead characters journey. Watcher's artwork in particular creates a lot of excitement for the possibilities that are to be had with Uncanny Valley. This is a comic book to pick up as soon as you can.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Universal Monsters: Dracula (2023) #1

Oct 23, 2023

James Tynion IV and Martin Simmonds create an immersive reading experience with Universal Monsters: Dracula #1. Every character shines in their own that you are fully invested to the parallel journey they will be on. If you are a fan of Dracula or the horror genre this is a comic book to not miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
West Coast Avengers (2018) #1

Aug 27, 2018

West Coast Avengers #1 was an excellent start to the latest member to the Avengers franchise. Kelly Thompson did a great job making every member of the West Coast Avengers likable in their own way. The addition of the reality TV-style interviews gave the story an fun hook that is unique to the West Coast Avengers. Along with Stefano Caselli's great artwork, West Coast Avengers #1 is a comic I highly recommend picking up if your a Marvel fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) Annual #1

Jun 3, 2017

Wonder Woman: Rebirth Annual #1 was exactly what I wanted from the issue. Each creative team used their allotted time to deliver a Wonder Woman story that can stand on their own. The way they all maximized their time made the entire issue a great way to jump into the series for fans, especially those looking for a comic to buy following the release of the Wonder Woman movie.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-23 (2018) #1

Jul 14, 2018

X-23 #1 is a great starting point for X-Men fans to get into Laura Kinney's ongoing adventures. Mariko Tamaki did a great job building off the momentum Tom Taylor created for Laura's character over in All-New Wolverine for this new series. The integration of the X-Men and Alchemax was seamlessly handled as Tamaki built a story that fans can instantly invest in. If you are an X-Men fan I highly recommend checking X-23 out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-23 (2018) #3

Sep 3, 2018

Mariko Tamaki delivers the strongest issue to date in the young life of this new X-23 ongoing series. Tamaki does a great job continuing to develop Laura Kinney as she races against the clock to save her sister, Gabby, from the Stepford Cuckoos plot to resurrect their sisters. The ending of X-23 #3 creates an intriguing scenario for what could happen depending on the route Tamaki decides to go with Laura, Gabby and the Stepford Cuckoos.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021) Annual #1

Dec 21, 2022

Firestar finally gets much needed development with X-Men Annual #1. Given Firestar's history with the X-Men her addition to the core team was questionable from the moment it was announced. More character development like she received in X-Men Annual #1 will go a long way in making Firestar not be an outsider as an X-Men or resident of Krakoa. Mixing in some good superhero action further helped make the story Steve Foxe and Andrea Di Vito something all X-Men fans should check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2023) #1

Sep 12, 2023

Joshua Williamson and Simone Di Meo hit a grand slam with Batman & Robin #1. Utilizing the current status quo for the franchise they create a strong foundation for how Bruce Wayne and Damian Wayne will operate as the Dynamic Duo and as father-son out of the cape and cowl. If you are a Batman fan make sure to pick up this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman and Robin (2023) #2

Oct 10, 2023

Batman and Robin #2 is an excellent follow-up to the debut issue. Bruce Wayne and Damian Wayne's chemistry as the Dynamic Duo once again shines. Shush is presented as a incredible new villain you can't wait to see more of. All of it comes together to quickly establish Batman and Robin as the best series in the franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman and Robin (2023) #3

Nov 15, 2023

Outside the stellar artwork by Simone Di Meo, Batman and Robin #3 was a filler issue. All you need to know is that Dark Man-Bat appears. Everything else felt inconsequential, which definitely hurts Shush as a new villain. Hopefully the next issue picks things back up for the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman and Robin (2023) #4

Dec 14, 2023

Batman and Robin #4 does a good job at wrapping up this first part of the Man-Bat and Shush storyline while leaving the door plenty open for it to continue as a long-term arc. The dynamic between Bruce and Damian Wayne continues to shine and carry this series. It all comes together for what is in contention for the best Batman series right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman and Robin (2023) #7

Mar 12, 2024

Batman and Robin #7 is made by the presence of Flatline. Her dynamic with Damian Wayne is undeniable. Seeing how Bruce Wayne recognizes this and lets Damian and Flatline go on their own adventure was cool. It led to this series now have two concurrent storylines with the developments by Man-Bat and Flatline's family. They compliment one another well for another fun issue of Batman and Robin.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman and Robin (2023) #8

Apr 10, 2024

Joshua Williamson is certainly not shy about drawing parallels between Bruce Wayne and Damian Wayne. Especially when it comes to the younger Wayne we are seeing Damian have his own Bat-Cat pairing explored with his relationship with Flatline.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased #2

Jun 9, 2019

DCeased #2 was an excellent follow-up chapter to what Tom Taylor established in the first issue of this big event. Taylor spotlighted the emotional weight of the entire DC Universe faced with a crisis that hits close to home for everyone. The personal moments we get for many iconic characters, specifically for Black Canary, Robin and Superman, makes DCeased a series DC fan should not miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased #3

Jul 6, 2019

DCeased #3 is another phenomenal issue in what has quickly become one of the best comic books that DC Comics is publishing. Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine hit all the right emotional notes with the crisis facing the entire DC Universe. The ending with Superman forced to make an incredibly heartbreaking decision punctuated an issue filled with strong character moments involving those who have become Anti-Living.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DCeased #4

Aug 9, 2019

Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine have created a special DC Comics event and DCeased #4 continues to show why that is. This issue is properly paced as the story marches forward with our favorite DCU heroes dealing with the crisis brought about by the Anti-Life Equation. There are plenty of poignant scenes involving Damian Wayne, Superman and others that help make DCeased #4 a strong follow-up to all the development in the first three issues. With only two issues left in this event we are left wondering how things will end up wrapping up, which is an exciting hook to come back for more from the DCeased story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
DCeased #5

Oct 4, 2019

DCeased #5 was a phenomenal issue. This issue solidified why DCeased is an event that every DC Comics fan must read. From beginning to end, Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine combine to tell an emotionally charged issue. They do a masterful job taking the reader on a journey and ending on a note that leaves the reader emotionally drained.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased #6

Oct 31, 2019

Tom Taylor, Trevor Hairsine and Neil Edwards nail the landing, delivering an emotionally charged ending to their DCeased event. Throughout DCeased #6 we are given one memorable moment after another. The actions and payoff to the character arcs for Wonder Woman, Green Lantern, Superboy, Cyborg and others was all deeply satisfying. If you are a DC Comics fan make sure you pick up DCeased when it is collected as a hardcover or trade paperback.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Crisis on Infinite Earths (2022) #1

Jun 7, 2022

Dark Crisis #1 is a successful start to DC Comics latest big event. Joshua Williamson, Daniel Sampere, and Alejandro Sanchez wasted no time in putting over the high stakes of Dark Crisis as the DC Universe's heroes deal with a world without the Justice League. The way things went down built even more hype to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Dark Crisis on Infinite Earths (2022) #2

Jul 5, 2022

As epic battles in big events go Dark Crisis #2 delivers with the Battle At Titans Tower. Everything from the setting to the actual Nightwing vs Deathstroke and Superman vs Cyborg Superman fights hit the way you expect. The only thing that holds Dark Crisis #2 back is the disconnect with how The Great Darkness is being built up as the endgame threat of this event. Hopefully the ending of Dark Crisis #2 involving the Green Lantern Corps fixes that problem currently facing DC Comics latest big event.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Dark Crisis on Infinite Earths (2022) #3

Aug 2, 2022

Overall, Dark Crisis #3 effectively pushes all the narratives of this event forward in intriguing ways. Joshua Williamson and Daniel Sampere are making the most of every page to put over how massive of an event Dark Crisis is. From the moments that create great hype to great dread it all works to keep you on your toes waiting for what is going to happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dark Crisis on Infinite Earths (2022) #4

Sep 6, 2022

Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths #4 doesn't hit as hard as I was hoping given that this is the midway point of this event. The end results with what Pariah accomplishes at the end of this issue definitely changes things for this event. But as big as Pariah's plans are the pacing is just off when it comes to what we see our heroes do throughout this issue. At least we get a lot of great artwork that helps do a lot of heavily lifting, with the Legion of Doom vs Secret Society sure to be the standout for a lot of fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Dark Crisis on Infinite Earths (2022) #5

Oct 4, 2022

Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths #5 moves this event forward into its final stages. The way we get there is not the cleanest but when it comes to giving fans moments to get hyped for what happens next Joshua Williamson and Daniel Sampere deliver big.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Dark Crisis on Infinite Earths (2022) #6

Nov 8, 2022

Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths #6 has everything that you look for a big event. There are massive scale action sequences that get over the scope of this event. There is a race against the clock as things grow more desperate on both sides. All of that makes for a great comic book. But even then, there are things missing that make Dark Crisis #6 miss the mark on being a complete reading experience. These missing element causes certain plot developments of this story to be rushed as we head into the ending. I'm still excited to find out how Williamson and company will end Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths but this is definitely not a perfect event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Crisis on Infinite Earths (2022) #7

Dec 20, 2022

Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths #7 is by no means perfect. There are decisions made that should've been refined over the course of the main series rather left up to tie-in comics. But even with that this is a comic book that you can't help but get lost in all the hype moments. There are so many moments that will bring a smile on the faces of fans of the DC Universe. Joshua Williamson, Daniel Sampere, and company delivered a fun big event that lays a strong foundation for the future of DC Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Dark Nights: Death Metal #4

Oct 14, 2020

Dark Nights: Death Metal #4 continues to deliver on the massive scope of this Crisis-level event that Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo are telling. The right emotional story beats are hit to make the hail mary that the Trinity attempt have maximum impact for what happens with the Darkest Night appears. Though you will need to read several of the one-shot tie-ins to Dark Nights: Death Metal to understand everything going on in this issue. How many of those one-shots you read will impact how Dark Night: Death Metal #4 will be received.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Dark Nights: Death Metal #5

Nov 22, 2020

Dark Nights: Death Metal #5 is all about setting the stage for the final battle that will conclude this event. Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo accomplish that with a lot of strong character driven scenes. Everything we see everyone from Wonder Woman to Batman Who Laughs do maximizes how much hype their will be going into the next issue. Hopefully things come together in a tight package and we don't see a reliance on tie-in comics hinder the last few chapters of Dark Nights: Death Metal

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Nights: Death Metal #6

Dec 17, 2020

Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo hit all the right notes to make Dark Nights: Death Metal #6 everything you expect from a penultimate issue for a big event. Everything that happens here is made to create as much hype going into the ending as possible. The final few pages of Dark Nights: Death Metal #6 certainly showcase that as the stage is set for our heroes and villains to have a final showdown with the fate of the Multiverse at stake.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Nights: Death Metal #7

Jan 6, 2021

Dark Nights: Death Metal #7 is an epic ending to one of the most memorable events in DC Comics history. Scott Snyder, Greg Capullo, and the entire team that worked on this issue knocked it out of the park. When it was all was said and done I found myself with a giant smile on my face. This has created even greater excitement for the future of DC Comics in 2021 and beyond. If you are a DC Comics fan I definitely recommend checking out Dark Nights: Death Metal when the full trade collection comes out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Rangers (2020) #14

Jan 2, 2022

Power Rangers #14 was an action-packed comic book with enough character moments to keep your interest being high for what happens next in The Eltarian War. The ending of this issue in particular has the wait for the next chapter in the latest Power Rangers crossover event feel longer than it likely is. It is a meeting, and possibly clash, many Power Rangers fans have been waiting for a long time to go down.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Rangers (2020) #17

Mar 21, 2022

Overall, Parrott and Renna did a great job dealing with the fallout of The Eltarian War and pushing the Omega Rangers forward with the developments in Power Rangers #17. There are so many different directions that Power Rangers can go and that creates genuine excitement for what happens next with the Omega Rangers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Power Rangers (2020) #20

Jun 19, 2022

Power Rangers #20 is an emotionally heavy issue that Ryan Parrott and Marco Renna tell very well. The way Jason deals with the death of his mother and Andros character arc is all works together to push the narrative of the franchise forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Power Rangers (2020) #22

Aug 15, 2022

With Power Rangers #22 Ryan Parrott and Marco Renna set the stage up for the finale of Charge To 100 to be epic. The Death Ranger is presented as a villain unlike any other the Power Rangers team have faced. What the Death Ranger did by the end of Power Rangers #22 creates a lot of questions for how things will end in Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #100.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin (2021) #1

Apr 28, 2021

Joshua Williamson and Gleb Melnikov waste no time in getting the League of Lazarus Tournament started in Robin #1. You are immediately caught up to speed with where Damian Wayne is at this point in his life and why he would take part in a fighting tournament to the death. The presentation for the tournament itself gets you hyped for how things will turn out for Damian when all things are said and done.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin (2021) #3

Jun 24, 2021

Robin #3 is an absolute blast. The manga influences to the fighting tournament to the death that Damian Wayne has entered himself in is fun to watch develop. Rose Wilson and Connor Hawke strong presence in this issue adds to how Robin is a can't miss series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Robin (2021) #5

Aug 25, 2021

Robin #5 is an excellent mix of fun action and emotional character development that is a must-have for Batman Family fans. Joshua Williamson and Gleb Melnikov make great use of the history between Damian Wayne, Dick Grayson, Tim Drake, Stephanie Brown, and Jason Todd to tell a wonderful story. It all helps to build even greater excitement for how the Lazarus Tournament will turn out now that it has officially started.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin (2021) #6

Sep 29, 2021

The Lazarus Tournament has officially begun and there is no time wasted with showcasing the fighters in Robin #6. Joshua Williamson and Gleb Melnikov do a great job working together to put over the stakes of the tournament through all the various fights. In the middle of all the fighting we got a lot of great character work for Robin, Ravager, Connor Hawke, Flatline, and Respawn. There really is nothing more that can be asked for except wanting the next issue immediately.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Robin (2021) #7

Nov 1, 2021

Robin #7 is another fun chapter in the Lazarus Tournment. Joshua Williamson, Gleb Melinikov, and Max Dunbar waste no time getting through the tournament as we reach the finals by the end of the issue. The pacing makes this final match have much more hype around it as the competitors have built a personal rivalry the deeper we've gotten into the tournament.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Robin (2021) #9

Dec 29, 2021

Robin #9 was another strong entry in one of DC Comics most consistently well written and drawn series. The arc that Damian Wayne has been on got a payoff as he stepped up as Robin to show his leadership qualities. The twist ending in Robin #9 was enough of a surprise that keeps you guessing on how exactly this Lazarus Tournament story will conclude.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Robin (2021) #11

Feb 23, 2022

Joshua Williamson and Gleb Melkinov do not miss with this ending to their League of Lazarus Tournament in Robin #11. There was an incredible amount of payoff that will leave fans extremely satisfied. At the same time, there is more than enough set-up for different future character arcs and storylines that will leave fans coming back for more of Damian Wayne and company's adventures. And that is really all you can ask for as a fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin (2021) #12

Mar 27, 2022

When all was said and done Robin #12 works well to close this chapter of Damian's story and build towards his future. Not only does Williamson build towards Shadow War but also lays the foundation for several other storylines Robin can build on once the crossover event is over. That all creates greater excitement for what is next in the life of Damian Wayne as he continues to develop his own path as Robin.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Robin (2021) #13

May 2, 2022

Robin #13 was a big improvement over the previous chapter of Shadow War. Joshua Williamson and Roger Cruz brought all parties of this Batman, Robin, and Deathstroke Inc. crossover together in a way that made every character shine. Now the second half of Shadow War is set-up to, hopefully, be even better than the first half of this crossover event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin (2021) #14

May 24, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSRobin #14 is as strong of a penultimate chapter as you can have for a big crossover event. This comic book is jammed packed with action that shows how intense things have gotten in Shadow War, all brought to life by Roger Cruz's energetic artwork. The story developments with two major surprises to conclude Robin #14 leaves me excited to find out how Joshua Williamson plans to end Shadow War.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin (2021) #15

Jun 28, 2022

Joshua Williamson and Roger Cruz did an excellent job at building on all previous issues with their work on Robin #15. Everything in this issue, from the interaction between the Batman Family to the reunion with Bruce Wayne and Talia Al Ghul, got over how well developed of a character Damian is. The ending of Robin #15 effectively transitioned us into the final story arc for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Robin (2021) #16

Jul 26, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSIt says a lot for how special a superhero comic book is that it can overcome the generic and annoying villains of the story. Robin #16 accomplishes that with how well Joshua Williamson and Roger Cruz are able to put over Damian Wayne's growth. The chemistry Damian has with Connor Hawke, Flatline, and the rest of his supporting cast really shines throughout Robin #16, showcasing why this has been such a fun series to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Robin (2021) #17

Aug 23, 2022

Robin #17 is at its best when focusing on the friendships Damian Wayne has built over the course of Joshua Williamson's run. It's the strength in this aspect of Robin #17 that makes the rushed way the Lord Death Man and Mother Soul plot is wrap up so disappointing. Maybe if we had one more issue the villain side for the final story in this volume of Robin then Williamson would've been able to deliver a stronger conclusion to his run on this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2019) #4

Jan 4, 2020

X-Men #4 was more about establishing the current standing of Krakoa than having a huge status quo shaking event take place. And as he has shown in the past, Jonathan Hickman knocks it out of the park thanks to incredible writing for Magneto, Charles Xavier and Gorgon. Hickman's writing is strengthened by Leinil Francis Yu's artwork putting over how impactful the words spoken are during the latest World Economic Forum.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
X-Men (2019) #9

Mar 28, 2020

Jonathan Hickman knocks it out of the park once again with his work in X-Men #9. Hickman gives us a thrilling adventure involving the X-Men, Starjammers, Shi'ar, and Kree that has large ramifications for the Marvel Universe, specifically with the Brood standing. Add in some of Leinil Francis Yu best artwork to date and you have an issue in X-Men #9 that should not be missed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2019) #15

Nov 26, 2020

X-Men #15 is the chapter that X Of Swords was in dire need of. Jonathan Hickman does a fantastic job having Cyclops and Jean Grey step up to show that the X-Men will not stand on the sidelines while Krakoa's champions risk their lives for them. The whole meeting with the Quiet Council set a strong tone for the final two chapters having major stakes as everything is on the line as we reach the end of X Of Swords.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2019) #16

Jan 2, 2021

Jonathan Hickman and Phil Noto maximize exploring the impact X Of Swords had on the X-Men franchise and how the Reign Of X direction will move forward. Every scene in X-Men #16 built well into the next so the tension was always high with what various characters were discussing. It all made the way Cyclops and Jean Grey made it clear what the X-Men will be representing moving forward even more effective. The foundation has now been completed for a lot of intriguing stories to be crafted in the Reign of X direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men (2019) #17

Jan 29, 2021

X-Men #17 was a fun return to the superhero form this franchise was once known for. It was refreshing to get to see Cyclops, Jean Grey, and Storm do what they do best in saving the day. At the same time Jonathan Hickman was able to continue to show how Krakoa's reach is extending past Earth with how the Shi'ar Empire's current status quo driving the story in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2019) #18

Feb 27, 2021

Jonathan Hickman and Mahmud Asrar deliver a story that is a relatively quick read with the story told in X-Men #18. The strong characterization of Wolverine, Darwin, and Synch really stood out as Hickman and Asrar placed much needed spotlights on these great characters. More than anything this issue came across as a tease for a greater story that will be told with everything going on in the Vault. Hopefully we don't have to wait long for the story in the Vault to unfold, especially with the Hellfire Gala fast approaching.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men (2019) #19

Apr 1, 2021

With X-Men #19 Jonathan Hickman and Mahmud Asrar delivered a captivating narrative that elevates the importance of the Children Of The Vault within the franchise. The trust Hickman shows in Asrar's talents really helped elevate everything going on inside The Vault from the character relationships to the bigger concepts. Unfortunately, the heavy reliance on infographics did keep the story in X-Men #19 from reaching its full potential. This did not take away from the enjoyment had in X-Men #19 but was certainly a bummer that certain character moments were only told in text form.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men (2019) #20

May 27, 2021

Jonathan Hickman and Francesco Mobili knock it out of the park with X-Men #20. The story is layered with a ton of character work for not only Mystique, Charles Xavier, and Magneto but also the antagonist side of franchise. By the end of X-Men #20 you are fully invested in multiple storylines and how they will be developed in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men (2019) #21

Jun 11, 2021

Jonathan Hickman does a fantastic job presenting the Hellfire Gala as a major event in X-Men #21. The way the X-Men are announced to the world along with the scenes involving Charles Xavier, Magneto, and Emma Frost added to the importance the Hellfire Gala has to the franchise. The artwork from Nick Dragotta, Russell Dauterman, Lucas Werneck, and Sara Pichelli further emphasize how this is a can't miss event for X-Men fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Blade (2023) #1

Jul 19, 2023

Blade #1 gets the job done for what you expect from the first issue of a new series. Blade is shown as a badass while the long-term mission statement for the series is established. This all comes together to create a strong debut issue by Bryan Hill and Elena Casagrande that leaves you looking forward to what they have planned for Blade moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Blade (2023) #2

Aug 31, 2023

Blade #2 immediately takes us on a detour for a side mission that is possibly more interesting that the main story introduced in the first issue. While that is not a good thing for the main story it does show how well Bryan Hill builds chemistry as Blade and Tulip worked well off one another. Adding in the amazing artwork by Elena Casagrande makes Blade a comic book that continues to be a hit.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain America (2018) #4

Oct 12, 2018

Captain America #4 was a strong read that furthered the plot that Ta-Nehisi Coates is crafting in a positive direction. After several issues of little development Coates finally makes Alexa a compelling character by tying her into a big event that happened during Ed Brubaker's run on Captain America involving Sharon Carter. That connection elevates everything that has been going on in this story, creating more questions for Captain America and Sharon Carter to have to deal with. If your a Captain America fan I recommend checking Coates run out as he is bringing in a lot of past continuity into in a great, logical way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2018) #5

Nov 18, 2018

Captain America #5 is a tightly written issue that places sturdy building blocks for the future of this series. By bringing back a classic Captain America villain Ta-Nehisi Coates sets things up to get even more interesting as he can now build future stories around what he set into place here. If you are a Captain America fan you'll want to be reading this series. It looks like it could be something special.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2018) #7

Jan 31, 2019

Ta-Nehisi Coates delivers a strong start to "Captain of Nothing" with Captain America #7. Now that Steve Rogers has been locked up it is going to be up to Sharon Carter and Bucky Barnes to step up to find out who is manipulating current events to create greater chaos in the world. In doing so Coates has created several sub-plots within "Captain of Nothing" that are equally compelling to the greater narrative of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2018) #8

Mar 3, 2019

Using all of the recent continuity established Ta-Nehisi Coates created a fascinating narrative for Captain America #8 to continue the "Captain Of Nothing" story arc. Not only has Coates put Steve in a dangerous spot, he has also opened up the opportunity for Sharon Carter to step up in a big way. There is no telling where "Captain Of Nothing" will go and that is extremely exciting. If you aren't reading Captain America right now I highly recommend changing that immediately.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain America (2018) #11

Jun 22, 2019

With Captain America #11 Ta-Nehisi Coates and Adam Kubert created a fun, chaotic prison break story. The issue moved at a brisk pace and never slowed down even when our focus was split between Steve Rogers, the Daughters of Liberty and other characters. Everything that happened worked in sync with each other and moved the overall plot in "Captain Of Nothing" forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #1

Jan 17, 2022

Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #1 is a strong start to this tie-in series that is showing us what Elektra Natchios is doing during the Devil's Reign event. Tying this story to tap into memories of iconic Daredevil stories involving Elektra worked well to create a sense of urgency with this story. If you are reading Devil's Reign or are an Elektra fan Daredevil: Woman Without Fear is definitely a series you should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #3

Mar 3, 2022

Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #3 does an effective job wrapping up Elektra Natchios side mission within Devil's Reign. The way the story wraps opens the door for Elektra to rejoin the main Devil's Reign series just in time to play a big role in the finale. At the same time there is a lot of good set up for the post-Devil's Reign future for Daredevil with how things unfolded in this story. If it wasn't for a certain character that was forced in at the end of this issue Daredevil: Woman Without Fear #3 would've rated higher.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Godzilla vs. The Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #1

Mar 24, 2022

Godzilla vs Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #1 delivers exactly what fans of both franchises want to see. Cullen Bunn and Freddie Williams II understood the assignment and gave us the giant spectacle fans want to see. If you are a fan of Godzilla or Power Rangers absolutely pick up this comic book right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Godzilla vs. The Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #3

May 25, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSGodzilla vs. Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #3 was an absolute blast. The way Cullen Bunn and Freddie Williams II find new, fun ways to escalate the story is so much fun. If you aren't already reading Godzilla vs. Mighty Morphin Power Rangers then make sure to change that asap because this is a can't miss comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Godzilla vs. The Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #4

Jul 21, 2022

Cullen Bunn and Freddie E. Williams II continue to work their magic with how they continued to escalate the battles to a higher level with Godzilla vs Mighty Morphin Power Rangers #4. King Ghidorah makes an immediate impact that changes everything about this crossover event. It all leads to an ending that grows the hype to read the final issue of Godzilla vs Mighty Morphin Power Rangers to be at its highest point.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #12

Jan 15, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #12 is an example of exactly how you end one story while building a strong foundation for future storylines to branch out of. Robert Venditti and Ethan Van Sciver combined their talents to continuously throw us one big moment after another. Every character involved in "Bottled Light" got some moment to shine, whether through a show of power or personal development. Now that the conflict with Larfleeze is over and there is an alliance between the Green Lantern and Sinestro Corps what happens next is incredibly exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #13

Jan 27, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #13 halted all the positive momentum created by the first two arcs of the series for a one-shot story that added absolutely nothing to the series. It's something that is very hard to say because I've been such a big fan of what Robert Venditti has been doing with the Green Lantern franchise up until this issue. Unfortunately the recap and marketing nature of this issue only left me with a feeling that I had money taken from right under my nose. Hopefully this was only a minor slip up for this series and Venditti returns to moving forward with all the wonderful things he has done with his work on Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #14

Feb 12, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #14 got things back on track for the series as Robert Venditti developed several intriguing plotlines to follow. The Hal Jordan and Kyle Rayner team-up in particular showed how Venditti is going to have a lot of fun with different kinds of pairings now that the Green Lantern and Sinestro Corps alliance is moving forward. That dynamic was made even stronger by Rafa Sandoval artwork, which continues to get better with every issue of this series that he gets to draw.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #15

Feb 25, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #15 did an excellent job progressing several stories at once. The quick conclusion to Hal and Kyle's search for Saint Walker was satisfying, allowing the stories involving the Green Lantern and Sinestro Corps alliance to take over the spotlight moving forward. This is particularly good for Guy Gardner's solo mission to confront Arkillo, as that story alone added a new wrinkle to the young alliance. How Robert Venditti concludes that story along with the hunt for the other rogue Sinestro Corps members will be fun to see play out in future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #16

Mar 11, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #16 did an excellent elevating Guy Gardner stature in this series. The fight Guy has with Arkillo was as brutal as was expected to be. Robert Venditti was able to do a great job balancing the brutality of the fight by giving us a further look into who Guy is and why he searched for the fight in the first place. Now with yet another major plot point in 'Quest For Hope' checked off it'll be time to learn what happens next for the Blue Lantern Corps.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #17

Mar 28, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #17 did a lot in the way of bringing the franchise into the bigger picture of what has been going on in the DC Universe. Add in all the personal relationships that Robert Venditti developed over the course of the 'Quest For Hope' arc and you have the recipe for a successful issue. Now I'm even more excited to see where things go from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #19

Apr 29, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #19 was a solid set-up issue for the latest conflict that the alliance between the GLC and Sinestro Corps face. The presence of Rip Hunter, especially in his chemistry with John Stewart and Hal Jordan, helped keep the pace of this exposition heavy issue moving forward. Now with the set-up out of the way we can look forward to the epic space action we have come to expect from the series in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #21

May 27, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #21 delivered an impactful ending that sets the stage for some intriguing sub-plots to follow moving forward. Even with Sarko not being the strongest of villains, Robert Venditti's clear understanding of the Green Lantern Universe continues to be the strength of this series and it showed throughout this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #23

Jul 1, 2017

Robert Venditti and Ethan Van Sciver delivered an expertly told story that continued to develop the Green Lantern and Sinestro Corps alliance. The revelations several characters have in Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #23 will be major driving forces for the series moving forward and it'll be excited to see how they all play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #24

Jul 16, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #24 is an outstanding character driven comic book. Robert Venditti writing was at the top of his game as he challenges the strength Green Lantern and Sinestro Corps alliance with Tomar-Tu's actions in killing Romat-Ru and Soranik confronting Kyle about their future son's fate. All of that is wonderfully brought by Ethan Van Sciver, who makes you feel for every character involved with how he framed every page in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #25

Jul 30, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #25 delivered an emotionally impactful anniversary issue. With the Green Lantern and Sinestro Corps alliance forever broken and Sinestro's return imminent there is plenty of intriguing plotlines that Robert Venditti has set for him and his team to explore. Adding Ethan Van Sciver's incredible artwork help fuel the impact of all the decisions made by the characters involved. That all comes together for an issue that sets up multiple intriguing plotlines for the series moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #28

Sep 17, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #28 provided minimal plot progression for the "Fall of the Gods" story arc. Robert Venditti sacrificed everything that has happened to make "Fall of the Gods" so intriguing to revisit an old character plot of Hal Jordan's father means to him. Hopefully the next issue of this series can help the story turn around after hitting a massive wall that slowed everything that happened in this story down to a dead stop.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #29

Oct 1, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #29 is a strong ending to the "Fall of the Gods" story arc. Robert Venditti and Rafa Sandoval combined to deliver a lot of strong action that showed the Green Lantern at their best while taking on the Metal Golems. John Stewart and Kyle Rayner in particular came out looking even better than they did before this arc. That is going to be needed with the exciting things coming down the line for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #34

Dec 17, 2017

Hal Jordan and the Green Lanterns #34 was a well executed second chapter to the "Twilight of the Guardians" story arc. Robert Venditti was able to get across what the Controllers plot is and why that would mean even greater trouble for the DC Universe if they are successful. The darkness of the Controllers plot was nicely balanced out by how John Stewart, Hal Jordan, Kyle Rayner and Guy Gardner wasted no time in tracking the villains down. What happens next as both sides near a collision course should be a lot of fun.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #36

Jan 16, 2018

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #36 provided a strong ending to "Twilight of the Guardians" arc. Robert Venditti got over the impact the Controllers return had to the entire Green Lantern franchise. Their return to prominence was the perfect way to also bring the Guardians of the Universe back into their original roles. How that goes over with all the changes that have happened within the Green Lantern franchise make this shift in the Guardians' status quo very intriguing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #37

Jan 28, 2018

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #37 is an excellent start to the "Zod Will" story arc. Robert Venditti did not waste time in creating domineering threat that won't be simply overcome by punching harder in the form of General Zod and his House of Zod. Alongside that Venditti was able to build on the new status quo of the Guardians returning to their old post and showing how the Green Lantern Corps won't just bow their heads like they did in the past. If you're a Green Lantern Corps fan this is yet another story that you will not want to miss out on from Venditti's incredible run.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #38

Feb 20, 2018

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #38 is purely a set-up issue. There is nothing wrong with that as there is a lot of quality character for Zod and the planet of Jekuul. Unfortunately the portrayal of Hal Jordan left a lot to be desired as his status as greatest Green Lantern of all time made for some questionable story decision. That said, the strength of Zod's character development and Ethan Van Sciver phenomenal artwork elevated what happened in Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #38.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #40

Mar 20, 2018

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #40 is another strong chapter in "Zod's Will" arc. With this being an action heavy issue Rafa Sandoval had plenty of material to show off how epic he can make a battle between some of the most powerful characters in the DC Universe. While being action heavy Robert Venditti was able to give us plenty of moments that continued to develop the character arcs for John Stewart, Kyle Rayner and Hal Jordan. And with the Green Lantern Corps now pushed to the corner how Venditti resolves "Zod's Will" is anyone's guess, which adds further excitement to the ending.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #42

Apr 15, 2018

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #42 does an excellent job presenting the Darkstars as one of the biggest threats the GLC are going to being going against. Robert Venditti's spending time giving Tomar-Tu some quality character development went a long way in giving more weight to the direction the Darkstars will be going in. Having Ethan Van Sciver on art duties made Venditti's story even stronger as the sense of importance in the Darkstars rise was elevated even more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #44

May 13, 2018

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #44 is a fantastic issue to kickstart the "Darkstar Rising" story arc. Seeing Hal Jordan, John Stewart, Kyle Rayner and Guy Gardner recruit antagonists they have fought in the past showed how big of a threat the Darkstars are to the entire DC Universe. All of these potential allies gives Robert Venditti a lot of opportunities to work with different sub-plots as the "Darkstar Rising" arc progresses. If your a Green Lantern fan I highly recommend reading this issue as we are about to hit a big chapter in the life of this franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #46

Jun 18, 2018

Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #46 was a very good chapter that added more of a personal touch to the "Darkstars Rising" arc. Centering the story around Guy Gardner's origins how that motivates his first action as a member of the Darkstars made this a standout issue in the middle of this arc. Adding in what Hal Jordan, John Stewart and Kyle Rayner are doing makes things even more tense for whatever endgame Robert Venditti is building for "Darkstars Rising." If your a Green Lantern fan this is story that you should be checking out if you aren't already.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #47

Jul 2, 2018

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #47 was a great character study for Hal and Guy Gardner. Robert Venditti's understanding of both characters came through extremely well as he gave Hal and Guy personal arcs that made them stronger than when "Darkstars Rising" started. Given how the Darkstars are now ready to launch a full strike it is going to be exciting to see how Venditti pays off all the recruiting the Green Lanterns did to gather allies for the upcoming battle on Mogo.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #49

Jul 28, 2018

Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #49 did exactly what it needed to do build excitement for how Robert Venditti will close out his run on this series. Everything that happened between the Green Lantern Corps and Darkstars had a strong sense of urgency as both sides tried to get the upper hand in the final battle. Now that fight reaching its peak there are plenty of ways this all can end. All that potential adds to the hype around Venditti's final issue of Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Hal Jordan And The Green Lantern Corps #50

Aug 9, 2018

Robert Venditti ended his run on a high note with Hal Jordan and the Green Lantern Corps #50. With the spotlight on Hal Jordan, John Stewart and Tomar-Tu, Venditti was able to deliver an ending that felt extremely rewarding. Adding in the standout artwork from Rafael Sandoval elevated how Venditti was able to end his run on the Green Lantern franchise with a fantastic final issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Injustice 2 #1

Apr 12, 2017

Injustice 2 #1 does exactly what it needed to do to re-establish the world that the video game and comics brought to life. Tom Taylor does not miss a beat in his return to the series, as he delivers great character work throughout the issue for Batman, Superman, Harley Quinn and Amanda Waller. Bruno Redondo further adds to the world building with great artwork that blends the video game and comic book versions of the DC Universe. All that combines for a reading experience DC Comics fans will not want to miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice 2 #6

May 17, 2017

Injustice 2 Chapter 6 was another strong issue that further built on what has happened in the Injustice Universe. Tom Taylor delivered a great clash between Batman and Superman that was nicely transitioned to an intriguing reveal involving Damian Wayne. With the reveal of a new character to the Injustice world things should even get more intense as we enter the next stage of Taylor's story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice 2 #9

Jun 7, 2017

Injustice 2 Chapter 9 was a fantastic introduction to this version of Blue Beetles' Ted Kord and Jaime Reyes. Ted Kord was the star of the issue as Tom Taylor highlighted what makes the character so special even in light of his unavoidable fate. Ted's fate was the driving force of Injustice 2 Chapter 9, which ended up delivering excellent scene with Batman and Booster Gold. If you are a DC Comics fan Injustice 2 is a comic you should definitely be reading, whether you played the video games or not.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Injustice 2 #17

Aug 2, 2017

Injustice 2 Chapter 17 did a very good job showing us how Batman and the Justice League Task Force are being more proactive in taking on Ra's group of heroes and villains. The chess game between both sides continues to be a fascinating thing to see play out as it still not clear how this conflict will turn out. The mystery around the outcome makes the anticipation for what comes next from Tom Taylor even more exciting as we come back to the Injustice 2 world on a weekly basis.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice 2 #22

Sep 6, 2017

Injustice 2 Chapter 22 was another strong entry in one of the best comics DC is publishing. Tom Taylor treats fans with a fantastic clash between Batman and Nightwing as things got even more personal between the two. With how things ended there are still a lot of things up in the air for this story arc that can still go multiple ways as Ra's Al Ghul's shadow looms over everyone.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Injustice 2 #26

Oct 4, 2017

Injustice 2 Chapter 26 was another strong entry in what has become one of DC Comics best ongoing series. Tom Taylor did an excellent job in spotlighting Nightwing and Supergirl's characters, giving both of them time to develop where they are in their respective lives. With Wonder Woman return to the Injustice Universe seemingly imminent things should only get more interesting for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Injustice 2 #29

Oct 25, 2017

Injustice 2 Chapter 29 was another strong entry into this series. Tom Taylor continues to do an excellent job fleshing out the Injustice Universe as he develops multiple storylines at the same time. The spotlight on Wonder Woman's current status quo along with the direction Taylor is taking Supergirl's character made this an important chapter that plays into the larger story going on in Injustice 2.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice 2 #32

Nov 15, 2017

Injustice 2 Chapter 32 does an excellent job shining the spotlight on Barry Allen and where he is in his life post-Superman's Regime. Tom Taylor gives weight to the limitations set on Barry and how they end up helping him get stronger as person on his road to redemption. The ending was a strong way to end this one-shot styled issue while also giving readers hope this isn't the last time we see Barry Allen in Injustice 2.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice 2 #44

Feb 7, 2018

Injustice 2 Chapter 44 was a strong issue that set-up a lot of moving parts that will be converging together to face off against Amazo. Tom Taylor did a fantastic job getting over the major threat to the world that Amazo presents. That menacing threat made the ending with Superboy deciding to return to action added a sense of hope to everything going on. And with both Batman and Wonder Woman's forces answering the threat of Amazo there is a lot to look forward to what happens in the upcoming chapters of Injustice 2.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Injustice 2 #48

Mar 7, 2018

Injustice 2 Chapter 48 did an excellent job closing out the battle with Amazo. Tom Taylor did a fantastic job building up Amazo to be a threat that needed every hero in the DC Universe to take down. At the same time, Taylor used this conflict with Amazo to further a lot of storylines. Now with the secret of Supergirl possibly public and Athanasia learning about Damian Wayne's traitorous actions against their grandfather, Ra's Al Ghul, Taylor has a lot of angles to explore in his ongoing narrative within the Injustice Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Injustice 2 #49

Mar 14, 2018

Tom Taylor and Daniel Sampere did a great job following up on all the destruction Amazo caused with Injustice 2 Chapter 49. Taylor delivered a lot of surprising character moments that create a lot of potential story angles to be explored in the future. The ending especially creates a big question as to what Ra's Al Ghul will do next and how Batman and Wonder Woman will respond.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Injustice 2 #53

Apr 11, 2018

Injustice 2 Chapter 53 does a great job in expanding the story of the series as we explore the consequences Hal Jordan faces after betraying the Green Lantern Corps. Tom Taylor effectively got across how heavy the weight of Hal's actions were as various Green Lantern members reminded him of what he did. Guy Gardner's surprising role in this chapter made Taylor's story added depth to what Hal's redemption arc will be. All of that combined with the mystery of what the Red Lantern Corps create a lot of interest in where Taylor will take this story arc in Injustice 2.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Injustice 2 #56

May 2, 2018

Injustice 2 Chapter 56 is a strong character driven comic that gives added depth to the Red Lantern Corps. The plan that Atrocitus comes up with and how that involves Hal Jordan and another big time DC villain makes things a lot more interesting with what is going on in the Injustice Universe. The additional character development for Conner Kent's personal arc added to why Tom Taylor's Injustice 2 comic continues to be a must read for fans of the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Marauders (2019) #13

Oct 10, 2020

Marauders #13 is the strongest chapter in the X of Swords crossover that we've gotten so far. Vita Ayala and Matteo Lolli did not disappoint in spotlighting Storm's journey to claim her sword as one of Krakoa's champions. Bringing in Wakanda as key to the story gave greater emotional weight to the decisions that Storm had to make. It all positioned Storm to be a powerful champion as X of Swords continues to develop.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marauders (2019) #21

Jun 5, 2021

Marauders #21 does a great job at the overall presentation of the Hellfire Gala. Gerry Duggan's writing of Emma Frost as the host of the event and other key character interactions keep you invested in what is going on. That is further elevated by Matteo Lolli artwork that sets a high bar for the look of the Hellfire Gala in every following chapter. The only thing that Marauders #21 misses on is how quickly it gets to the end of the Hellfire Gala by the conclusion of chapter 1. This leaves you as the reader feeling left out of what took place at the Hellfire Gala rather than looking forward to the next chapter in this crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Nightwing (2016) Annual #1

Sep 2, 2018

Nightwing Annual #1 was exactly what the Dark Web plotline need to create interest in the bigger story Benjamin Percy is telling with his run on this series. From beginning to end Percy is able to make Vire, Wyrm and the Dark Web come off as viable threats that Nightwing and the entire Batman Family must watch out for. The hook ending of Nightwing Annual #1 propels the next chapter in the Dark Web story with great moment behind it.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) Annual #2

Nov 4, 2019

Nightwing Annual #2 is the comic book that the entire Ric Grayson story desperately needed. Dan Jurgens did more to create a sense of importance in the Ric Grayson story within these 38 pages than the last sixteen issues of Nightwing did combine. I am now finally invested in the Ric Grayson story Jurgens is telling in Nightwing, which I never expected to be. This is definitely an issue that Nightwing fans and those reading the current Batman run should pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Phantom Road (2023) #1

Feb 27, 2023

From where it starts to how it ends Jeff Lemire, Gabriel Walta, and Jordie Bellaire create a comic book you get lost in with Phantom Road #1. If you're a fan of supernatural horror this is comic book you don't want to miss picking up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Phantom Road (2023) #2

Apr 11, 2023

Phantom Road #2 is a great follow-up to the impressive debut issue of the series. Jeff Lemire builds greater investment in series leads, Dom and Birdie, journey through strong character interactions. These interactions build a mystery that leaves you wanting to continue reading to find out what is going on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Phantom Road (2023) #4

Jun 6, 2023

With compelling progression for our leads Phantom Road #4 is the best issue of this series thus far. The mystery of what is going on is made better thanks to the addition of a third lead in Agent Weaver. Her story going on in parallel to Dom and Birdie created a greater investment in the story Jeff Lemire, Gabriel H. Walta, and Jordie Bellaire are telling.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Rogue & Gambit (2018) #1

Jan 7, 2018

Kelly Thompson delivered a comic that was fun from beginning to end with Rogue & Gambit #1. As soon as you open the comic Thompson showed her clear understanding of Rogue and Gambit's history together. She then took that history to craft a comic that was easy to see where Rogue and Gambit were coming from whenever they shared screen time together. Adding in some classic members of the X-Men added to the history of the two leading characters and pushed the story forward. If you are an X-Men fan this is one comic that should be on your radar to purchase the next time you're at your LCS, if it wasn't already.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rogue & Gambit (2018) #5

May 8, 2018

Rogue & Gambit #5 delivered a fun ending to Kelly Thompson's mini-series featuring one of the X-Men's premiere couples. Thompson delivered all the fun moments that fans expect from seeing Rogue and Gambit together. By the end you'll feel Rogue and Gambit grew stronger as a couple and individuals. Pere Perez elevated Thompson's story by delivering a lot of great artwork, especially for the big nostalgic moments. If you are an X-Men fan I highly recommend picking up Rogue & Gambit comes out on hardcover or trade paperback.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra (2020) #1

May 4, 2020

Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #1 delivers a fun start to a new journey in the Star Wars Universe. Alyssa Wong and Marika Cresta do a very good job in making Doctor Aphra and her supporting cast all engaging characters you want to see how their journey develops. If you are a Star Wars fan looking for to dive deeper into the mythology this comic book from Marvel is a good way to do just that.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Star Wars: Doctor Aphra (2020) #2

Jul 28, 2020

Star Wars: Doctor Aphra #2 kept the momentum going from the first issue and provided context for the adventure the Ark Angel III crew are on. The chemistry between Doctor Aphra and her entire crew is what drives this issue. Thanks to excellent writing from Alyssa Wong and strong artwork from Marika Cresta this issue kept your interest the entire time. If you are a Star Wars fan then you should be checking out this new Doctor Aphra series out as soon as you can.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Strange Academy (2020) #1

Mar 10, 2020

Skottie Young and Humberto Ramos showcase the vast potential the Marvel Universe's magic corner has with Strange Academy #1. The cast of characters in Strange Academy are a fun mix of new and familiar faces from different corners of the Marvel Universe. If you are a fan of the X-Men, Harry Potter or My Hero Academia I highly recommend picking up Strange Academy #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Strange Academy (2020) #2

Jul 13, 2020

Skottie Young and Humberto Ramos delivered a fun and unique reading experience with Strange Academy #2. This series feels different from all other comic books that Marvel is currently publishing. This issue gives us greater insight into what Strange Academy will be about as all of the students and staff are given a chance to shine. With such a strong foundation Strange Academy is a comic book series both Marvel and magic-based storytelling fans can get into right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Strange Academy (2020) #3

Oct 5, 2020

Strange Academy #3 is yet another example of how this is one of the best comic books Marvel is currently publishing. Skottie Young and Humberto Ramos complement each other's work to the point they enhance every scene because of that. This all helps make both the characters and world that is being built even more engaging.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Strange Academy (2020) #4

Nov 1, 2020

Strange Academy #4 was another solid entry in what has quickly become one of Marvel's most consistently fun ongoing series. Skottie Young and Humberto Ramos did a good job using a game of tag between the students into a fun adventure across different parts of the Marvel Universe. That along with the growing mystery around what the true intention of Strange Academy build a solid sub-plots for future issues to follow up on.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Strange Academy (2020) #14

Dec 20, 2021

Strange Academy #14 closed out 2021 with a strong aftermath issue that creates even greater interest for the students and staff of the school going into the new year. Skottie Young and Humberto Ramos have really found their groove on this series that now even characters I didn't like in the first few issue I found myself very invested in during this issue. Hopefully we continue to see this series develop all of the characters in this in great, unexpected ways.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Strange Academy (2020) #18

Jul 6, 2022

Strange Academy #18 isn't the typical final issue of a series. Rather than wrapping up the overarching narrative of this series Strange Academy #18 sets up an even bigger future for the magical corner of the Marvel Universe. That twist creates excitement for how Marvel plans on picking up from the promising ending of Strange Academy. If for some reason you did not read Strange Academy I highly recommend picking up this series in trade format. Its such a fun series that Marvel fans should not miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Super Sons (2017) #1

Feb 19, 2017

Super Sons #1 lays the groundwork for a comic dripping with a fun, youthful energy. Peter Tomasi's previous experience writing Robin and Superboy in various comic books shows as he has a clear understand who they are and where they come from. The relationship between the two is a true highlight as their difference help create a unique dynamic that is not seen in any other comic book in DC's stable. If you are a DC Comics fan then Super Sons is a comic book you should not pass up the chance on buying right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Super Sons (2017) #3

Apr 23, 2017

Super Sons #3 was another great entry one DC Comics most enjoyable new series. Peter Tomasi continues to play off on the fun, unique dynamic that Robin and Superboy have. The story was given more depth to this Kid Amazo story arc by applying the events of Geoff Johns' Justice League work to the villain's backstory. Jorge Jimenez adds to the fun of this opening arc with his energetic artwork giving further life to the dialogue spoken by Robin and Superboy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Super Sons (2017) #6

Jul 20, 2017

Super Sons #6 was pure fun from beginning to end. Peter Tomasi continues to do an excellent job writing the unique dynamic that Robin and Superboy share with one another. Adding the Teen Titans to the mix further added to the fun as Superboy now gets a chance to prove himself in the eyes of his peers. How that turns out for Superboy and how Robin treats him should be a lot of fun to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Super Sons (2017) #7

Aug 21, 2017

Super Sons #7 was another fun entry in one of DC Comics best titles. Peter Tomasi clear understanding of Robin, Superboy and the Teen Titans shined in this issue. Their interaction together was a big highlight for this issue. Bringing in the Multiverse into the fun was not a bad thing either.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Super Sons (2017) #11

Dec 25, 2017

Super Sons #11 did a fantastic job following up on the start of the "Super Sons of Tomorrow" with an even better issue. This chapter will especially have fans of Geoff Johns' Teen Titans-era a big smile as we saw the return of the Titans of Tomorrow. That development along with the actions the Future Tim Drake takes against the Teen Titans and Superboy make this "Super Sons of Tomorrow" story a crossover that should not be missed by DC Comics fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Super Sons (2017) #16

May 28, 2018

Super Sons #16 was fun way to end to this first volume of the series. Peter Tomasi delivered an ending that paid off on the growth Robin and Superboy have showed over the course of this series run. The ending with Superman and Batman praising their sons felt well-earned as it set up the next phase of Superboy and Robin's adventures as a duo. If you are a Batman or Superman fan and you haven't read Super Sons than I highly recommend fixing that right away. This is a fun series that will put a smile on your face.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #1

Apr 21, 2020

Superman: Man of Tomorrow is exactly the comic book I expect to get when I pick up a Superman comic. Robert Venditti keeps all the classic aspects of Superman and treats us to a story that feels like you are getting a fresh start with the franchise. This is an easy to pick up comic book for those looking to read a fun Superman story. For $0.99 you easily get more than you money's worth in this full 24-page comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #2

Apr 28, 2020

Superman: Man of Tomorrow #2 takes the momentum of the first issue and carries it over to continue to build a fun comic book. Robert Venditti and Paul Pelletier show a clear understanding of what makes Superman and his supporting cast such great characters. That shines with how Venditti has the Clark Kent and Superman side of the character compliment one another in this story. If you are looking to read a DC Comics fan comic I recommend checking out Superman: Man of Tomorrow #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #3

May 6, 2020

Superman: Man of Tomorrow #3 was another excellent issue in what has become the standout series in DC Comics Digital First line of comic books. Robert Venditti and Paul Pelletier do a great job making Toyman be a credible threat while continuing to build the greater story between Superman and Lex Luthor. I highly recommend all DC Comics' fans read this series out as soon as possible.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #4

May 11, 2020

Superman: Man of Tomorrow #4 continued to carry the great momentum this series has had since the start with a story that focused on Clark Kent, the Daily Planet reporter. Through this story Venditti provides' fans a strong example of why both the Clark Kent and Superman side of the character are important to the franchises iconic longevity. This issue also gave another great look into what makes Lois and Clark's relationship so great.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #5

May 19, 2020

Superman: Man of Tomorrow #5 does a fantastic job starting to payoff the slow build that has been happening with Superman and Lex Luthor's rivalry. With this first part of "What Makes A City" Robert Venditti poses the question who is best to lead Metropolis' future. A strong argument is made for Lex in this first part, which should make the character arc Superman goes on during this story that much stronger. The ending of Superman: Man of Tomorrow #5 was a strong cliffhanger for the next issue to pick up from.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #6

May 25, 2020

Superman: Man of Tomorrow #6 was a disappointing conclusion to a story arc that had a lot of positive momentum coming into it. While the story of Superman being the people's champion was well handled the same can't be said about Lex Luthor's development. The ball was dropped hard with Lex's development in this issue. Future issues can recover from this but it just did not work as intended in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #11

Jul 14, 2020

Superman: Man of Tomorrow #11 was a fun, action packed comic book. Robert Venditti once again shows how well he understands Superman's character. His writing abilities were further on display with how he was able to create a fully realized new character in the form of Grikus the Undefeated. Add in stellar artwork from Gleb Melnikov and Jordie Bellaire and you have an issue that Superman fans should all read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #12

Jul 26, 2020

Superman: Man of Tomorrow #12 does a fantastic job showcasing the weight that Clark Kent carries as Superman. This issue gets the reader to understand the important symbol that Superman is to the world. The burden that being such a symbol while heavy is something Clark Kent accepts as he does have the balance in his life with Lois Lane and others in his life to ground him. All of that and more is why Superman: Man of Tomorrow #12 is a comic that Superman fans should read as soon as they can.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Man of Tomorrow (2020) #17

Oct 19, 2020

Superman: Man Of Tomorrow is a fantastic example of how to tell an emotionally driven story that showcases the greatness of a superhero without having to have a world ending crisis. How Superman was able to connect with someone who felt like they had nowhere else to turn to was touching. Stephanie Phillips and V Ken Marion deserve all the praise they get for telling story this powerful that resonates so much as another example why Superman is the standard for all superheroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin: II - Re-Evolution #1

Mar 7, 2024

Tom Waltz and Kevin Eastman do not miss a beat with their work on Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin II Re-Evolution #1. This first issue provides a strong foundation for how The Last Ronin story is being followed up on. Casey Marie Jones and the new generation of the TMNT all shine with several storylines set-up to be invested in what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin #4

Sep 27, 2021

Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin #4 is the weakest issue of this mini-series thus far. The set-up for the final issue to have as big of a scale as possible with Michelangelo leading the resistance against the Foot Clan. Where this issue does falter is how repetitive the use of flashbacks were to previous issues and the lack of development around Oroku Hiroto. Hopefully the final issue will deliver the epic conclusion we have been led to expect.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin #5

Apr 28, 2022

It was a long journey to this finale but when the dust cleared The Last Ronin #5 delivered on all the promise this series had when first announced. Was the ultimate bad guy a one-note villain? Yes but that did not matter in the end. The Last Ronin was a personal journey for Michelangelo as the last surviving member of the TMNT. What that means for Michelangelo and the world around him was wonderfully explored with an ending that will leave all TMNT fans satisfied. This is a must have for all fans of the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles franchise so make sure to pick up the trade collection of The Last Ronin.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin: The Lost Years #5

Aug 5, 2023

The Lost Years #5 wraps up this mini-series in a way that compliments both how The Last Ronin started and ended. Michelangelo's is completed to give greater depth to how he started when we opened The Last Ronin #1. Then, the ending sets the stage for the next generation of Ninja Turtles with Casey Marie Jones continuing Michelangelo's legacy in a powerful way. If you were a fan of The Last Ronin make sure to pick up this series when it comes out in trade paperback form.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Ultimate Black Panther (2024) #2

Mar 14, 2024

Ultimate Black Panther #2 moves at a good pace that strengthens the foundation of this series. Bryan Hill and Stefano Caselli take more chances with the characters and setting of Wakanda to provide further depth to the Ultimate Universe. There are major character-focused developments that have multiple paths they can each go depending on the decisions made. That leaves for greater interest on the overall direction of Ultimate Black Panther.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ultimate Black Panther (2024) #3

Apr 17, 2024

The results is Ultimate Black Panther #3 driving home this being the Black Panther series to read and helping make the Ultimate Universe the best publishing line from Marvel.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #1

Jul 22, 2017

Astonishing X-Men #1 does a fantastic job introducing the characters that will make up the core cast for this series. Charles Soule gives every member of this X-Men team a stand out moment that feeds into what we should expect in the latest clash with Shadow King. The final page present a surprising appearance from the former X-Men leader, Professor X, that could have larger ramifications on the entire X-Universe depending on what happens. All of this is wrapped in a package that makes Astonishing X-Men the only comic new and old X-Men fans should to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #2

Aug 20, 2017

Astonishing X-Men #2 was another strong entry in what is already the best current comic book in the X-Men franchise. Charles Soule showed his clear understanding and respect towards the X-Men's history in how he used that history to develop Shadow King's latest plot against the X-Men. Having Mike Deodato's talent to help elevate the danger the X-Men are faced with in Soule's Shadow King story. If you are an X-Men fan, Astonishing X-Men is one comic you should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Astonishing X-Men (2017) #3

Sep 7, 2017

Astonishing X-Men #3 is the weakest issue of this series so far. The focus on Old Man Logan over the rest of the X-Men hurt how the mission statement of this series. That said, Charles Soule does provide a lot of strong dialogue that makes up for how the story is executed. The main story involving Shadow King continues to be the strength of the arc and there is enough development in Astonishing X-Men #3 to make fans look forward to what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Avengers (2023) #1

May 17, 2023

Jed MacKay and C.F. Villa provide The Avengers with a much needed reset with the start of the new start to the relaunched series. Time was well spent to get lapsed and new readers caught up to speed with each member of this new Avengers roster. Those catch-up scenes never overstay their welcome as the focus for The Avengers #1 is showcasing the team as Earth's Mightiest Heroes. Add in the tease of a bigger storyline centered around Kang The Conquerer, The Avengers #1 is a strong start for the new creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Avengers (2023) #4

Aug 9, 2023

Jed MacKay and C.F. Villa have started hot and have not turned down the temperature at all. Avengers #4 is another example of that, with how the teams fight against Ashen Combine builds on the long-term Tribulation Events story. This is certainly the big, epic stories you expect one of Marvel's premiere superhero teams to be involved in.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2023) #5

Sep 30, 2023

Avengers #5 was not designed to push the overall Impossible City story forward. This was more about getting over the Ashen Combine over as they overpowered the Avengers. The way that was accomplished will be good for the long-term and builds greater confidence in Jed MacKay being the correct choice as the writer of the main Avengers series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #1

Dec 11, 2017

Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II #1 is a strong start to the latest crossover between two of the most well known comic franchises. James Tynion picking up directly where the previous crossover left off gave even more weight to the consequences of an alliance between Ra's Al Ghul and Shredder. The fallout of the alliance's failure along with Donatello's personal character arc that opens this first issue makes Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II an intriguing comic to follow for fans of both franchises.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: III #1

May 3, 2019

Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles III #1 was an absolute blast. From beginning to end James Tynion IV, Freddie E. Williams II and Kevin Eastman crafted a comic book that will leave fans with a smile on their face. If you are a fan of Batman and/or the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles this is a must have comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: II #3

Jan 21, 2018

Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles II #3 is an enjoyable comic book. James Tynion and Ryan Ferrier continue to do a great job delivering on things fans of both franchise want to see, like a fight between Raphael and Robin. Unfortunately there are a few missed opportunities when it comes to character arcs that keeps this crossover back from being as special as its predecessor. That said, if you are a fan of Batman or Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles this comic will deliver on what you expect when these worlds collide.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: III #3

Jul 9, 2019

Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles III #3 accomplished its main goal to the series to next phase in the story. James Tynion IV, Freddie Williams II and Kevin Eastman packed plenty of emotion into this issue as Batman and the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles started to uncover the truth about this new merged universe. The conclusion of this issue creates a lot of possibilities for where Tynion, Williams and Eastman can take this story as we head into the endgame.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman / Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: III #5

Sep 10, 2019

Batman/Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles III #5 does a fantastic job building the maximum amount of hype for the finale of "Crisis In A Half Shell" event. James Tynion, Freddie Williams and Kevin Eastman combined to further all the character arcs that have been in development throughout this series. Batman's arc in particular is the standout of this scene as we see how important Nightwing, Batgirl, Robin, Red Robin and Red Hood truly are to him. It all works to deliver an ending that will get every Batman and Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles fan excited for the final issue of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Demon Wars (2022): Down In Flames #1

Feb 2, 2023

Demon Wars: Down In Flames #1 is the first issue in the Demon Wars Saga that the story doesn't completely hit. The artwork is still at the high level you expect from Peach Momoko. But the way Down In Flames handles the developments in the Shield Of Justice chapter does not as well as past issues. Hopefully the new character reveal leads to much better developments in the next chapter of the Demon Wars Saga.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Demon Wars (2022): The Iron Samurai #1

Aug 4, 2022

Demon Wars: The Iron Samurai is a beautiful start to the latest series of one-shots in the Marvel Universe Peach Momoko has created. Taking everything established in Demon Days to create an adaption of the Civil War event is all handled with great care that gets you invested in the characters and world. If you are a Marvel fan I highly recommend you do yourself the favor of picking up this comic book up. It is a can't miss series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Demon Wars (2022): Shield of Justice #1

Nov 16, 2022

Demon Wars: Shield Of Justice #1 continues to showcase why Peach Momoko's Marvel Universe are one of the most unique and fascinating reading experiences Marvel is publishing right now. How Momoko reimagines Marvel characters and a storyline like Civil War with Japanese folklore is a pleasure to experience.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghost-Spider (2019) #2

Sep 29, 2019

Ghost-Spider #2 is a strong sophomore issue for the new series starring Spider-Gwen. Seanan McGuire spends quality time developing how Gwen Stacy is juggling her life on Earth-616 and Earth-65. Part of that juggling involved progressing the threats of Jackal on Earth-616 and Man-Wolf on Earth-65 pose to the world around Gwen. The balance between her personal life and threats from multiple villains provides a lot of intriguing plotlines to follow in Gwen's life in and out of her Ghost-Spider costume.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ghost-Spider (2019) #9

May 14, 2020

Ghost-Spider #9 is the strongest issue of this series to date. Seanan McGuire does a great job balancing out several ongoing storylines that Gwen Stacy is involved in. The continued development of the Earth-65 versions of Sue and Johnny Storm has been a major factor in the success of this latest Ghost-Spider story arc. Hopefully a sign of greater developments will be taking place on Earth-65 after so much time in this series was spent on the prime Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ghost-Spider (2019) #10

Jun 21, 2020

While it is sad to discover that Ghost-Spider #10 is the final issue of this series Seanan McGuire and Ig Guara delivered an impactful conclusion. McGuire was able to flesh out the origin story of Earth-65 Sue and Johnny Storm in a way that amplified the story they have been telling with Gwen Stacy. The results was a final issue that set up several storylines for Gwen Stacy to be a major part of while building towards the return of a new Spider-Gwen or Ghost-Spider series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #1

Apr 2, 2022

Final ThoughtsImmortal X-Men #1 is a great example of how to start a new series off on the highest of notes. Kieron Gillen and Lucas Werneck waste no time in using the fallout from Inferno to provide a strong narrative focused comic book. Every page of Immortal X-Men had a sense of importance that made the final page have an even greater impact to the reader. This is definitely a must read for X-Men fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #2

May 22, 2022

Overall, Immortal X-Men #2 was a solid follow-up to what happened in the first issue. Not everything is perfect here but there is enough done to show why an entire series around the Quiet Council is needed for this phase of the Krakoa Era for the X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #3

Jun 25, 2022

Immortal X-Men #3 grabs your attention from the very opening page and does not let go until you finish reading the entire comic book. Kieron Gillen and Lucas Werneck are working their magic as a creative team with fascinating character development that has you invested in everything that is going on in the story. The revelations made when it comes to Destiny's character in particular is something that not only impacts Immortal X-Men but how you view the entire X-Men franchise as a whole moving forward. I cannot wait to find out what is planned next for this series

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #4

Jul 17, 2022

Immortal X-Men #4 works as the connecting point between the Hellfire Gala and A.X.E.: Judgment Day events. Those ties create even greater interest in how both events are a key part of the X-Men franchise. Emma Frost taking the lead in all of this effectively showed why she is one of the most compelling characters that Marvel has.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Immortal X-Men (2022) #6

Sep 9, 2022

While acting A.X.E.: Judgement Day tie-in Immortal X-Men #6 does a great job at exploring Sebastian Shaw character. Even if you aren't following the latest Marvel event there is enough content here that all ties into the strong character work Kieron Gillen has been doing with this series. Add in strong artwork from Lucas Werneck and David Curiel and there is plenty for fans of Immortal X-Men to enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Cat (2022) #1

Jun 30, 2022

Iron Cat #1 is just pure fun. Jed MacKay, Pere Perez, and Frank D'Armata did a great job using Felicia Hardy's past to create a new story that has immediate personal stakes when its revealed who Iron Cat is. If your looking for a fun superhero comic book don't miss out on reading Iron Cat.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Iron Cat (2022) #2

Jul 30, 2022

Jed MacKay and Pere Perez deliver another fun issue of Iron Cat. The chemistry between Felicia Hardy and Tony Stark shines throughout Iron Cat #2. Add in the deeper dive into the plot behind the new villain using the Iron Cat armor against Black Cat and Iron Man and you have comic book that is just fun to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Iron Cat (2022) #5

Oct 27, 2022

Iron Cat ends in a way that you are left excited and hopeful to see Jed MacKay run on Black Cat continues. MacKay added to Felicia Hardy's character by giving her a rival in Tamara Blake that gave a deeper personal arc for this entire series to tackle. If you are a Black Cat or Iron Man fan I recommend checking out this series when it releases in trade paperback form.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #14

Dec 2, 2016

After such a strong story arc Jeff Lemire follows it up with another story that is already set-up to be just as enjoyable. Old Man Logan #14 does not waste anytime introducing Logan to the Marvel's world of monsters and making it feel like a natural place for him to be a part of. The new Howling Commandos added a unique dynamic to the story that was refreshing. It all lead to an ending that has me highly anticipating Logan's clash with Dracula and how he will save Jubilee, a person that is like a daughter to him.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #16

Jan 6, 2017

Old Man Logan #16 was another excellent entry one of Marvel's best ongoing comic books. Jeff Lemire continues to push Logan to go beyond what he is normally involved with. That has created stories that are refreshing to read. The space centric story was nicely balanced out by Logan's mysterious return to his timeline. It's still unknown how these stories are linked but learning that link provides plenty of intrigue for the rest of this new story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Old Man Logan (2016) #17

Feb 4, 2017

Jeff Lemire and Andrea Sorrentino combined storytelling talents have very few equals and Old Man Logan #17 is yet another example of why that is. Lemire's ability to balance two different timelines and how they complement the story going on in each universe continues to be amazing. The horror and cosmic element of this story once again shows how flexible a character Wolverine can be when a writer treats the story with great care. That care in the story is further elevated by Sorrentino's incredible artwork that delivers some iconic images that leave your jaw on the floor. This all comes together for yet another winner in what is one of Marvel's best ongoing comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Old Man Logan (2016) #19

Mar 12, 2017

Old Man Logan #19 does a great job building off the previous arc in order to motivate Logan to return to the Wasteland future. The guest appearances helped to drive home how desperate Logan is to get back to Baby Banner and Danny Cage. It all helped set the stage for the choice Jeff Lemire has Logan make at the end of this issue and questioning what it means for Logan's standing with Marvel's heroic community.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #22

Apr 30, 2017

Old Man Logan #22 did a fantastic job getting over what "Past Lives" is all about. Jeff Lemire was able to make Logan's sense of uselessness as he was unable to change his past to give him some strong character progression. That character progression is only furthered by Eric Nguyen's artwork that does a great job complimenting Lemire's story. Now things are set-up for "Past Lives" to be a great final arc for Lemire's run on this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Old Man Logan (2016) #26

Jul 17, 2017

Old Man Logan #26 is a solid second chapter to the "Days of Anger" arc. Ed Brisson did a great job further developing Maestro and his army of Hulks as a threat Logan can't go up against alone. The menacing nature of Maestro is all brought to life by Mike Deodato Jr. excellent artwork that is at home with a series like Old Man Logan.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #31

Dec 5, 2017

Old Man Logan #31 was a treat that all Wolverine fans will enjoy. Taking Logan's talents to Japan made for a good change of pace for the character that was still familiar thanks to the characters history within the country. That along with the development of Silver Samurai and the Hand made the story crafted by Ed Brisson and Mike Deodato an even more enjoyable tale. If you are a Wolverine fan this is a story arc you should pick up as Old Man Logan #31 is very easy to get into even if you haven't read other issues in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #33

Jan 14, 2018

Old Man Logan #33 does an excellent job pushing the "Scarlet Samurai" forward with an emotionally drive issue. Ed Brisson continues to make Logan's personal struggle at the forefront of the story as he does all he can to save his first love, Mariko Yashida. Adding in Silver Samurai's conflict with Gorgon and the Hand further magnified the importance of Logan and Mariko's relationship. Having Mike Deodato Jr. along for the ride just made the story even better with how he brings Brisson's story to life.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Old Man Logan (2016) #34

Feb 4, 2018

Ed Brisson once again showed his strong understanding of Wolverine's history with Old Man Logan #34. The pacing of the entire story in Old Man Logan #34 added depth to the ongoing conflict Logan and Mariko are having with the Hand. At the same time, Brisson strengthened the relationship between Logan and Mariko as they each got used to being back in one another's lives again. All of this came together for yet another strong chapter in what has become one of the best comic books Marvel is publishing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Old Man Logan (2016) #39

May 15, 2018

Ed Brisson's new story involving the Purifiers had more of classic X-Men story tone that just happens to star Old Man Logan. Brisson adds depth to the main story by giving some strong character moments for Old Man Logan and, X-Men-in-training, Glob. That paired with Ibraim Roberson vibrant artwork made Old Man Logan #40 a fun break from all the dark stories we have seen Logan be involved in during the course of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Old Man Logan (2016) #41

Jun 17, 2018

Old Man Logan #41 was a solidly paced comic that waste no time in getting right into the story. With this story having Old Man Logan and Kraven colliding it was smart to get right into the fight between the two. While the set-up and conflict was straightforward Ed Brisson made sure to layer the story by using past story beats, specifically Logan's weakening powers, to enhance the tension of the story. If your a Wolverine fan Old Man Logan #41 is a good comic to pick up as there isn't a lot to know to get into the story being told.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Old Man Logan (2016) #50

Nov 6, 2018

Old Man Logan #50 was an effective ending to the war between Logan and Maestro. The final clash between the two lead to the brutal results one expects from a fight between Wolverine and Hulk. Ed Brisson did a good job layering the fight with some strong character work for both Old Man Logan and Maestro throughout this issue. It's unfortunate that final page lacked the impact expected from the final scene of a long-running series. If the ending was better executed than Old Man Logan #50 would've been a much more satisfying conclusion to this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Superman: Son of Kal-El (2021) #1

Jul 29, 2021

Tom Taylor and John Timms kick off Jon Kent's era as the new Man of Steel with a strong start in Superman: Son of Kal-El #1. The entire issue gets over how important Jon Kent is to the DC Universe and why he can potentially be a better Superman than his father. By the end you are left looking forward to what Jon's era as Superman will be moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Superman: Son of Kal-El (2021) #2

Aug 29, 2021

Superman: Son of Kal-El #2 is a strong follow-up to the debut issue by Tom Taylor and John Timms. The story dives further into the current mentality of Jon Kent and how it is different from his father. This made the passing of the torch moment have even greater impact during Clark Kent's appearance in this issue. It all builds greater interest for this series as we quickly move into the first big story arc of this series by the end of Superman: Son of Kal-El #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Superman: Son of Kal-El (2021) #9

Mar 13, 2022

Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo maximize the potential of what the dynamic between Dick Grayson and Jon Kent is with the conclusion of this crossover in Superman: Son of Kal-El #9. The interaction between the two fortifies the strong bond the two now have as Jon Kent has found the mentor he needs in Dick Grayson. Though the incomplete nature of the plot around the superhero murders does make it feel like the crossover between Nightwing and Superman concluded before it reached its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Thor (2020) #4

Mar 13, 2020

Thor #4 was another fantastic issue by Donny Cates and Nic Klein. Cates continues to understand how to perfectly write Thor, Galactus, and Sif as fascinating, multi-layered characters. Meanwhile, Klein elevates everything going on with the Black Winter storyline by filling Thor #4 with incredible artwork to bring Cates' story to life.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Thor (2020) #5

Jun 28, 2020

Thor #5 is another fantastic entry in what has quickly become one of the best comic books Marvel has in their publishing line. Donny Cates and Nic Klein just continue to knock it out of the park every time they step up to bat. Thor #5 was no different as we get an issue filled with strong character moments and an ending that makes the next part of "The Devourer King" arc highly anticipated. If you are a Marvel fan I highly recommend checking out Cates and Klein's Thor because this is one comic you don't want to miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Thor (2020) #6

Aug 21, 2020

Thor #6 is a masterclass in not only how to craft an impactful ending but also how to make a statement with your first story arc in a comic book. Donny Cates and Nic Klein hit a grand slam with their work here. From the fate of Galactus to what that meant for Thor and the future of this series, everything that happened in this comic book is chef's kiss. Cates and Klein's work on Thor is something all comic book fans should be reading right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor (2020) #7

Sep 21, 2020

Donny Cates does it again as he hits another home run with Thor #7 alongside some fun artwork by Aaron Kuder. Cates takes what he did with his first arc and furthers the major plot points with Thor having an important conversation with Beta Ray Bill. The direction the conversation between the long-time friends took created greater anticipation for what is coming in future for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Thor (2020) #9

Nov 8, 2020

Donny Cates and Nic Klein deliver an impactful return of the Donald Blake character in Thor #9. They do that by continuing to examine the current weight on Thor's shoulders as he continues his role as All-Father. The way Donald Blake's return went down creates a lot of questions for the future of this series. And given we already had a lot of questions about Thor's vision of a dark future there is even greater intrigue now for what Cates has planned in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Thor (2020) #11

Jan 11, 2021

Donny Cates and Nic Klein kick 2021 for Thor on a strong note that sets the stage for major events to take place throughout this year. Thor #11 issue does a good job building up Donald Blake as a major threat that everyone from Asgard, including Jane Foster, have to treat seriously. How exactly Donald Blake is dealt with given what he has done so far will be very interesting to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor (2020) #13

Mar 22, 2021

While there was plenty of power showcased Thor #13 is very much the calm before the storm. Every character involved in this story has united to take on the unstoppable rage that has completely blinded Donald Blake. In the process we get a lot of strong character moments that build hype for how the "Prey" story arc will end in its final chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Thor (2020) #17

Oct 3, 2021

Thor #17 does an excellent job in providing some great character work for Thor, Odin, Angela, and Freyja. Donny Cates and Michele Bandini dig into how recent developments around the Odinson Family have impacted each character. All of this builds even greater excitement for whatever plans there are for the future of the Thor series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor (2020) #19

Nov 28, 2021

Donny Cates and Nic Klein kick off the "God Of Hammers" story with a strong first chapter in Thor #19. The way Thor acts throughout this chapter drove home the gravity of Mjolnir being stolen. And if the final few pages of Thor #19 are any indication of how things will go we are sure to be in store for an epic ride with the latest story arc of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Thor (2020) #23

Mar 11, 2022

Thor #23 was absolute blast. Donny Cates and Nic Klein do a wonderful job making the reader feel the weight of Odin's death and the new power that Thor achieved in order to take down the God of Hammers. As the story concludes you are left excited for what comes next as even bigger things are on the horizon for this Thor series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Thor (2020) #25

May 22, 2022

All together Thor #25 is a strong package that continues the Hulk vs Thor: Banner Of War crossover along with celebrating the character's 60th anniversary. The developments for the crossover story progressed Thor and Hulk's respective narratives forward so you are even more invested in where their character arcs will be going from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Thor (2020) #26

Jun 9, 2022

Thor #26 continued the epicness Hulk vs Thor: Banner of War has been known for the entire time of this crossover event. Martin Coccolo and Matt Wilson absolutely knocked it out of the park with incredible artwork putting over how this is truly a story that's all about a clash of two of the most powerful Marvel characters. How things escalate to a higher level has me even more excited to find out how Donny Cates, Martin Coccolo, and Matt Wilson plan to end this event.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Thor (2020) #28

Oct 19, 2022

Thor #28 is a disappointing end to this crossover with Venom. Every development came across as forced and rushed just so the story would end in two issues. Hopefully we can quickly move past this stumble and back to what's made Thor one of Marvel's best titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Thor (2020) #30

Jan 26, 2023

Torunn Grnbekk and Nic Klein create a wonderful story that dives further into Asgard and Thor's family history with Thor #30. All in the process of further developing the greater story around the dark future vision that Thor was given by Black Winter. It all builds further excitement into whatever the endgame of this narrative will be

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Thor (2020) #32

Mar 30, 2023

Thor #32 works well to position Doctor Doom as a major threat that Thor and Valkyrie will have a tough time dealing with. How this connects to the greater story involving Thanos drives a lot of the interest in what happens next. That is something we hopefully will see more of in the next issue of Thor.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Thor (2020) #34

May 24, 2023

Thor #34 falls completely flat because of narrative choices made. Even in the few positive moments that are all canceled out by writing that gets in its own way. It leads to what take places in Thor #34 fail to have the epic tone you would expect from a story involving Thor, Thanos, and Doctor Doom.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #1

Jul 20, 2022

A.X.E.: Judgment Day #1 isn't a perfect start. Unless you have been reading the core Avengers, X-Men, and Eternals titles going into this event there will be things you'll feel your missing out on. That said, Kieron Gillen and Valerio Schiti deliver on the big moments you expect from big Marvel comic book events. By the end of A.X.E.: Judgment Day #1 there is enough accomplished to be invested in finding out what happens next with the Avengers, X-Men, and Eternals.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #2

Aug 10, 2022

There is no time to rest in A.X.E.: Judgment Day #2 as Druig's set The Hex to take out the mutants once and for all. This led to an action heavy second chapter to A.X.E.: Judgment Day that is a real showcase of the talents of Valerio Schiti and Marte Gracia. The different plot elements Kieron Gillen develops gets us to where we need to get to so this event truly involves the entire Marvel Universe not just one group. If things keep going this way A.X.E.: Judgment Day could very well be one of the best Marvel events we've had in quite some time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #3

Aug 24, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSWhile having a few key developments A.X.E.: Judgment Day #3 doesn't push the story forward as much as you expect. We are left in a similar spot when A.X.E.: Judgment Day #3 started as our heroes figure out what to do with The Progenitor's announcement. While we do get a lot of cool moments you are left wishing more was done story wise. That said, we do get a lot of excellent artwork from Valerio Schiti that drives home how we are experiencing a big event. The art alone makes you look forward for what big thing we will get to see Schiti draw next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #4

Sep 15, 2022

A.X.E.: Judgment Day #4 does a great job in putting over what Progenitor declaration of judgment of Earth truly means. The urgency shown by the Avengers, X-Men, and Eternals as they went along with Starfox's plan made this a strong start to the second half of Marvel's latest big event. The ending now sets up many questions for how things could go in the remaining chapters of this event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #5

Sep 22, 2022

A.X.E.: Judgment Day #5 delivers an impactful penultimate chapter that pushed all our heroes to their limits against the Progenitor. Kieron Gillen and Valerio Schiti balance out all the giant spectacle moments with strong character moments. Hopefully with how things are left the final issue of A.X.E.: Judgment Day will deliver an impactful ending for Marvel's latest big event.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
A.X.E.: Judgment Day (2022) #6

Oct 26, 2022

Ultimately A.X.E.: Judgment Day #6 did not make a smooth landing to conclude the latest Marvel event. Resolving the story through emotional story beats rather than who can punch harder was done well. As was what the ending could mean for the X-Men moving forward. Unfortunately, there are many moments in this final issue that come across as hollow on the Avengers and Eternals side of the story. Luckily great artwork from Valerio Schiti and Ivan Fiorelli help lift an ending that should've been more impactful than it turned out to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #4

Jun 10, 2021

Batman: Urban Legends #4 once again delivers several compelling stories involving the Batman Family. The lead story involving Red Hood and Batman by Chip Zdarsky continues to do a great job exploring the status of their relationship as partner's and father-son. The new stories with Luke Fox and Tim Drake both did a great job bringing both characters back into the fold as Batwing and Robin, respectively. It all comes together to create a strong comic book that Batman fans should not be missing out on experiencing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #5

Jul 16, 2021

Batman: Urban Legends #5 is a blast to read. It is great to pick up a comic book that offers the opportunity for the entire Batman Family to take the center stage in their own story. This issue does a particularly highlights what makes Red Hood, Spoiler, Orphan, Tim Drake's Robin, and Grifter such great character. Each of the stories told around these character keep you engaged as a reader and makes you want to read more adventures dedicated to each of them.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #6

Aug 12, 2021

Batman: Urban Legends #6 is filled with fantastic storytelling. The stories involving Batman, Red Hood, Tim Drake's Robin, and Black Canary are all can't miss. This is a must have series for fans of the Batman Family.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #7

Sep 15, 2021

Each creative team that worked on Batman: Urban Legends #7 showcased how strong the franchise is by the exploring the Batman legacy in different timelines and universes. The Batman Beyond story in particular does a lot of great work to make you want to see more stories from that universe. All in all, Batman: Urban Legends #7 is a yet another example of what has made this series such a joy to read since it started.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #10

Dec 20, 2021

Batman: Urban Legends #10 is a great example of why the best version of the Batman Family is when they are united. The stories starring Batman, Red Robin, and Nightwing solidify this fact. In the process we get a lot of great character work that uses all the developments in their lives that makes this a can't miss comic book for Batman fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #15

May 10, 2022

Batman: Urban Legends #15 was another strong issue in what is one of DC Comics best titles. All the creative teams involved tell stories that deliver something different to keep the reader engaged with what is going on. The chemistry between the different casts used in particular gets you invested in one, if not all, the stories in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #16

Jun 14, 2022

Batman: Urban Legends #16 does a good job closing out the long running team-up story between Batman and Zatanna as well as the Ace The Bat-Hound led story. These two stories along with the Birds of Prey story, that also concluded in this issue, all provided good insight into the characters involved. Hopefully in future Batman: Urban Legends comics we see more of a balance with the rest of the BatFamily used so that Batman isn't forced to be involved with every story in this anthology.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman: Urban Legends (2021) #23

Jan 10, 2023

While I wish there was more of a variety of Batman Family members with stories in this final issue Batman: Urban Legends #23 has a great collection of stories. The creative teams all delivered with stories that show why the Batman Family is great. Hopefully we see more anthology series from DC Comics in the future as Batman: Urban Legends showed how to do that right for all their characters that have incredible legacy's to explore.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
DCeased: Hope At World's End #2

Jun 3, 2020

DCeased: Hope At World's End #2 delivered the high quality storytelling that readers have come to expect from this Elseworld franchise. Tom Taylor does not disappoint with his excellent work writing Black Adam as the Anti-Life Equation virus hit home for the character. The way Black Adam was portrayed and how it played into the ending of DCeased: Hope At World's End #2 worked well to build greater anticipation for DCeased: Dead Planet.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Hope At World's End #3

Jun 17, 2020

DCeased: Hope At World's End #3 is an emotionally impactful issue. Tom Taylor, Carmine Di Giandomenico, and Rex Lokus hit all the right story beats to maximize the page count of this issue. There is no wasted moment as we see Wally West lead the Flash Family in combating the Anti-Life Equation Virus. As heartbreaking as the conclusion of DCeased: Hope At World's End #3 it'll be interesting if any of the plot elements of this issue are used in the upcoming Dead Planet sequel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Hope At World's End #4

Jul 2, 2020

DCeased: Hope At World's End #4 was another strong entry in what has been one of the best Elseworld Universe's in DC Comics library. Tom Taylor and Marco Failla did an excellent job on expanding on Damian Wayne's sub-plot in the original DCeased event. Damian's conversation with Superman will go down as one of more memorable scenes in the DCeased franchise. If you read the original event than DCeased: Hope At World's End #4 is definitely a must-read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DCeased: Hope At World's End #5

Jul 15, 2020

DCeased: Hope At World's End #5 continues the trend of emotionally impactful comic books that this mini-series has been known for.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DCeased: Hope At World's End #6

Aug 2, 2020

DCeased: Hope At World's End Chapter 6 continues the trend of excellence that this entire franchise has been known for. Tom Taylor expertly makes you care for every character that appears in this issue. In the process he is able to elevate new characters in Wink, who steps up in a major way throughout this issue. The appearance of Anti-Living Black Adam at the end of this issue provides a strong hook that gets you to question what will happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Hope At World's End #7

Aug 15, 2020

Tom Taylor and Renato Guedes delivered another impactful chapter with DCeased: Hope At World's End Chapter 7. There was absolutely no time to rest as the tension was always high throughout this chapter. From the Justice League appearing to save Jotunheim to the final page with a major hero being turned into an Anti-Living, you are always kept guessing what will happen next. Exactly what fans of the DCeased Universe have come to expect.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DCeased: Hope At World's End #10

Sep 22, 2020

DCeased: Hope At World's End Chapter 10 was another strong entry in this series that has expanded on the timeline of the original event. Tom Taylor gives greater character progression that adds even more depth to where we see many of these heroes in DCeased: Dead Planet. The characters we have not seen in either the original or sequel series help add to the sense of unknown with where this tie-in series will end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: Hope At World's End #12

Oct 20, 2020

Tom Taylor and Marco Failla do not hold back hitting you right in the feels with DCeased: Hope At World's End Chapter 12. This issue was an emotionally draining issue as major losses take place while our heroes do their best to save as many people as possible on Nantucket Island. It is a strong reminder of how quickly things can turn in the DCeased version of the DC Universe. If you are reading DCeased this is a must have comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2015) #26

Sep 11, 2017

Daredevil #26 is an excellent start to the "Land of the Blind" arc. Charles Soule does a fantastic job with all the little details from how Daredevil's supporting cast reacts to his search for Blindspot to giving support for certain actions the character takes. It all culminates in a cliffhanger ending that makes you want to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Daredevil (2015) #595

Nov 13, 2017

Daredevil #595 delivered a strong start to the Mayor Wilson Fisk-era of the Marvel Universe. This is a major change that changes the landscape of a lot major comic books Marvel is publishing. And Charles Soule does a very good job at getting over how big of a change this is and how it affects all Marvel superheroes. This in turn gave more weight to what Soule has done with Daredevil and what is to come for this series in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Daredevil (2015) #600

Apr 1, 2018

Daredevil #600 is an excellent ending to the "Mayor Fisk" story arc. Charles Soule ends the arc in shocking fashion with Daredevil, Spider-Man and other heroes arrested. At the same time we see a major shift in the status quo with the Hand taking out Mayor Fisk. All of these developments create a number of stories for Soule and other writers to follow-up on. Those story possibilities set-up a future that will excite fans of Marvel's street-level comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2015) #603

Jun 5, 2018

Daredevil #603 is a strong set-up issue that makes the threat the Beast and Hand pose to New York City to be off the charts. The pacing of this issue helped drive home how desperate things have gotten for Daredevil as he recruits villains he recently put in prison. That act along with other decisions that are made all create greater interest in what Charles Soule has planned for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2015) #605

Jul 16, 2018

Charles Soule wrapped up the conflict with the Hand in a satisfying fashion in Daredevil #605. Throughout the issue Soule was able to show how far Daredevil has come as he inspired those around him that they will defeat the Hand. While Daredevil and his allies did win Soule used the ending to create several stories involving Elektra, Wilson Fisk and others to build a strong foundation for future story arcs. Having that foundation built will excite the majority fans for what the future of Soule's Daredevil series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Daredevil (2015) #606

Aug 11, 2018

Daredevil #606 was another excellent chapter in Charles Soule's ongoing narrative in this series. Soule's understanding of where he wants to take Daredevil and how he will challenge Matt Murdock continues to prove to be the strength of his writing. That clear direction help make Daredevil #606 feel more than just a set-up issue as there were multiple sub-plots going on at the same time.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2015) #608

Sep 17, 2018

Daredevil #608 was another excellent issue in what continues to be one of Marvel's best comic books. Charles Soule does a great job presenting Mike Murdock as an unexpected wildcard for the ongoing war between Daredevil and Mayor Wilson Fisk. Matt Murdock's own actions put into question how exactly this story arc will affect the long-term story Soule is developing. With those questions in the air there is a lot to be excited for with what will happen next in the pages of Daredevil.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2015) #609

Oct 20, 2018

Daredevil #609 kicked off Charles Soule's final story arc with a great sense of urgency. There is no time wasted in getting the final act in the latest war between Daredevil and Wilson Fisk into action. Everything that happened in this issue built a proper amount of intrigue around if "The Death of Daredevil" will live up to its name and end Soule's run on a memorable note.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2015) #610

Nov 3, 2018

Daredevil #610 is a fantastic second chapter to "The Death of Daredevil" storyline. Charles Soule continues to show his masterful understanding of Matt Murdock's world. Bringing in Elektra to team-up with Daredevil and his crew made the story even better. The way things went between Daredevil and Elektra built further anticipation as to how this war with Wilson Fisk will end.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Daredevil (2015) #612

Dec 1, 2018

Daredevil #612 delivered a twist ending that subverted the expectations for a story called "The Death of Daredevil." A lot could've gone wrong that would've made Daredevil #612 a lackluster ending. Instead what we got was a conclusion that was a mixed bag. Charles Soule did an effective job showcasing the mortality of Matt Murdock. Unfortunately Soule also slipped up on the execution on several plot points the twist ended up affecting negatively. In the end these positives and negatives ended up canceling each other out, making "The Death of Daredevil" an odd note for Soule to end his run on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #3

Jan 5, 2022

Tom Taylor and Yasmine Putri do not miss a beat as they further intensify the story they are telling with what took place in Dark Knights of Steel #3. The political intrigue with the actions King Jefferson Pierce, Queen Hippolyta, Princess Zara Jor-El, and other characters take kept you on your toes the entire time. I'm very excited to see what the fallout from what took place in Dark Knights of Steel #3 will be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #4

Feb 6, 2022

Dark Knights of Steel #4 does its job of filling us into the backstory of this DC Universe. Getting into Bruce Wayne's backstory and how it actually plays a big role in the current state of things opens various roads this series can take moving forward. The big villain reveal also creates a major wild card who could quickly shift things depending on how they decide to create even greater chaos than they have already. All of this leaves you with a feeling of wanting to find out what will happen next, which is exactly how one should feel at the end of a chapter for a story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #5

Mar 4, 2022

Tom Taylor and Yasmine Putri do not hold back delivering big surprises in Dark Knights of Steel #5. While the biggest surprise of this issue may upset certain fans the consequences coming out of what happened have me invested in how the characters of the Dark Knights of Steel Universe will react.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #6

Apr 30, 2022

Dark Knights of Steel #6 is a strong end to the first half of this epic. Tom Taylor and Yasmine Putri split the focus of the story in a balanced way to make sure the story of each side of the coming war is told. With sides clearly chosen there is a lot to be intrigued about as major decisions are made that make the second half of Dark Knights of Steel hard to predict how everything will turn out. That unpredictability makes it even more exciting to get future issues of Dark Knights of Steel to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #7

Jun 7, 2022

Dark Knights of Steel #7 is a mixed bag of a comic book. There is certainly a lot of good character work for Bruce Wayne and the newly introduced Titans. But that character work comes at the cost of the overall narrative for this series coming to a screeching halt. This decision just as we begin the second half of this story creates concern for how much time other characters will truly get a chance to shine in this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #8

Nov 1, 2022

The War of the Three Kingdoms finally fully kicks off with Dark Knights of Steel #8. The story is equally dramatic and action heavy as you would expect. There are moments that do happen in this issue that do show how little time there is to fully develop certain key sub-plots and characters. That timing issue does impact how well the beginning of the War of the Three Kingdoms goes over. But what does take place keeps you engaged enough to want to find out how things will go next in Dark Knights of Steel.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #9

Jan 3, 2023

Dark Knights Of Steel #9 delivers on the big twist this story needed. Now with the major big bad of the story revealed everything changes for the better. It all set-up for the final three issues for Dark Knights of Steel to be even more highly anticipated than before.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #10

Mar 28, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSAfter the game changing events of the previous chapter Dark Knights Of Steel #10 is a much needed issue for this series. We finally get fully clued into the big bad of this series. In the process the heroes of every Kingdom are given a strong reason to fight as a united front. With this set-up out of the way the final two issues are well positioned to deliver epic fights to wrap up this series in an exciting way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Dark Knights of Steel (2021) #12

Aug 22, 2023

Dark Knights of Steel #12 delivers a strong conclusion to Tom Taylor and Yasmine Putri's epic. The final battle against the White Martians had a big event feel. The end result leaves the door open for an even bigger story to take place down the line. All in all, Dark Knights of Steel is a series you should pick up the trade paperbacks to experience the story for yourself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #965

Sep 28, 2017

Detective Comics #965 is an excellent start to "A Lonely Place Of Living." James Tynion's love for Tim Drake is clear as he returns Tim's original origin story to the character. The retelling of Tim's origin story is effectively integrated into the conflict between Tim and Jor-El. The ending provided plenty of intrigue on where this Tim Drake spotlight arc will end up going.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #966

Oct 15, 2017

For every answer that James Tynion provided in Detective Comics #966 he gave us two more questions to be answered. The interaction between the present and future Tim Drake made for a compelling chapter in the character's life as his true future is still up in the air. Ending the issue with the future Tim Drake turning his attention to a major Batman Family member provided an intriguing hook ending that will keep fans guessing as to what will happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #967

Oct 28, 2017

Detective Comics #967 nailed the chaotic situation this future version of Tim Drake as Batman has created by coming to the present. His interaction with the Batman Family highlighted how fascinating the character is. At the same time, it shined a spotlight on what the actual future Tim and the Batman Family will be if they all make it out of this story together.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #968

Nov 9, 2017

From beginning to end "A Lonely Place Of Living" delivered on making the return of Tim Drake's return to the DC Universe feel like a big event. And with Detective Comics #968 James Tynion and Alvaro Martinez were able to create an ending that has major ramifications for the future of the entire Batman Family. Moving forward there are a lot of intriguing questions in the air that will keep Batman fans wanting more from whatever Tynion has planned for Detective Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #975

Mar 1, 2018

Detective Comics #975 is an excellent example of a comic that sets the tone for the future of the Batman franchise. James Tynion IV made this rare Bat-Family meeting standout as something special as they decided what to do about Batwoman. Given each member of the Bat-Family's perspective there are a lot of potential storylines that have been created with Detective Comics #975. If you are a Batman Family fan this is a comic that you must pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2016) #979

May 1, 2018

Detective Comics #979 was a solid chapter that pushed the "Batman Eternal" story arc forward. James Tynion has done a good job presenting Ulysses as the greatest threat Red Robin has gone up against. How Ulysses uses Red Robin, Brother Eye and OMAC together creates a lot of questions to be answered as to how things will end up when all is said and done for the Batman Family. If Detective Comics #979 is any indication than the answer may not be a good one for our favorite Gotham City superheroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #980

May 12, 2018

Detective Comics #980 is the strongest chapter of the "Batman Eternal" story arc we have gotten. James Tynion did a great job bringing all the storylines he has been developing over the course of his run together to push the entire Batman Family. What happens next and how the events of "Batman Eternal" leave Batman, Batwoman, Red Robin, Spoiler, Omen and the others adds a lot of excitement as to how Tynion wraps up his run on Detective Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #981

May 24, 2018

James Tynion did an excellent job wrapping up his run on this series with Detective Comics #981. Tynion did a lot of great character work throughout this issue as every major character involved in "Batman Eternal" got their time to in the spotlight. How Tynion leaves Batman, Red Robin, Batwoman, Stephanie Brown and Cassandra Cain gives future writers a lot of room to make them even stronger characters. If you haven't checked out Tynion's Detective Comics run and are a Batman fan than I highly recommend checking out all the trade collections of his work on this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Detective Comics (2016) #994

Dec 14, 2018

Detective Comics #994 was a great start to Peter Tomasi and Doug Mahnke's run on this series. Tomasi did an excellent job highlighting Batman's detective abilities while providing a personal connection to what is going on for Bruce Wayne. It is all wonderfully brought to life by Doug Mahnke delivering his always stellar artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #995

Jan 5, 2019

Detective Comics #995 is an emotionally impactful issue featuring a gut-wrenching loss. Peter Tomasi does a fantastic job emphasizing how important Leslie Thompkins was in Bruce Wayne's life. This story was all wonderfully brought to life by Doug Mahnke's artwork as he hit on all the emotions Bruce was feeling and how intimidating Batman was at the end of Detective Comics #995.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #999

Mar 5, 2019

As Detective Comics #999 came to a close Peter Tomasi was able to put over what being Batman means to Bruce Wayne. The strength of Tomasi's writing is made better thanks to the incredible artwork Doug Mahnke turned in for this issue. All of this sets Detective Comics #1000 to be a wonderful celebration of Batman's 80-year history.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1000

Mar 27, 2019

Detective Comics #1000 is a very good celebration as Batman's most iconic comic book reaches a major milestone issue. Thanks to an extremely talented line-up of writers, artists, inkers and colorists there are many standout stories in which Batman fans will find great enjoyment from. This is very much a must have issue for anyone that is a Batman fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Detective Comics (2016) #1001

Apr 11, 2019

Peter Tomasi wasted no time in introducing the Arkham Knight to the DC Universe with Detective Comics #1001. The fast pace of this issue was able to put over how the Arkham Knight and the Knights of the Sun are going to be major threats to Batman. At the same time, the quick pacing meant that their motivations did not have time to develop. With the battle between the Arkham Knight and Batman intensifies this is something that is hopefully improved on in future issues of Detective Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Detective Comics (2016) #1004

May 24, 2019

Detective Comics #1004 had elements of a good story. Unfortunately there were some major problems with Arkham Knight's origin. Not the least of is the fact that a major character in Arkham Knight's origin was treated as nothing more than a plot device. It is not to late for Peter Tomasi to turn things around but there will be a lot of work to be done to give a compelling end to Arkham Knight's introductory story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Detective Comics (2016) #1017

Dec 15, 2019

Detective Comics #1017 is absolutely a must have comic book for every Batman fan. Tom Taylor, Fernando Blanco and John Kalisz combine to give us a comic book that shows there is a phenomenal story to tell around every corner of Gotham City. The interactions between Bruce Wayne, Damian Wayne and Lucius Fox in particular standout as special during the course of this deeply personal story. Make sure to do yourselves a favor and pick up Detective Comics #1017 immediately.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Detective Comics (2016) #1034

Mar 24, 2021

Mariko Tamaki and Dan Mora have a strong start as the new creative team for Detective Comics. They set all of the groundwork for how they plan to add their mark in how Bruce Wayne will be addressing the present and future of Gotham City post-Joker War and -A-Day. Joshua Williamson and Gleb Melnikov add further quality content as they build excitement for the upcoming Robin series starring Damian Wayne. The final page with the surprise return of one of the DC Universe's top fighters and fan favorite was an double exclamation point to end Detective Comics #1034 on.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Detective Comics (2016) #1054

Feb 6, 2022

Tamaki continues to show she knows how to write the Batman Family extremely well.But it would certainly benefit this weekly event to get into fresh post-flashforward content as soon as possible. Because if not than the remaining parts of the Shadow of the Bat event will suffer as Detective Comics #1054 did this week.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1055

Mar 7, 2022

All of this great writing by Tamaki and artwork by Nahuelpan made Detective Comics #1055 one of the better issues of this weekly Batman event. I am genuinely invested in all the characters in this story. Which all creates greater excitement for discovering how The Shadows of the Bat event will end.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Detective Comics (2016) #1057

Mar 21, 2022

Leading into the final chapter of the "Shadows Of The Bat weekly event Mariko Tamaki and Amancay Nahuelpan deliver strong developments in Detective Comics #1057. Batman being part of the story and working alongside the Batman Family was all great to see. Hopefully all the work to create such a tense event will payoff with the conclusion in the next issue of Detective Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Detective Comics (2016) #1062

Jul 26, 2022

There are some intriguing ideas behind the main story in Detective Comics #1062 that could add new layers to Bruce Wayne's character. Unfortunately, the overall presentation of the story left a lot to be desired. The antagonists of this story was a big swing and miss. With how many Batman comic books that are currently being published this new creative run for Detective Comics did not get to a strong enough start to stand out from the pack.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Detective Comics (2016) #1063

Aug 23, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSDetective Comics #1063 has hooked me into continuing to read Ram V and Rafael Albuquerque run moving forward. Diving into how this story Batman finds himself in the middle of involves how the history of Gotham City is worked into its future is fascinating. There is so much potential that is just beginning to be tapped into that I'm excited to find out what Ram V and Albuquerque have planned next for Detective Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Detective Comics (2016) #1064

Sep 28, 2022

Detective Comics #1064 did its job to get us to the next point in the "Gotham Nocturne storyline. Bringing Talia Al Ghul back into play as a major character was a great call as she always has strong chemistry with Bruce Wayne when they share screen time together. Hopefully the pacing of the story can be picked up a bit to better establish the Orgham Family now that they in Gotham City.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2016) #32

Oct 10, 2017

Green Arrow #32 does a satisfying job in closing out the Gotham Resistance crossover tie-in to Dark Nights: Metal. Carrying the momentum created by the previous chapters, both Benjamin Percy and Joshua Williamson were able to expand on chaotic things have gotten in the DC Universe since the Batman Who Laughs and company invaded. Through the chaos we were treated to a lot of quality character development that makes what role the Gotham Resistance plays in Dark Nights: Metal even more exciting to see.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Green Arrow (2016) #43

Aug 5, 2018

From beginning to end Julie and Shawna Benson develop multiple storylines in Green Arrow #43 to start their run on this series on a high note. Everything that happens builds interest for both the life of Oliver Queen and Green Arrow. And in one issue Benson have already created a fascinating villain in the form of The Citizen to challenge Green Arrow. That all comes together to make Green Arrow #43 to be a good entry point for those looking to get into Oliver Queen's ongoing adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2016) #44

Sep 10, 2018

Green Arrow #44 carried the momentum created by the previous issue to continue the development of the latest threat to Seattle. In the process Julie and Shawna Benson have created a villain that is unique to Green Arrow. Along with the way the Bensons ground everything that is going on with the relationship between Oliver Queen and Dinah Lance. With how early on we are into the Bensons run this is a great time to get into Green Arrow if you aren't already.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2016) #45

Oct 6, 2018

Green Arrow #45 is a must read comic. Whether you are a Green Arrow fan or just reading Heroes In Crisis this comic is required reading. That is all thanks to the excellent job Julie Benson and Shawna Benson do in exploring the impact of Roy Harper's death. That impact created a phenomenal character arc for Oliver Queen that included key scenes with the Justice League. If you are reading Heroes In Crisis make sure you pick up Green Arrow #45. You won't be disappointed.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Green Arrow (2016) #46

Nov 12, 2018

Green Arrow #46 was a strong return to The Citizen plotline. Julie Benson and Shawna Benson did a great job progressing the plot at a quick pace. The revelations are worked in well to give Green Arrow and Black Canary the information they need to set in motion the final stage of this story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Spider-Gwen (2015) #15

Dec 26, 2016

Spider-Gwen #15 is further proof of Jason Latour and Robbi Rodriguez continuing to deliver Marvel's finest comic book month and month out. The story of this issue has a great balance between Gwen Stacy's life in and out of her Spider-Woman adventures. The way Latour blends the two together works well in complimenting one another. Rodriguez further adds depth to the story by making characters like the Matt Murdock have a much more dangerous look to him compared to his Marvel Universe counter-part. If you aren't reading Spider-Gwen right now I highly recommend changing that right now and catching up. It's one Marvel series that you shouldn't miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen (2015) #19

May 9, 2017

Spider-Gwen #19 does not waste anytime getting the series back on track. The interactions between Spider-Gwen and Matt Murdock elevated all the events going on at the moment. The introduction of the Venom symbiote and Wolverine provide Latour with interesting wild cards that add to the unpredictability that surrounds Spider-Gwen's current direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen (2015) #20

Jun 6, 2017

Spider-Gwen #20 was another excellent entry into one of Marvel's best ongoing series. Jason Latour continues to do a great job juggling multiple sub-plots that help enhance the main story going on with Spider-Gwen trying to save her father and Harry Osborn. Wolverine and Shadowcat's introductions were handled seamlessly as they add even more depth to how SHIELD works within this universe. All of these elements make Spider-Gwen an exciting reading experience that makes you look forward to what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen (2015) #24

Oct 2, 2017

Spider-Gwen #24 did an excellent job ending the "Predators" and transitioning into the upcoming Venom arc. Jason Latour made this version of the Venom Symbiote into an intriguing wild card element for this series and how it impacts the rest of this series will be fun to see. Latour's story is made stronger thanks to Rodriguez delivering strong artwork that made each moment in Spider-Gwen #24 even more impactful.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Spider-Gwen (2015) #26

Dec 4, 2017

Spider-Gwen #26 is a solid issue that further establishes who Gwen is now as a Symbiote version of Spider-Woman. Jason Latour did a good job showing us what the Symbiote is doing to Gwen and developing her rivalry with Cindy Moon further. That said, the rest of the issue fell flat with the Matt Murdock, NYPD and MJs part of the story feeling like it stood still. There will need to be a better balance between all these sub-plots. If that happens it will only benefit this Symbiote arc that Spider-Gwen is going through.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen (2015) #28

Feb 5, 2018

Spider-Gwen #28 is by far the strongest chapter in the "Gwenom" story arc. Jason Latour nails how important it was that Gwen Stacy revealed everything about her life as Spider-Woman to those she is closest to. The reactions of Em Jay, Glory Grant and Ben Parker made Gwen's character development even stronger. On the other side of things Latour was able to add an extra sinister layer to sadistic this universe's Matt Murdock is. Now with everything revealed Latour has created even more excitement for what happens next in the "Gwenom" arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Gwen (2015) #34

Jul 24, 2018

Spider-Gwen #34 is not the perfect ending that fans of Jason Latour and Robbi Rodriguez run may have been hoping for. The conversation between Gwen and George Stacy carries this issue to have a satisfying conclusion to their relationship as father and daughter. Though the lack of the rest of this series' supporting cast hurt the overall impact of Gwen's decision at the end of issue. So as much as I enjoyed Latour and Rodriguez's run on Spider-Gwen it is hard not to be disappointed in how things wrapped up in an unfinished way.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
80th Anniversary 100-Page Super Spectacular: Wonder Woman #1

Oct 11, 2021

Wonder Woman 80th Anniversary 100-Page Super Spectacular is a very good celebration of the enduring legacy of one of DC Comics most iconic characters. There are a few stories that are a miss but largely the collection of stories told were fun in their own way. DC Comics certainly could tap any of these creative teams to tell even more Wonder Woman stories in the future. If you are a Wonder Woman this is definitely a must buy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #1

May 6, 2017

All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #1 is a great start to a new series. Gerry Duggan showcased his strong understanding of the Guardians of the Galaxy by highlighting the team's strong dynamic. That dynamic is furthered by Aaron Kuder's energetic artwork that only helps to add to the must buy factor for any fan of the Guardians of the Galaxy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #2

May 28, 2017

All-New Guardians of the Galaxy #2 delivered on the fun that fans come to expect from the franchise. Gerry Duggan and Aaron Kuder are clearly having fun writing and drawing, respectively, the ongoing adventures of the Guardians of the Galaxy and it shows throughout this second issue. With how serious things are with the rest of the Marvel Universe, it is refreshing to have a comic book that is all about fun like All-New Guardians of the Galaxy to look forward to now.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #1

Apr 23, 2020

Aquaman: Deep Dives delivers a fun, straightforward superhero story. There is no time wasted as the issue dedicates most of its page count to the fight between Aquaman and Black Manta. Steve Orlando sprinkles in some cool character focus dialogue that helps give the fight between rivals much more meat to the bone. With a $0.99 cover price, Aquaman: Deep Dives is definitely something you should check out if you're looking to get a superhero comic book fix.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #2

Apr 30, 2020

Aquaman: Deep Dives #2 accomplished what it set out to do. Michael Grey provided a story that will give fans looking for an enjoyable Aquaman story to get their fill. There isn't much outside of that. Which is fine but if you are not an Aquaman fan this is definitely an issue you can easily pass on and try the Superman, Batman or Wonder Woman digital firsts released this week instead.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #3

May 11, 2020

Aquaman: Deep Dives #3 was a good change of pace as we got to see our lead hero's role as a mentor shine. Steve Orlando was able to showcase how there is a lot of potential in the duo of Aquaman and Tempest. Their chemistry comes across as natural and makes you hope there are more stories where we see them team-up in the future. The story itself was a good showcase of how both Aquaman and Tempest can step up to save the day during a major crisis.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #5

May 23, 2020

Aquaman: Deep Dives #5 was an enjoyable, action-packed beginning to what's already turning into a major storyline for this series. Steve Orlando does a great job using the Trench as antagonist to build up the politics Aquaman and Mera are in the middle of while continuing to build credibility for the Sea Devils as a team. With the introduction of a villainous group from the DC Universe's past this storyline could lead to bigger things down the line.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #6

Jun 1, 2020

Aquaman: Deep Dives #6 is the best issue of this series to date. Steve Orlando does a fantastic job mixing politics, action and character development to tell a strong comic book that added excitement for the "Stinging Tide" story arc. The way things turned out increased the excitement for what will happen when Aquaman clashes with Scorpio's leadership.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Aquaman: Deep Dives (2020) #7

Jun 7, 2020

Aquaman: Deep Dives #7 was a fantastic ending to the "Stinging Tide" arc. Steve Orlando does a wonderful job showcasing what makes Aquaman the true King of Atlantis. The way Aquaman stepped up on multiple fronts showed the reader why he is a great character. The way Tula, Mera, and Tempest are used throughout this issue further elevated this issue to be as fantastic as it turned out to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman / Superman (2019) #1

Sep 1, 2019

Joshua Williamson and David Marquez delivered a strongly paced debut issue with Batman/Superman #1. This issue does a good job explaining why Batman Who Laughs is one of the biggest threats in the DC Universe. In the process Williamson and Marquez give Batman and Superman a reason to secretly team-up away from their Justice League adventures. With one of Batman Who Laughs' Secret Six members revealed in the form of Shazam it'll be interesting to see where Williamson and Marquez go from here with Batman/Superman.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman / Superman (2019) #2

Sep 26, 2019

Batman/Superman #2 successfully builds on the foundation created by the first issue. The focus on Shazam Who Laughs puts over the full heel turn the character takes. The turn for Shazam further spotlights how deep into the rabbit hole Batman and Superman have found themselves in when it comes to dealing with Batman Who Laughs. The actions Batman and Superman are forced to take create a lot of intriguing possible directions for this series to take in future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman / Superman (2019) #3

Oct 27, 2019

Batman/Superman #3 is another strong chapter in the event that is building around Batman Who Laughs plot for the entire Multiverse. Reveals being spoiled aside, Joshua Williamson does a great job developing the latest Infected heroes that have joined Batman Who Laughs' Secret Six. How Batman and Superman respond to all that takes place has created greater interest into the endgame of this storyline. It's just to bad continuity issues hinder the full potential of Batman/Superman #3.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman: Gotham Nights (2020) #2

Apr 28, 2020

Batman: Gotham Nights #2 does exactly what I was looking for. Michael Grey and Ryan Benjamin deliver a Batman story that adds layers to the Clayface character. In doing so we get a fight that has greater meaning than just another hero vs. villain fight. If you are a Batman fan and looking for fun a new story that takes place in Gotham City than look into picking up Batman: Gotham Nights #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman: The Red Death #1

Sep 23, 2017

Batman: The Red Death #1 is an excellent companion to the Dark Nights: Metal event. Joshua Williams and Carmine Di Giandomenico set the tone for all the rest of these Dark Nights: Metal one shots. They did a great job developing The Red Death's origin through the battle between Batman and Flash from another Earth. That battle made The Red Death version of Batman a character I look forward to following in Dark Nights: Metal.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Black Panther (2021) #1

Nov 25, 2021

Black Panther #1 is a good set-up issue that creates a solid foundation for the rest of the series moving forward. The focus on using continuity established by previous creative team runs added a lot of intrigue into what John Ridley and Juann Cabal are looking to build with the decisions T'Challa makes throughout this issue. It certainly got me invested enough to go on whatever journey this new Black Panther series will go on in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Panther (2023) #1

Jun 14, 2023

While a new volume to the franchise Black Panther #1 very much acts as an extension of the previous run by John Ridley. This approach by Eve Ewing comes with both positives and negatives. Luckily, it's the positives that largely outweigh the negatives as Black Panther #1 concludes.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Panther (2023) #2

Jul 21, 2023

Black Panther #2 improves on everything established in the debut issue. T'Challa's new status quo is further developed to make how he operates in his new city to have cool espionage elements. Add in how well developed Beisa and Deathlok are put over as antagonists Eve Ewing and Chris Allen are building something special with their run.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
DCeased: The Unkillables #1

Feb 24, 2020

DCeased: The Unkillables #1 is a great follow-up that compliments the original DCeased event extremely well. Tom Taylor sets up a story involving a different set of characters that carries the same emotionally impactful energy the original event had. Getting different perspectives of the crisis in DCeased was refreshing to see, with new plotlines that enhanced the story in the original mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
DCeased: The Unkillables #3

May 19, 2020

DCeased: Unkillables #3 delivered an emotionally heavy ending for this mini-series. Tom Taylor did a fantastic job paying off all the character arcs in this mini-series to make the entire package better. Every character involved was given memorable moments. And the ending built greater excitement for what is to come in the sequel, DCeased: Dead Planet.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Elektra (2017) #1

Feb 23, 2017

Elektra #1 does exactly what every good first issue must do in building an intriguing world for the main character to exist in. Matt Owens does a good job not throwing a lot of exposition at the reader. Instead he plays to Elektra's strength as a silent assassin while building out where she is at this point in her life and why she decided to come to Las Vegas. And with the bright lights that shine in Las Vegas, Arcade is an appropriate villain for Elektra to go up against, especially with his new death game taking over the city's betting culture. All of this comes together for an excellent debut issue that any fan of Elektra will be happy to purchase.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Elektra (2017) #3

Apr 30, 2017

Elektra #3 did not waste anytime in moving the story in Murderworld forward. By doing so Matt Owens is able to highlight what makes Elektra such a kick ass character no matter the situation. With the dialogue being kept at a minimum Owens was able to give Juann Cabal more than enough space for his artistic abilities to showcae Elektra's abilities and the dangers of Murderworld.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Elektra (2017) #5

Jul 3, 2017

Elektra #5 delivers a very good end to "Always Bet On Red" while also setting the stage for what comes next for Elektra Natchios. Though I wish we could see more adventures with Elektra in Las Vegas it is clear that she is on to bigger things now. What that is and how it ties into the rest of Marvel's street-level comics will be exciting to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Fantastic Four (2022) #1

Nov 9, 2022

Fantastic Four #1 was not how I expected Ryan North and Iban Coello to kick off their run on this series. This is a very character focused start as Ben Grimm and Alicia Masters-Grimm take the spotlight rather than the entire Fantastic Four team. That could've raise a lot of eyebrows but once you get to the end of Fantastic Four #1 you understand why North and Coello are going with this direction. The fun dynamic between Ben and Alicia along with the mysterious final page was more than enough to sell me on what North and Coello have planned for the Fantastic Four.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Fantastic Four (2022) #2

Dec 7, 2022

Fantastic Four #2 told a fun one-shot style story that established the way Ryan North and Iban Coello plan to present Reed and Sue Richards. The adventure itself was well done with its connection to Doctor Doom. More importantly, this issue successfully established the voices for Reed and Sue in the wake of whatever happened in New York City that turned the world against the Fantastic Four. If you haven't checked out the new Fantastic Four series yet I recommend jumping in now as this has been a good jumping on point.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash (2016) #21

Apr 28, 2017

The Flash #21 was a strong continuation for 'The Button' crossover that kicked off in Batman #21. Joshua Williamson did a great job highlighting the unique relationship Batman and Flash share as fellow detectives. With their investigation taking them on a journey through the Multiverse and running into Flashpoint Batman things should only get more interesting as 'The Button' progresses.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Flash (2016) #22

May 19, 2017

As a DC Comics fan there were a lot of very cool moments that made The Flash #22 an enjoyable end to "The Button" crossover. The set-up for Doomsday Clock further built anticipation for Doctor Manhattan's full appearance on screen. Unfortunately the fact that there was very little accomplished in Batman and Flash's investigation did make a major plot point made the story feel unsatisfying.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Flash (2016) #33

Oct 31, 2017

The Flash #33 does a fantastic job expanding on the ongoing story in Dark Nights: Metal. Joshua Williamson has a great sense of scale as we go from Flash showing strong optimism for things working out to his hope fading as he sees all the destruction the Dark Knights have caused. That along with what happens to the rest of the Justice League make The Flash #33 a strong start to the "Bats Out Of Hell" tie-in crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Flash (2016) #64

Feb 14, 2019

The Flash #64 is another interesting next step into what the current standing is between Batman and Flash. Joshua Williamson continues to use everything that has gone on in Heroes In Crisis and other stories related to Batman and Flash to give depth to the character work in this story. As long as the problems around Gotham Girl's character arc are fixed over these last two issues "The Price" can become one of the better crossovers DC Comics has had.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Flash (2016) #65

Mar 1, 2019

The Flash #65 was a major step up from recent issues of "The Price" crossover. It was disappointing how Gotham Girl turned out to be a plot device to push a major fallout between Batman and Flash. Luckily the confrontation between Batman and Flash in the Batcave and Iris West's role in this story made up for negatives involving Gotham Girl.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Lotus Land (2023) #1

Nov 13, 2023

Lotus Land #1 is a very good start to the cyberpunk world Darcy Van Poelgeest and Caio Filipe introduce us to. The environmental storytelling is as good as the character interactions. It all comes together to leave you wanting to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Man's Best (2024) #1

Mar 20, 2024

Overall, a good start to what has the potential to be a contender for best new comic book of this year.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Marvel's Voices Infinity Comic #27

Nov 30, 2022

Marvel's Voices: Infinity Comic #27 is a must read for Wolverine fans. This is just a fun experience that will have you grinning from the moment you start reading. The chemistry between Logan, Daken, Laura, and Gabby Kinney showed how we are finally getting a comic book that taps into the potential of Wolverine Family stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Mr. and Mrs. X #1

Jul 30, 2018

Mr. & Mrs. X #1 had a rough start but once it got going Kelly Thompson was able to build a fun story involving the Shi'ar Empire. Thompson past experience with Rogue and Gambit showed as she got over how much fun these two are together. Hopefully moving forward the focus will be on the strengths of Mr. & Mrs. X #1 rather on what kept the issue from starting strong in the first half of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mr. and Mrs. X #3

Sep 24, 2018

Mr. & Mrs. X #3 was by far the strongest issue of this young series starring Rogue and Gambit. Kelly Thompson nails how fun and dramatic the cosmic corner of the Marvel Universe can be by putting Rogue and Gambit in the middle of a Shi'ar Empire civil war. The reveal of a powerful X-Men related offspring and what she means for the larger story created greater anticipation for where Thompson plans on going with this first story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mr. and Mrs. X #4

Oct 21, 2018

Mr. & Mrs. X #4 was a fun, fast-paced issue that continued the strong momentum Kelly Thompson's has created for this series. Thompson understanding and love for Rogue and Gambit is made clear throughout this issue as she tests their relationship in different ways that makes them a stronger pair. The involvement of the Starjammers, Shi'ar Empire and Deathbird made the entire conflict around the child of Professor Xavier and Lilandra even stronger. If you are an X-Men fan you should give Mr. & Mrs. X a shot.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Mr. and Mrs. X #5

Nov 27, 2018

Mr. & Mrs. X #5 was a fantastic end to the first story arc of this series, "Love & Marriage." Kelly Thompson's understanding of Rogue and Gambit is the strength of this series. The particular developments in this issue set the groundwork for some intriguing storylines for both the Mr. & Mrs. X series and the X-Men franchise as a whole. If you are an X-Men fan I highly recommend giving Mr. & Mrs. X a try.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Mr. and Mrs. X #7

Jan 4, 2019

Mr. & Mrs X #7 was another enjoyable issue it was has quickly become one of Marvel's best ongoing titles. Kelly Thompson does a great job using the Mojoverse concept to continue to explore the relationship between Rogue and Gambit. She also did a good job handling Mojo's character so he comes across as a compelling antagonist. With how things ended up it'll be very interesting to see what direction Thompson goes with this latest story arc in Mr. & Mrs. X.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mr. and Mrs. X #11

May 26, 2019

Mr. & Mrs. X #11 was another solid issue in one of the most consistent titles Marvel is publishing. Kelly Thompson and Oscar Bazaldua did a great job getting us in the mind of Gambit and where he is now. How that compliments where he and Rogue are in their relationship strengthens the scene they have together at the end of Mr. & Mrs. X #11.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
New Mutants (2019) #14

Dec 21, 2020

Vita Ayala and Rod Reis kick off their run on New Mutants with a strong opening issue. They show a clear understanding of the voices and powers of this rather large cast of mutants. The unique dynamic that different cast members share is well worked into the story in New Mutants #14. Adding in Shadow King to the story does creates interest in what will happen in this series in the immediate future along with the long-term sub-plots introduced in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Punchline (2020) #1

Nov 13, 2020

James Tynion, Sam Johns, and Mirka Andolfo deliver on all the potential that Punchline #1 had and more. The story not only provides us with the full origin of Punchline but also showcasing how she is a villain as dangers as Joker. In addition, this one-shot further sets the stage for where the Batman franchise will be when March 2021 rolls around. For Batman fans this is definitely a must-buy as we get more into where Gotham City is in the post-Joker War world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Ranger Academy (2023) #1

Oct 2, 2023

Maria Ingrande Mora and Jo Mi-Gyeong understood the assignment and delivered a beginning to Ranger Academy #1 that instantly draws Power Rangers' fans in. The main trio we are introduced to are each brimming with personality that makes their chemistry natural. If you're a Power Rangers fan then do yourself a favor and pick up Ranger Academy #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ranger Academy (2023) #6

Apr 3, 2024

The cast chemistry leads into an ending that makes Ranger Academy #6 a solid transition chapter to the next phase of Sage's character arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Rat City (2024) #1

Apr 10, 2024

The end result is Rat City #1 being a new reader friendly comic book with the elements you expect from a Spawn series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Star Wars: Darth Maul #1

Feb 6, 2017

As a Star Wars fan Darth Maul #1 did everything it needed to do to get me back to the series for more. Cullen Bunn and Luke Ross are able to weave a tale together that captures how dangerous Darth Maul is and sets the stage for what their story for the character will be. Unfortunately the $4.99 cover price and the fact that 10 pages are dedicated to a back-up story makes it tough to recommend to any one other than hardcore Star Wars fans. Those two factors keep this series from knocking it out of the park in its first issue. But if you are a Star Wars fan, particularly a fan of Darth Maul, than this is a comic book you should consider checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Starsigns (2023) #1

May 1, 2023

Starsigns #1 does everything you want from the first issue of a new comic book. The foundation around this new world of superpowers is easily understood without need for much explanation. The series lead in Rana Fawaaz has narrative that is presented in way you get invested in her story right away. That investment leaves you wondering how the change in the world will impact her and those around her.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
The Clone Conspiracy: Omega #1

Mar 2, 2017

The Clone Conspiracy: Omega does exactly what it needed to do by giving Spider-Man's latest event some closure while simultaneously building future stories. Though this issue failed to build interest for the Ben Reilly: Scarlet Spider ongoing Dan Slott delivered on where it counted by selling us on more Peter Parker Spider-Man stories. The fact that Peter Parker has to now deal with whatever Norman Osborn is plotting on top of the damage Parker Industry's suffered from The Clone Conspiracy events makes the future for Amazing Spider-Man very exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
The Joker (2021) #1

Mar 13, 2021

The Joker #1 is a strong start to this new series that takes advantage of the current state of Gotham City post-City of Bane and -Joker War. Positioning former GCPD Commissioner Jim Gordon as the protagonist of this series worked extremely well. This allowed Joker to maintain his status as an endgame boss while not overexposing the villain. Instead, we are set to follow Jim Gordon as he sets out on his final case that is set to be stopping Joker once and for all. Fans of the current Batman Family direction need to add The Joker to their pull list

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Joker (2021) #2

Apr 14, 2021

James Tynion and Guillem March keep the momentum they created from the first issue going with their work in Joker #2. We see the player pool in the hunt for Joker expand as more Batman villains get involved. But what steals the show is Jim Gordon's conversations with both Batman and Barbara Gordon. The revelations made in these scenes is something Batman fans will want to read for themselves to see how they played out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
The Sacrificers (2023) #1

Jul 31, 2023

The world building done by Rick Remender and Max Fiumara through what appears to be our two leads for The Sacrificers #1 is handled well. It's a world you're experiencing through these leads rather than being given a dictionary of a mythology explained to you. Continuing this direction will make future issues even better than this debut as we discover more about The Sacrificers world.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Trinity (2016) #5

Jan 19, 2017

After three issues of Batman, Superman and Wonder Woman getting in touch with each other's origin stories we finally get some story progression with Trinity #5. Mongul's appearance in this opening story actually moves the story on several fronts as we also got to learn why Poison Ivy is involved with taking out DC's Trinity. While there are some confusing plot holes thrown in at the last minute they don't take away from the positive momentum this issue gives the overall story. Add that to the always fantastic artwork that Francis Manapul provides us than we have an issue in Trinity #5 that delivers on the potential of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Valkyrie: Jane Foster #1

Jul 28, 2019

Valkyrie: Jane Foster #1 is a great start for a comic book that has all the potential to be one of Marvel's best ongoing series. Jason Aaron and Al Ewing did a great job using the aftermath of War of the Realms to create a compelling world around Jane Foster as she has become the last Valkyrie. Cafu's strong artwork further elevates Valkyrie: Jane Foster #1 to be a comic that Marvel fans should not miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Vigil (2023) #1

May 17, 2023

The Vigil #1 is a strong debut for the new Dawn Of DC series. Ram V and Lalit Kumar Sharma successfully introduce us to how you can mix the world of espionage with the DC Universe. If they can carry this momentum for future issues, The Vigil can become one of the standout series for DC Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wasp (2023) #1

Jan 18, 2023

Al Ewing and Kasia Nie hit the ground running with a great first issue for the Wasp mini-series. This entire issue just further makes you wonder why Marvel continued to miss the boat on giving Janet Van Dyne a solo series for such a long time. Not only do Ewing and Nie showcase Janet as a great character but immediately get over the chemistry that Janet and Nadia share as fellow Wasps. The main villain plot being centered around both Janet and Nadia's respective origins has a lot of potential to make this one a standout mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wasp (2023) #2

Feb 15, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSWasp #2 worked well to progress the story forward. We got more details on the greater plot involving the WHISPER organization and Creature From Kosmos. In the process we get even more hints at how Janet and Nadia Van Dyne's are closer tied together than either knew. The ending worked well to hook the reader in to find out what will happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wasp (2023) #3

Mar 22, 2023

Wasp #3 gives much needed backstory for the villain of the story and how Janet and Nadia Van Dyne factor into things. In the process Al Ewing and Kasia Nie do a excellent job at showcasing how strong Janet and Nadia are. The way Wasp #3 ends it sets up the finale to this series to be one that further strengthens Janet and Nadia's characters for the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wasp (2023) #4

Apr 26, 2023

Al Ewing, Kasia Nie, and Carola Borelli deliver a satisfying conclusion with Wasp #4. We get a lot of solid character work for both Janet and Nadia Van Dyne that makes them stronger characters coming out of this story. The ending tease doesn't work as well as intended but it does not ruin the overall experience of this Wasp mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2021) #1

Jul 8, 2021

X-Men #1 is a strong debut issue for the returning superhero team. Every member of the X-Men are given time to shine as the team saves New York City from the latest cosmic threat. In the process Gerry Duggan and Pepe Larraz set-up three major threats for the X-Men to face in the future. By the end I am even more hyped for what is next for the team than I was when starting to read X-Men #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021) #2

Aug 8, 2021

X-Men #2 does a great job further reestablishing the team on the same level as the Avengers and Fantastic Four. Every member of the X-Men are given a chance to showcase themselves as effectively working together and being powerhouses in their own right. The final few pages of X-Men #2 effectively use the events of House of X and Powers of X to build greater excitement for the future of the franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021) #3

Sep 24, 2021

Gerry Duggan and Pepe Larraz continue to get better as a creative team with each passing issue and X-Men #3 is further proof of that. They tell a great story that showcases the X-Men as a strong superhero team while developing several plotlines around the team that include the High Evolutionary and Orchis future plans. What all these developments are leading towards builds greater excitement for what comes next in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
X-Men (2021) #5

Nov 26, 2021

X-Men #5 was another solid issue in this series that has become one of Marvel's most consistent monthly titles. Gerry Duggan does a good job providing some development for Polaris' character and pushing the greater narrative around Orchis' plot forward. The final few pages of X-Men #5 sets the stage for the next issue of this series to be a highly important comic book in this era for the franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
X-Men (2021) #6

Jan 10, 2022

Overall, X-Men #6 was just a swing and a miss with how Captain Krakoa was presented to us in his first appearance. That does not mean that the direction with Captain Krakoa is a complete loss. There is a lot of potential to make this storyline a success. Duggan just needs to get the rest of the X-Men involved or else this isn't the superhero team book we were sold in experiencing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men (2021) #7

Jan 30, 2022

When combining all the plot developments and phenomenal artwork X-Men #7 is easily the best issue of this series to date. Duggan and Larraz really nailed everything they were looking to do with the story. They gave weight to Cyclops latest death and why he is now Captain Krakoa while showcasing him at his best as the leader of the X-Men. That along with developments around Orchis and other sub-plots make this a can't miss X-Men issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2021) #10

Apr 15, 2022

Overall X-Men #10 was a strong, character focused issue that served to build up the greater plotline around the Orchis organization. Duggan and Pina worked well together to showcase Laura Kinney's Wolverine as we see how far she has come. When X-Men #10 is done you are left looking forward to what comes next with the bigger picture being developed in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021) #11

May 11, 2022

X-Men #11 hits in all the ways you want a big team book to hit. Gerry Duggan and Pepe Larraz created multiple storylines for different characters that you are all equally invested in. The twist ending of X-Men #11 got me even more excited for the future of not just this series but the X-Men franchise as whole. What comes next is anyone's guess.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2021) #12

Jun 22, 2022

X-Men #12 is a strong conclusion to the first year of the latest volume of the core series in the franchise. The way the X-Men put an end to Gameworld and handle Dr. Stasis plotting against them showcased why they are one of Marvel's premiere superhero teams. Hopefully the upcoming Hellfire Gala is able to add to the positive momentum this first year this X-Men team had rather than shaking things up just for the sake of it.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2021) #14

Aug 31, 2022

As a standalone superhero comic book X-Men #14 continues the trend of Gerry Duggan telling stories effectively in one issue. This is a great showcase for Iceman and Firestar as they are given major spotlights in this issue. When it comes to being a tie-in to A.X.E.: Judgment Day that part of the story is more of an afterthought. Hopefully once A.X.E.: Judgment Day we get to see the new X-Men team have time to build up their chemistry.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021) #16

Oct 19, 2022

Gerry Duggan and Joshua Cassara get this series back on track with X-Men #16. From the chemistry of this new team to the surprising ending X-Men #16 pushes this series forward in multiple ways. It all works to build intrigue in where this series will go next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
X-Men (2021) #18

Jan 11, 2023

X-Men #18 does well in tying up some loose ends with the latest Vault storyline. The meeting between the two Laura Kinney's was handled well with seeds planted for a greater story involving the older version. The transition to how X-Men will crossover with Captain Marvel does create an instant connection with the character that appears at the end who facilitates the crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2021) #19

Feb 15, 2023

X-Men #19 quickly brings the team into the story with the Brood's attempt to takeover the Marvel Universe. The sense of urgency with the team search for Corsair and Broo worked to keep the X-Men and Captain Marvel stories separate for now while still having a clear connection to the greater Brood story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
X-Men (2021) #20

Mar 8, 2023

X-Men #20 is at its best when telling the core story involving the growing Brood invasion. Gerry Duggan and Stefano Caselli get over why the Brood are to be taken seriously as a major threat. Unfortunately there are several other storylines that X-Men #20 tries to tackle that cause this to end up being cluttered. It's truly disappointing because the elements are there for X-Men #20 to be a great issue, but the result is a comic book trying to do too much.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2021) #21

Apr 12, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSIn crisis no decision is easy to make and X-Men #21 shows the weight that comes with what must be done. In the process we get a solid conclusion to the "Lord Of The Brood storyline. Scott Summers and Jean Grey fans in particular will have a lot to talk about as the co-leaders of the X-Men had to make tough decisions. Where this all leads too creates greater interest in where the X-Men will go from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2021) #24

Jul 6, 2023

X-Men #24 does a great job at setting the stage for what we can expect for the upcoming Hellfire Gala. While the X-Men takes a backseat to all these Hellfire Gala-related storylines we do get to see the chemistry the team have built in the brief time they have had together. The superhero action balances out all of dramatic story beats we get throughout X-Men #24. The bigger picture developments help elevate the interest in the events that will be going down in the Hellfire Gala and Fall of X events.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
X-Men (2021) #25

Aug 3, 2023

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men (2021) #26

Sep 6, 2023

The engagement of Emma Frost and Tony Stark was as messy as one would expect as to how it would happen. The development does work into the sense of desperation seen throughout the Fall Of X direction. Though that does not mean Gerry Duggan and company don't have a lot of work ahead of them to sell this Emma and Tony relationship. Luckily X-Men #26 has the incredible scenes involving Shadowcat that lifts up the quality of this story. Shadowcat's scenes alone make X-Men #26 worth checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021) #27

Oct 4, 2023

X-Men #27 does a great job bringing the attention back to the way the team is tackling the war with Orchis. Shadowcat once again steals the show with her rescue attempt to break out Cyclops and Juggernaut from Orchis' facility. That along with how the ending of X-Men/Fantastic Four was brought back into play made this another strong comic book in the Fall of X direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men (2021) #28

Nov 1, 2023

X-Men #28 adds further interest with how things will end with Fall of X. Orchis continues to be put over as the endgame bosses they are. Which made the actions Firestar takes to get the X-Men information they need even more important. Now the X-Men are left in a spot where the sense of urgency increases even more. That all leads to another good chapter for the Fall of X storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
X-Men (2021) #29

Dec 7, 2023

X-Men #29 had every element to be a successful chapter in the Fall of X direction. Unfortunately the positives done with how Doctor Doom's X-Men were put over is undone by a terrible ending. All that we can hope for is the next issue provides context to this ending and we get proper development for the underutilized X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021) #30

Jan 17, 2024

X-Men #30 does a lot to strengthen the stories in Fall of the House of X and Rise of the Powers of X. This issue works as a prequel that gives greater weight to where we find Cyclops, Firestar, and Synch in the X-Men crossover. This is exactly what you want from a tie-in comic book to complement a big event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men (2021) #31

Feb 7, 2024

X-Men #31 did what tie-in comic needs to do in expanding particular character arcs from the main event. The placement of this story happening before Fall of the House of X and Rise of the Powers of X both helped and hurt the overall ending of this two-part story. It'll be interesting to see what stories this X-Men will amplify from the crossover and if it can be more than filler content.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021) #33

Apr 3, 2024

X-Men #33 does a great job acting as a director's cut to the events seen in Fall of the House of X #3. Between Wolverine and Shadowcat being showcased as badasses to the X-Men taking down the founder of Orchis, this issue accomplishes a lot to further the current crossover. It all leads to making the next phase of Fall of the House of X and Rise of the Powers of X feel like we are at the endgame now.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men (2021): Hellfire Gala 2023 #1

Jul 27, 2023

Hellfire Gala 2023 will certainly go down as the biggest game changer to the X-Men franchise since House of X and Powers of X. The actions by Orchis certainly elevated them to become the ultimate X-Men villains that you hope in the end our heroes can overcome and defeat. Though the events of the Mutant Massacre that took place at this year's Hellfire Gala will be something that it is key the X-Men creative teams fully tap into the potential of this latest direction of the franchise. If they don't than the questions as to why Duggan and Marvel decided to do this will grow and consume the X-Men franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men (2021): Hellfire Gala #1

Jul 13, 2022

Disappointments on the new X-Men team roster aside this year's Hellfire Gala was a success. That is all thanks to all the great seeds planted for the future as we have a number of plotlines and character arcs to be invested in. All of that set-up creates a lot of excitement for the future of the X-Men franchise. That makes this year's Hellfire Gala a success.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men: Before The Fall (2023): Heralds of Apocalypse #1

Jun 28, 2023

X-Men: Before the Fall Heralds of Apocalypse #1 provides an important and focused comic book. With this comic book Al Ewing fills in some of the gaps of Apocalypse post-House of X/Power of X continuity while laying the groundwork for his potentially big role in the upcoming Fall of X event. It is definitely a must read for X-Men fans of the Krakoa Era.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: The Trial of Magneto (2021) #1

Aug 21, 2021

The Trial Of Magneto #1 was a fantastic start to what is already shaping up to be one of the best stories in the Krakoa Era for the X-Men. Leah Williams and Lucas Wereck treated the death of Wanda Maximoff and what it means for the Marvel Universe with the care it deserves. How they use this story to delve deeper into where Magneto, Polaris, and other characters are at was all expertly done.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men: The Trial of Magneto (2021) #2

Sep 16, 2021

X-Men: The Trial of Magneto #2 delivers a solid continuation of one of the biggest X-Men storylines in the Krakoa Era. The characterization for all the X-Men and Avengers that appear in this issue is on point. As the issue concludes we are given even more questions that hook you in to want to find out what will happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirl and the Birds of Prey #9

Apr 16, 2017

Batgirl and the Birds of Prey #9 does an excellent job in building Blackbird as a serious threat the team has to contend with. Tying Black Canary's evolution to the Birds of Prey newest villain helped amplify the horrible intentions Blackbird had when teach her students to use her powers. Bringing Green Arrow and Nightwing into the fold helps add to the threat level Blackbird presents to the Birds of Prey.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirl and the Birds of Prey #10

May 13, 2017

Batgirl and the Birds of Prey #10 delivered exactly what you want from the concluding issue of an arc that features a brand new villain. Julie Benson and Shawna Benson found a creative way to deal with Blackbird while elevating the new villain to be an even bigger threat down the line. The dynamic between the Birds of Prey, along with Green Arrow and Nightwing, helped make this ending stand out even more in a week filled with strong comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirl and the Birds of Prey #11

Jun 19, 2017

Batgirl and the Birds of Prey #11 was a good start to a new story arc that places the focus the new Oracle, Gus Yale. Delving into Gus' backstory helped create a better connection between the Birds of Prey and their new Oracle. Calculator and Catwoman's involvement adds further interest in how the story may go as we get to see the team deal with the two villains at the same time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl and the Birds of Prey #13

Aug 14, 2017

Batgirl and the Birds of Prey #13 provide the "Source Code" arc with a satisfying ending. Julie Benson and Shawna Benson continue to show their clear understanding of who all Birds of Prey are. With the return of Barbara Gordon as Oracle the Bensons have opened up even more avenues to explore the Birds of Prey's dynamic, especially with Catwoman and Poison Ivy joining the team. These additions make the future of Batgirl and the Birds of Prey even more exciting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #14

Jan 7, 2017

Batman #14 is an excellent follow-up to the "I Am Suicide" story arc. Tom King's decision to focus on Batman and Catwoman's relationship highlights his strength in understanding these characters. The relationship between the two comes across as genuine and shows us how Catwoman is the one person that Batman drops his guard for, and vice versa. The issue ends with a moment that all shippers of the Batman and Catwoman pairing will love.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #15

Jan 21, 2017

Batman #15, like the issue preceding it, is an excellent love letter for fans of the romance between Batman and Catwoman. The addition of Holly Robinson to the story also helped clear up the mystery of if Catwoman really did kill 237 people. With how things didn't end on a happy note Mitch Gerads is able to capture the tone of Tom King's script well, while showing his ability chameleon-like ability to replicate classic Batman artwork. This all comes together for a heartbreaking conclusion that King and Gerads use to further strengthen the relationship between Batman and Catwoman.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #16

Feb 2, 2017

Batman #16 is a solid set-up issue that introduces us to the major players of the Dark Knight's latest clash with Bane. The interactions that Bruce Wayne has with Catwoman, Duke, Nightwing, Robin and Red Hood helped to establish how dangerous Bane is as Batman is going out of his way to warn those close to him to leave Gotham City. This allowed Bane to come off as a huge threat with having to have the villain appear at all in this issue. The ending further drove home what we should be expecting from the rest of Tom King's latest Batman story in all the right ways.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #18

Mar 3, 2017

Batman #18 maintains the high level of intensity that "I Am Bane" started with, adding further intrigue to the current conflict. Now with Batman out of commission and Catwoman pissing Bane off even more there is a greater sense of unpredictability into how things will turn out in the end. Unfortunately that is brought down by the rehash material of Batman and Bane's origins, which takes up half of Batman #18's page count. The fact that we don't really learn anything new from all the flashback scenes does take away from the impact of what is otherwise a great issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #20

Apr 7, 2017

Batman #20 was not the cleanest of endings to an arc that started out strong. There was a constant feeling that for as strong as Batman and Bane's development were, that there was something missing around them to make "I Am Bane" a memorable story arc. That thing that was missing hurts the strengths this ending has from a story and artwork front.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #21

Apr 21, 2017

Batman #21 is an excellent start to "The Button" crossover with The Flash series. Tom King delivered a lot of information without ever losing your attention as a reader. Adding in a dream fight between Batman and Reverse Flash, which had the backdrop of the story behind the Watchmen Button, added to the weight this story carries for the entire DCU. Having Jason Fabok draw everything that took place during the course of Batman #21.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #22

May 5, 2017

Batman fans are going absolutely love the scenes between Bruce and Thomas Wayne that Joshua Williamson and Tom King delivered in Batman #22. Unfortunately the fact that there has been very little in the way of plot progressions makes it feel like "The Button" crossover is not going to accomplish anything of substance. There is still one issue left to provide a satisfactory ending to "The Button" crossover but Batman #22 did not do anything to build confidence that will actually occur.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #24

Jun 9, 2017

Batman #24 did an excellent job providing Gotham Girl with an exit from the series and delivering the big surprise of Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle's possible engagement. The ending was made even more enjoyable thanks to how Tom King has built up Bruce and Selina's relationship during the course of his run. That engagement opens the door for a lot of intriguing storylines that showed how impactful Batman #24's character development was.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #25

Jun 22, 2017

Batman #25 is a fantastic start to the "War of Jokes and Riddles" story arc. Tom King does an excellent job framing the story through the eyes of present-day Bruce Wayne, as he looks to strengthen his relationship with Selina Kyle. King adds to the tension of the story by revealing that Batman did something during the war between Joker and Riddler that he has kept secret for a long time. That mystery makes "War of Jokes and Riddles" feel like a big event, even if we know where Batman is in his life in the present.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #26

Jul 6, 2017

Batman #26 built on what the previous issue established by developing how Joker and Riddler go about building up their army for the upcoming war. The approach each villain takes creates the sense that we are in store for a big event in the life of Batman and history of Gotham City as "The War Of Jokes And Riddles" erupts. And given the villains being assembled for each side Tom King and Mikel Janin are sure to deliver a story that no Batman fan should miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #28

Aug 5, 2017

Batman #28 was a good return to the main story of "The War of Jokes and Riddles." The tense atmosphere around Gotham City is enhanced with Tom King and Mikel Janin highlighting the five day battle between Deadshot and Deathstroke that proves to be a breaking point for Batman. Unfortunately some Bruce Wayne's narration is starting to hold back the story from reaching the full potential a war between Joker and Riddler should have. That said, "The War of Jokes and Riddles" continues to be a fascinating read with Batman #28 creating further excitement for what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #30

Sep 9, 2017

Batman #30 is the strongest issue of "The War of Jokes and Riddles." That is a major accomplishment with how great this story arc has been thus far. Tom King did an excellent job turning Kite Man's joke status into a key plot point for the story arc's development. Now King has set up a situation where Joker may be even more dangerous while Batman tries to come to terms with his alliance with Riddler.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #31

Sep 21, 2017

Batman #31 was a thoroughly enjoyable fifth chapter to "The War Of Jokes And Riddles." Tom King and Mikel Janin do an excellent job setting the stage for an epic finally with Batman, Joker and Riddler left alone in a room together. On the way King was able payoff the major character development of Kite Man in a satisfying way. These developments along with several other character choices made the final chapter of "The War Of Jokes And Riddles" something that is highly anticipated.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #33

Oct 23, 2017

Batman #33 is a solid start to the new arc that pushes the engagement of Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle forward. Their journey that eventually leads them to Talia Al Ghul's location is made even more important by the implications of all the possible consequences. Those consequences make what happens next a bigger mystery as Tom King explores Bruce and Selina's evolving relationship.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #35

Nov 19, 2017

Batman #35 does a very good job further developing the Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle's relationship. The fight between Selina and Talia Al Ghul was well executed to be a balance between quick sword fighting and emotionally impactful dialogue. By the end Tom King and Joelle Jones were able to have Bruce and Selina's engagement take an important step forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #38

Jan 6, 2018

Batman #38 is one of those comics that gets better each time you read it. Tom King created such a fascinating new Batman villain in the kid named Matthew that when you read the issue again you take the story in differently. The fact that Matthew ended up being more of a Bruce Wayne villain added to how terrifying the kid was during the final few pages of his issue. If you are a Batman fan and did not pick up Batman #38 yet do yourself a favor by purchasing this comic book. This is a must buy for Batman fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #40

Feb 13, 2018

Batman #40 is an excellent close to the "SuperFriends" story arc. From the friendship between Batman and Wonder Woman to the continued progression of Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle's growing relationship everyone involved grew stronger. With how much emotion he packed into Batman #40 Tom King was able to add some fun, light hearted moments when needed. With great artwork from Joelle Jones this "SuperFriends" arc is something fans will enjoy for all the ups and downs the characters went through.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #41

Feb 26, 2018

Batman #41 was an absolutely stunning comic book. Tom King and Mikel Janin created a comic book that perfectly capture how confident and terrifying Poison Ivy can be when she is using her full power. Seeing how Batman and Catwoman had no way of fighting back against Poison Ivy's latest plot elevated Ivy among the villains in Batman's Rogues Gallery. If you are a Batman fan this is an issue that you do not want to miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #42

Mar 11, 2018

Batman #42 is another incredible chapter in Tom King's run on this series. King has done an absolutely wonderful job developing Poison Ivy into one of the most powerful characters in the DC Universe. King's writing of Poison Ivy is well balanced with how Batman and Catwoman interacted with each other and the villain as they try to figure out what to do next. King's story is given even more depth by the phenomenal artwork that Mikel Janin and June Chung provided Batman #42. If you are a Batman fan "Everyone Loves Ivy" is a must read story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #43

Mar 23, 2018

Tom King, Mikel Janin and Hugo Petrus did a phenomenal job delivering a meaningful character study for Poison Ivy in Batman #43. There was a great sense of importance in how King developed Poison Ivy's character as this issue came to a close. How King used Batman, Catwoman and Harley Quinn to help in Poison Ivy's character development made this issue even stronger. If you are a fan of Batman than "Everyone Loves Ivy" is a must read story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #46

May 6, 2018

Batman #46 is an enjoyable Elseworld tale of what would've happened if Bruce's parents would've been alive. The post-apocalyptic setting created a lot of interesting opportunities for Tom King to explore various characters from Batman's mythos in different roles. At the same time there is a bit to the world that does not fully tap into the potential of this world. Though some life is given to the Gotham City we get in Batman #46 thanks to so great artwork from Tony Daniel.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #50

Jul 5, 2018

With Batman #50 Tom King builds the foundation for what the future of his run on this series will be built on. Throughout this issue King does a very good job getting over why the events that occurred took place, especially with who was behind it all at the end. Now the actual effectiveness of Batman #50 will hinder on if you have been reading King's run from the beginning. If you haven't it is tough to recommend Batman #50 being your starting point. You will get much more out of the events of Batman #50 if you go back and read King's run in its entirety up to this point. It will be well worth it and get you excited for Batman's future.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #51

Jul 19, 2018

The trial of Mr. Freeze presented a unique opportunity for Bruce Wayne to be at the forefront of Tom King's latest story arc, "Cold Days." In doing so King is able to use Batman #51's story to explore Bruce's current state of mind following his failed wedding with Catwoman in a fascinating way. The involvement of other Batman characters and Lee Weeks artwork added extra dimensions for where King is taking his run on DC Comics top comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #52

Aug 3, 2018

Batman #52 is not a perfect issue. There are some minor problems that keep it from reaching that point. But even with those minor problems Tom King still tells a powerful story centered around Bruce Wayne tearing the idea of Batman down while Mr. Freeze is put on trial. It all helps to progress the fascinating narrative King is telling during his Batman run. Having Lee Weeks along to draw the Batman #42 helped elevate this Mr. Freeze story so that the strengths outshine any problems that briefly pop up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #53

Aug 20, 2018

The way Tom King explored the pain Bruce Wayne was dealing with the sadness he felt after he was dealt serious emotional blow made Batman #53 a strong conclusion. This emotional weight in King's story is made even better by the great artwork provided by Lee Weeks. Now with the ending King created a lot of intriguing avenues to explore who Bruce wants to be as Batman moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #54

Sep 6, 2018

Batman #54 is an excellent issue that continued to explore the aftermath of the failed wedding between Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle. Tom King does a fantastic job showing how much of an emotional toll that event took on Bruce. Bringing in Dick Grayson to help Bruce deal with his emotional and mental state showed how strong of a big brother-little brother relationship these two have. Seeing King delve into this key relationship makes Batman #54 a must read for every Batman fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #55

Sep 20, 2018

Batman #55 was an excellent chapter in Tom King's ongoing run on this series. Throughout the issue King balances having fun of writing Batman and Nightwing working together as the Dynamic Duo alongside with building up tension with what KGBeast was planning. All that tension perfectly built to the final pages of Batman #55 that will have fans talking for a long time. That build up and final payoff makes Batman #55 a must read for any DC Comics fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #57

Oct 18, 2018

Batman #57 delivered an effective end to the "Beast of Burden" story arc. Tom King did a great job making the fight between Batman and KGBeast absolutely brutal. How the fight ended created a lot of intrigue around the direction King plans to take Batman. If it wasn't for a questionable story decision Batman #57 would've been an even better issue than it turned out to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #58

Nov 10, 2018

Tom King created greater interest around Penguin in one issue with Batman #58 than the character has had in recent memory. In doing so he further developed the major story involving Batman and Bane's rivalry. These elements came together extremely well to make Batman #58 another strong chapter in the long-term narrative King is crafting in his run on this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #59

Nov 23, 2018

Batman #59 was another phenomenal chapter in Tom King's epic run on this series. The way King continues to write the ongoing war between Batman and Bane just gets more fascinating with every passing issue. The fantastic artwork by Mikel Janin's elevated the story in Batman #59 to another level. If you haven't checked out King's run thus far I highly recommend reading "The Tyrant Wing" arc out as an example of how great this series has been up to this point.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #63

Jan 29, 2019

Building off everything that came before it, Batman #63 delivers the strongest issue of the Knightmares story arc thus far. Every character involved in this story played there role excellently. Tom King builds on the emotional tie that existed with the failed wedding of Bruce and Selina to craft a compelling story guest starring Constantine. With how things ended I am much more excited for what comes next than I was before reading Batman #63.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #64

Feb 10, 2019

Batman #64 provides a good start to a story that is acting as a tie-in to Heroes In Crisis. Joshua Williamson is able to highlight how much weight is on Batman and Flash's shoulders with all the events they have been involved with the last year. If it wasn't for the timing and odd choice in villain for this story, Batman #64 would've been a much stronger read.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Batman (2016) #65

Feb 24, 2019

Batman #65 was by far the worst issue of "The Price" crossover. There was very little progress made as Joshua Williamson recycled a lot of content from the previous two issues of this crossover. With how much potential a crossover between Batman and The Flash had in the midst of Heroes In Crisis it is extremely disappointing to see how things have turned out. The saving grace for this issue was all the excellent artwork by Guillem March.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman (2016) #66

Mar 8, 2019

Batman #66 does nothing new to progress the overall narrative of the "Knightmares" story arc. Tom King just goes around in circles with the drama around the failed wedding between Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle. By the end of Batman #66 we are at the same spot where we started and that is just unacceptable with the high standard King has set for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Batman (2016) #67

Mar 21, 2019

Batman #67 does absolutely nothing to progress Tom King's "Knightmares" story arc. We are left standing still as King decided to write a sequel for his Batman/Elmer Fudd Special from 2017. That would've been great if this was done in a separate one-shot comic titled Batman/Road Runner Special. But with the importance "Knightmares" is supposed to have towards King's epic Batman run this is unacceptable. The saving grace for Batman #67 is that we were treated to phenomenal artwork from Lee Week and Jorge Fornes.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #69

Apr 19, 2019

Batman #69 was an improvement to the "Knightmares" arc that came way to late into the game. How long it took Tom King to get to this ending just further cemented the fact that "Knightmares" was a filler story arc. In the grand scheme of things this is a story readers can skip and still grasp what King is doing with his Batman epic.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #70

May 2, 2019

Batman #70 was an excellent return to form for Tom King's incredible run on this series. King used the consequences of the "Knightmares" story arc perfectly to give major weight to what happened in this first chapter of "The Fall and the Fallen." It was incredible to just see how in a place as dangerous as Arkham Asylum that Batman was the most frightening person there. Where "The Fall and the Fallen" goes from here is anyone's guess. Whatever does happen next King has made sure that fans should be very excited for what comes next in Batman.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #71

May 16, 2019

Batman #71 had all the potential to be an excellent chapter in Tom King's run. That unfortunately didn't happen. The structure King chose caused this issue to never gain any sort of momentum due to the constant shifts between past or present day scenes. Luckily Batman #71 was saved by the strength in how King has executed Bane's plan to break Bruce Wayne in a way that is both sad and fascinating to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman (2016) #72

Jun 6, 2019

Tom King and Jorge Fornes delivered a brutal fight between Batman and Bane that emphasized the intensity of their war. Unfortunately their brutal fight was drowned out by the inner monologue of Flashpoint Thomas Wayne that was nothing more than a recap of King's entire Batman run. This decision made the entire issue move at a crawl, causing Batman #72 to fall more in the skip rather than must read category.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman (2016) #73

Jun 20, 2019

Batman #73 was an improvement over recent issues in Tom King's run. Unfortunately the strong character work for Bruce Wayne was overshadowed by how poorly Flashpoint Batman has been developed. The revelation that closed out Batman #73 only further detracts from what King is trying to accomplish with this "The Fall and the Fallen" arc. Luckily King had Mikel Janin and Jordie Bellaire's fantastic artwork to lift up the quality of the story in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #74

Jul 12, 2019

Batman #74 was a summary of all the problems that "The Fall and the Fallen" had with giving "The City of Bane" event a strong lead. All those problems center around how Flashpoint Batman's character arc went. Tom King just never made the direction he took Flashpoint Batman on something that was rewarding. Fortunately Bruce Wayne's part in this story along with Mikel Janin and Jordie Bellaire's artwork lifted the story up enough so Batman #74 didn't completely drop the ball as we enter "The City of Bane."

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #75

Jul 18, 2019

Tom King, Tony S. Daniel and Mitch Gerads gave "City of Bane" the hot start that was expected from all the build up to this major event. Throughout Batman #75 the creative team set a strong tone to what a Gotham City under the control of Bane and other villains would be like. In the process there are several characters that King has been working on that are given strong forward progress.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #76

Aug 12, 2019

Batman #76 does a fine job putting over the current status quo in Gotham City. Though the no show of Bane is disappointing, Tom King does a great job writing Flashpoint Batman and Gotham Girl as the new Dynamic Duo. The new world order that they have created is amplified by the way Robin, Captain Atom and other heroes and villains react to their presence. All of this builds anticipation for how things will go down once Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle make it back to Gotham City.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #77

Aug 22, 2019

Batman #77 is an issue that will be remembered by fans for a long time. Tom King delivered one impactful moment after another. By the time you get to the big game changer of the issue it truly felt like nothing in the Batman franchise will ever be the same again. This is definitely an issue that all Batman fans should experience reading along with the rest of the "City of Bane" storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #78

Sep 12, 2019

Tom King their goal of getting Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle back together at the conclusion of Batman #78. King clearly takes great care in writing Bruce and Selina's relationship. Unfortunately this issue falters when it comes to the actual "City of Bane" storyline. There is no sense of urgency even after the jaw dropping moment in Batman #77 that should've been shown as major event which rocked the franchise. If King doesn't shift the attention back to what is going on in Gotham City in the next issue he risks losing the big event narrative in "City of Bane."

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Batman (2016) #79

Sep 19, 2019

If this interlude was a standalone story, Batman #79 could've been seen as a great arc that showed how Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle's love has evolved. Unfortunately too much time was wasted on recycled dialogue, giving almost zero progression to the "City of Bane" event. Given all that has gone down in Gotham City, the lack of urgency throughout Batman #79 is deeply disappoint. At this point, the faster Batman and Catwoman return to Gotham City the better King's overall "City of Bane" event will be in the long-term.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #80

Oct 7, 2019

Batman #80 gets "City of Bane" back on track after two issues that halted the momentum of the story. Tom King and John Romita Jr. did a very good job getting over the tone of this story and delivering an ending that will have readers guessing. Unfortunately the lack of Bane and poor way Gotham Girl's sub-plot was handled are things that continue to hold "City of Bane" back from reaching its full potential. Hopefully with Batman and Catwoman back in Gotham City these negatives can be turned into a positive, in turn creating a strong march to the conclusion of King's "City of Bane" epic.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batman (2016) #81

Oct 18, 2019

Batman #81 is such a massive disappointment. Rather than being cool character development, the heavy exposition from Bruce Wayne is just exhausting. By the midway you start counting how many more pages are left in Batman #81. This issue is just a complete failure in building anticipation from what will happen next in "City of Bane."

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #82

Nov 7, 2019

In comparison to the previous issue, Batman #82 was a step up for the "City of Bane" story. Tom King and Mikel Janin finally gave us the showdown between Batman, Catwoman and Bane that fans have been itching for. Unfortunately all the problems that have persisted throughout "City of Bane" put way to many speed bumps in front of Batman #82 to be able to avoid. Hopefully the remaining chapters of "City of Bane" can turn the negatives into positives to wrap things up in a satisfying way.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #83

Nov 21, 2019

He gave readers more than enough time to process Alfred's death that Batman #83 misses being the home run it should be. In making that choice King placed an even bigger spotlight as to how slow these last several issues have progressed the actual "City of Bane" storyline and how the villain this event was named after has become a complete afterthought.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman (2016) #84

Dec 4, 2019

If Batman #84 was a standalone comic than it would succeed in telling a summarized version of Flashpoint Thomas Wayne's backstory leading into "City of Bane." But that is not what Batman #84. This is the penultimate chapter for the story that Tom King has built his entire run on Batman around. For there to be this big of a stalling tactic applied going into the final issue for "City of Bane" is inexcusable. If it wasn't for the strong artwork from Jorge Fornes and Jordie Bellaire this issue would've been an even bigger swing and miss than it turned out to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Batman (2016) #85

Dec 19, 2019

If there is one word to describe Batman #85 it would be "lackluster." There is never a point in Batman #85 that comes across as a true wrap up to a long-term creative run. Every conclusion that Tom King presents to specific characters comes across as incomplete. There is so much missing that makes what was sacrificed in the lead up to Batman #85 hurt even more. After enjoying the majority of his epic run it is a shame that King ended his time on the main Batman series with a story in "City of Bane" that was a giant disappointment.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #86

Jan 9, 2020

Batman #86 was a solid beginning to James Tynion's run on this series. There is a nice balance between how Tom King ended his run and what Tynion plans to do with where Bruce Wayne, Selina Kyle and others are right now. With the groundwork for his run established I have high hopes Tynion can deliver on the potential that was laid out for Batman moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #87

Jan 23, 2020

Batman #87 was a solid continuation to how James Tynion kicked off his run on this series. There are a lot of great plot elements that Tynion develops around Batman's current plans for Gotham City and how villains like Deathstroke and Penguin are responding. Unfortunately there were a few slip ups when it comes to how the DC Universe's current continuity was applied that hurt Batman #87's momentum. Improving this aspect of the storytelling will be a major help in ensuring the "Their Dark Designs" arc establishing a strong foundation for the rest of Tynion's run on Batman.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman (2016) #88

Feb 10, 2020

There are certain aspects where James Tynion is able to excel in Batman #88. The way he portrays Batman, Catwoman, Riddler and Lucius Fox shows why Tynion's has a solid handle on this world. Unfortunately the storyline around the Designer and his plans for Gotham City have left a lot to desired. There are a lot of little problems that combine together to drag the overall interest in Tynion's first story arc on Batman down.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #89

Feb 20, 2020

James Tynion is quickly finding his footing the more issues of Batman he writes. Batman #89 is a good example of that as he is able to properly develop several storylines at the same time. Every character from Batman to Catwoman to the Designer to Joker get time to shine during this issue. It all helped build greater interest in how things will turn out in "Their Dark Designs" and how it leads into "Joker War."

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #90

Mar 6, 2020

Batman #90 is a notable jump in quality for "Their Dark Designs." Tying The Designer's origin story to the early years of Batman's career, particularly during the original Dynamic Duo era, made him a much more intriguing character. How Catwoman, Joker, Penguin and Riddler factored into The Designer's plot added to that intrigue as Tynion explored how everyone has evolved over the years. With all this set-up out of the way Tynion can hopefully tap further into the potential of this story about the future of Gotham City.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #91

Mar 19, 2020

"Their Dark Designs" is a story that has gotten better with each passing chapter. The Designer now being a fully realized villain has helped tremendously in the improvement of "Their Dark Designs." Because of that James Tynion begins paying off the character development for everyone involved in this story, making Batman #91 the best chapter of this storyline thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #92

Jun 10, 2020

Batman #92 is easily the best issue of "Their Dark Designs" storyline thus far. James Tynion did a great job writing the battle of the minds between Batman and Riddler, and how that ended up setting the stage for the final showdown with the Designer. Further elevating this issue was the first big meeting between Harley Quinn and Punchline. That meeting builds further anticipation for all the plans that Tynion has in store for Batman fans in the near future.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #93

Jun 24, 2020

Batman #93 turns an average storyline in "Their Dark Designs" into a strong prelude for the upcoming "Joker War" event. The revelation with how Joker and Punchline manipulated everything to prepare Gotham City for their plans elevated the entire story. James Tynion set things up to be even more intriguing as Batman, Catwoman, and Harley Quinn must now overcome all the odds they have been placed against going into "Joker War." This set-up creates greater excitement for the future of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #94

Jul 11, 2020

James Tynion, Guillem March, and Rafael Albuquerque saved the best for last as Batman #94 provided "Their Dark Designs" with the best issue of this entire story arc. This finale was more about positioning Batman, Joker, Catwoman, and other characters for where they will begin "Joker War" at. Which was fine given the reveal of who the Designer that Batman has been battling this entire story arc turned out to be. Now it is on to whatever surprises are to come with "Joker War."

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #95

Jul 22, 2020

James Tynion and Jorge Jimenez kick off "The Joker War" in spectacular fashion with Batman #95. The story speeds out of the gate and never slows down as Joker and Punchline push Batman to his absolute limit. Given how things begin with "The Joker War," there are plenty of things for fans to be excited for as this story has all the makings of a great big event that will impact the entire Batman Family.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #96

Aug 7, 2020

Batman #96 is a tone setter for "Joker War." After the explosive reveals in the first part of this event James Tynion takes the time to develop the new state of Gotham City as it has fallen under Joker's new world order. Through that Tynion and Jorge Jimenez create a lot of questions for how "Joker War" will turn out. Which is exactly what you want to peak your interesting for the remaining chapters in an event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #97

Aug 19, 2020

There is no time to rest for either the reader or all the players involved in "Joker War," as shown with Batman #97. James Tynion and Jorge Jimenez have built a story that is getting even more chaotic with each page that you turn. The chaos creates concern for how Batman and his allies can even hope to overcome Joker's latest plot. That all builds greater anticipation for what happens next as a reader following along.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #98

Sep 3, 2020

Batman #98 is the middle chapter that was needed to set the stage for the final chapters of "Joker War." To James Tynion's credit he does an excellent job providing great progression for Batman, Harley Quinn, and Punchline's character arcs. Unfortunately the drawback with that was losing the big event scope "Joker War" should have. Luckily Batman #98 had Jorge Jimenez to keep the big event energy going with his phenomenal artwork. Now with the stage set for big things to happen as we get closer to the end I'm still excited for what will happen next in "Joker War."

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #99

Sep 16, 2020

In terms of bringing all of the sub-plots in this series and tie-in comics together Batman #99 gets the job done. James Tynion and Jorge Jimenez bring everything together to provide a strong set-up for the final chapter of "Joker War." Unfortunately by bringing together so many different sub-plots together does show that "Joker War" may have had way to many things going on for its own good. Hopefully Batman #100's increased page count will help in fixing these story problems and wrap up "Joker War" in a satisfying way.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #100

Oct 8, 2020

Batman #100 was the explosive ending that the entire "Joker War" has been building up to. James Tynion did a fantastic job using the entire Batman Family to make this ending bigger. The way the final fight between Batman and Joker turned out effectively set the stage for a future filled with possibilities for the entire franchise. The artwork by Jorge Jimenez, Carlo Pagulayan, and Guillem March made this ending even more impactful as all their excellent work elevated Tynion's writing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #101

Oct 21, 2020

Batman #101 sets the stage for what the franchise will be moving forward. Batman, Catwoman, and Lucius Fox lead what that direction will be with the decisions they each make during the course of this issue. Those decisions along with where Gotham City finds itself post-Joker War create a lot of exciting possibilities for the Batman Family as a whole.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #102

Nov 5, 2020

Batman #102 was a good start to the first story arc in the post-Joker War Gotham City. James Tynion is able to show that Batman has a lot of work to do in order to be able to help Gotham City recover from what just took place. At the same time, Tynion is able to expand on Bruce Wayne's training with the addition of the new Ghost-Maker villain. How all this will play out has a lot of potential to add to what fans know about Batman's history.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #103

Nov 19, 2020

Batman #103 moved the goal post forward as James Tynion builds a strong narrative around the rivalry between Batman and Ghost-Maker. Using the time period before Bruce Wayne became Batman has helped make this storyline feel different from what has come before. With how things ended in Batman #103 the mystery of how this arc will impact the series direction added interest in what Ghost-Maker will do next.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Batman (2016) #104

Dec 6, 2020

Batman #104 is by far the worst issue of James Tynion's run. Given how great Tynion's run on Batman has been thus far it is disappointing that we get an issue that is essentially a recap of the previous two issues. There are some interesting plot developments with Nightwing and the Batgirls but they aren't enough to mask all the problems with how this story around Ghost-Maker has progressed thus far. Hopefully the next issue is able to recover and push this story forward in a way that it regains the momentum it started with.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #105

Dec 20, 2020

Batman #105 ended James Tynion's first year on the series on a strong note. There is a lot of groundwork laid out that has potential to turn into several intriguing storylines in the future. Harley Quinn's was a particular standout with her speech being something fans will most remember from this story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #106

Mar 4, 2021

Batman #106 wasted no time in establishing what the new normal is for Gotham City after the events in Joker War and the Future State direction. James Tynion and Jorge Jimenez nail the tech-noir vibe Gotham City now has. That added to how Batman is currently in a spot were he has to much more creative with how he defends the city that villains like Scarecrow are looking to rise in power to take over. The quality of Batman #106 is further elevated by the excellent start to Damian Wayne's new arc as Robin that Joshua Williamson and Gleb Melnikov establish for his character.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #107

Apr 7, 2021

From beginning to end James Tynion and Jorge Jimenez have your attention in everything that takes place in Batman #107. Every character from Batman to Harley Quinn to new characters that debut have their own stories going on. And each of them builds greater investment in what is going on in Gotham City after the events of A-Day. This is definitely a must have Batman comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #108

May 5, 2021

James Tynion and Jorge Jimenez continue to do an excellent job creating a multi-layered story with "Cowardly Lot" in Batman #108. All of the strong character work with Miracle Molly, Bruce Wayne, Simon Saint, and Sean Mahoney adds greater perspective into what Gotham City is becoming. It is all building a world that you can't help but want to spend even more time reading about.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #110

Jul 7, 2021

James Tynion and Jorge Jimenez are an incredible creative team and Batman #110 is yet another example as to why that is. The fight between Batman and Peacekeeper-01 is as brutal as you expect it to be. How this fight builds on the current state of Gotham City and leads to the Magistrate Program official launch creates even greater interest in what will happen next in all the Batman Family titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #111

Aug 4, 2021

Batman #111 sets everything into place for the upcoming Fear State story be an event I am entering at the maximum hype level. James Tynion and Jorge Jimenez do an excellent job making the unknown something to be excited about. In the process they turn Scarecrow into a top-tier villain with how terrifying he comes across. Everything else that goes down in Batman #111 creates a lot of questions for how the Batman Family will deal with the rise of Scarecrow and the Magistrate.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #112

Sep 8, 2021

Batman #112 works well as an extension for how Batman: Fear State Alpha #1 set-up the latest big event that is taking over Gotham City. This issue emphasizes how Batman is going to working from behind as Scarecrow and the Magistrate are several steps ahead of him. Which all sets a strong foundation for a Batman event that I am fully invested in from the beginning.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #113

Sep 23, 2021

Batman #113 solidifies the foundation for Fear State created by the two issues that proceeded it. Now that all the set-up is out of the way Fear State could quickly match and exceed the scope of a story we saw in Joker War.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman (2016) #114

Oct 6, 2021

Fear State is still not hitting the highs after all the build up that led this to be a highly anticipated Batman event. There are certainly character beats with Scarecrow that James Tynion nails in Batman #114. Jorge Jimenez's artwork certainly helps keep the visual storytelling look like a big event. Its just that the focus in this series thus far has not matched grand scope Fear State wants to have.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #119

Jan 9, 2022

Batman #119 was a nice, solid second chapter that built on the mystery around the returning Batman Inc concept. The interaction between Bruce Wayne and Lex Luthor along with the Batman vs Abyss fight certainly helped the main story keep the interest high in what happens next in this story arc. The back-up story with the returning Mia Mizoguchi from Gotham Academy series added further value to Batman #119.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #121

Mar 2, 2022

Batman #121 does a fantastic job closing out the two storylines that have been running in this series the last few months. Both Joshua Williamson and Karl Kerschl create such fantastic character moments that showcase what makes the Batman franchise special. If you didn't read this story arc make sure to pick up the collection of Batman: Abyss when it is released.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman (2016) #122

Apr 6, 2022

Batman #122 was a good follow-up to the assassination of Ra's Al Ghul that kicked off The Shadow War crossover. Every major character that is going to play a role in this crossover is given time in the spotlight. By doing this Joshua Williamson is able to provide you with a good idea of what the scope of this event will have. Which is all you can ask for from a second chapter of a story and sells you on buying the other comics involved in the crossover even if they weren't on your pull list before.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman (2016) #123

May 3, 2022

Batman #123 does a lot to push the narrative of the Shadow War crossover forward. We get some great character moments between Bruce Wayne and Damian Wayne. While the artwork is not this issue's strong point the ending had a strong hook that drives up interest for the next chapter in this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman (2016) #124

Jun 8, 2022

Batman #124 works well as a conclusion to Joshua Williamson run on this series. Williamson was able to wrap up all the loose ends with the Abyss storyline in a satisfying way. Along with the back-up story by G. Willow Wilson and Dani that does a great job selling the new Poison Ivy series Batman #124 is a solid read all around.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #125

Jul 5, 2022

Batman #125 is a strong start to a new era for the franchise as Chip Zdarsky and Jorge Jimenez take over the series. The work by recent Batman creative teams is well respected and utilized to tell a story that will certainly grab fans' attention with the multiple aspects of Bruce Wayne's life that are addressed to push the character forward in intriguing ways. This also works as a good starting point for readers who are interested in jumping into reading a Batman comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #126

Aug 2, 2022

Things definitely take an unexpected turn with the Failsafe storyline bringing us a part of Batman out that I did not expect to see. This all is on top of some very personal storytelling going around where Bruce Wayne finds himself at this point in his life. Add in wonderful artwork by Jorge Jimenez and Belen Ortega for both stories in Batman #126 all results in Chip Zdarsky already making the statement that this is a creative run that you don't want to miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #127

Sep 7, 2022

Batman #127 is a great examination of how Bruce Wayne has built so many different contingency plans. Seeing how the idea that Batman is prepared for any scenario has made this entire Failsafe arc such a fascinating read. This is definitely a can't miss story for Batman fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #128

Oct 5, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSBatman #128 is an excellent read. Chip Zdarsky and Jorge Jimenez have paced this storyline to natural escalate with every issue. The fight between Failsafe and the Justice League and the end result create great concern as we don't know how things will turn out in the end. The back-up story does a great job modernizing the Batman of Zur-En-Arrh origin story with fantastic artwork by Leonardo Romero. This is really a can't miss reading experience for Batman fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #129

Nov 1, 2022

Batman #129 is fantastic from start to finish. Both the Failsafe main story and Batman of Zur-En-Arrh origin back-up are expertly crafted by Chip Zdarsky, Jorge Jimenez, Leonardo Romero, and company. You are left on the edge of your seat with the desire to want to read what happens next right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #130

Dec 6, 2022

Batman #130 is an excellent ending to both the Failsafe storyline and the "I Am A Gun back-up story that featured the origin story of Batman of Zur-En-Arrh. From beginning to end Chip Zdarsky, Jorge Jimenez, Leonardo Romero, and company did so much great character work for Batman, Robin, Superman, and Failsafe. The ending leaves you looking forward to what 2023 will look like for the entire Batman franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman (2016) #131

Jan 3, 2023

Batman's 2023 direction starts in a way that is reminiscent to the characters direction throughout 2022 with Shadows of the Batman and Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths. Because of that it does take a lot more work for Chip Zdarksy and Mike Hawthorne to build momentum for this new story where Bruce Wayne finding himself trapped in an Elseworld universe somewhere in the Multiverse. Now with Batman #131 getting the set-up out of the way the next issue will be key in getting a full buy in for this new storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman (2016) #132

Feb 7, 2023

Batman #132 improves on both Bruce Wayne and Tim Drake stories that are happening simultaneously in different universe. How Bruce goes about tackling being in an unknown universe made the Gotham City he finds himself a layered world. Similarly, we get a much better told story on how Tim is going about saving Bruce that makes his story much more intriguing. Hopefully the rest of the issues of this story can build on this positive momentum.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #133

Mar 7, 2023

Chip Zdarsky along with artists Mike Hawthorne and Miguel Mendonca delivered a strong chapter in the two Multiverse adventures we get in Batman #133. With the main story we see how Bruce Wayne resourceful he is while struggling with his emotions when interacting with certain Elseworld characters. Then with the Tim Drake adventure we get another example of what makes him the best Robin. It all comes together for a comic book that makes you want to find out what happens next in both stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Batman (2016) #134

Apr 4, 2023

Chip Zdarsky and Mike Hawthorne elevated "The Bat-Man Of Gotham story to a new level by putting over Red Mask as the bad guy you love to hate. Learning about Red Mask's motivation and ties to Batman put the main story on another level. Then when you add the heartwarming developments in the Tim Drake back-up story by Zdarsky and Miguel Mendonca Batman #134 was a big win.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #135

May 2, 2023

Batman #135 delivers a satisfying end to "The Bat-Man Of Gotham that includes incredible fan-service Multiverse fun that's fitting for the Batman #900 milestone issue. The way Chip Zdarsky, Mike Hawthorne, Jorge Jimenez, and Mikel Janin celebrate the history of Batman through the utilization of the Multiverse is something all fans of Batman should experience for themselves.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #136

Jun 7, 2023

Batman #136 does a fantastic job utilizing everything Bruce Wayne has been through the last year to get into what Bruce Wayne's Dawn Of DC status quo will be. Whether it's age, mental health, or strain from all the big event battles he's been through, Bruce is of the same as he was before. This creates an ominous cloud around the direction of Batman as he is tested in unknown ways. That all creates even greater intrigue to find out what Chip Zdarsky and company have planned next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #137

Sep 5, 2023

Batman #137 spotlights all the problems with Gotham War as the Batman Family are portrayed out-of-character and the weaknesses on Batman and Catwoman's sides are clear. There is just no hiding how rushed this event has been right out of the gate. The saving grace on the writing side of this rushed storyline is the potential roles Batman's Rogues Gallery and a surprise DC Universe villain can play. That along with Jorge Jimenez incredible artwork save Batman #137 from being a complete loss.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman (2016) #138

Oct 3, 2023

Batman #138 does not fix any of the problems with Gotham War. If anything chapter four further highlights all the problems with this crossover. The entire Batman Family conflict caused by Gotham War is just poorly executed. Though at least with the Vandal Savage and Batman of Zur-En-Arrh developments there are a few positives take aways from this chapter. That along with Jorge Jimenez great artwork saves Batman #138 from being another bust in the Gotham War crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Batman (2016) #139

Nov 7, 2023

Batman #139 gets the series back on track in the post-Gotham War world. Chip Zdarsky and Jorge Jimenez do an excellent job at examining Bruce Wayne's character in and out of being Batman. That examination is elevated by the presentation of Joker to create a new chapter in the iconic rivalry. Add in a Vandal Savage back-up story that shows potential, Batman #139 is a great fresh start for the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman (2016) #140

Dec 5, 2023

Turning Joker into a plot device to push the Batman of Zur-En-Arrh to its next phase was the best decision made for this "Mind Bomb story arc. There are certainly some questionable story choices but there is no doubt with how Batman #140 ends we are left in a spot where we can be excited by all the possibilities for Bruce Wayne's future in 2024.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #141

Jan 2, 2024

Chip Zdarsky, Jorge Jimenez, and Dustin Nguyen made sure to begin Batman's 2024 as big as possible. The fight between Bruce Wayne and Batman of Zur-En-Arrh concluded the "Mind Bomb storyline with a lot of developments that will drive this series forward for the rest of the year. There really was no stronger way to begin a new year than how Batman #141 kicked things off.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016) #142

Feb 6, 2024

Batman #142 is a mixed bag of two Joker-centric timelines that each hit on the opposite sides of the intrigue scale. The Joker: Year One story is just a blended-up smoothie of Joker stories we've gotten for over eight decades. Luckily, the DCeased-like possible future Joker creates interest about finding out what Chip Zdarsky has planned with this story arc. Its enough to buy into this Batman story that'll be told over the next three weeks.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Batman (2016) #143

Feb 13, 2024

Batma #143 is unable to fix the filler vibe The Joker: Year One story has. The story here is just a reminder that this is all a distraction to buy time before the next chapter in the Batman of Zur-En-Arrh narrative. Even when there are connections made to Batman of Zur-En-Arrh they just leave you wondering if it was necessary for Joker to be involved. Luckily this story will be don before this month is over.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Batman (2016) #145

Mar 5, 2024

Batman #145 is a strong return to form for Chip Zdarsky's run on this series. The latest developments by Batman of Zur-En-Arrh created ripple effects that make the entire franchise compelling. Artists Jorge Jimnez and Michelle Bandini enhance this story with excellent flow to how the story is frame from panel to panel, page to page. It all makes this a great start to the "Dark Prisons story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman (2016) #146

Apr 2, 2024

After a strong opening chapter Batman #146 drops the ball with how it attempts to continue the momentum for the "Dark Prison story arc. Right away this comic book opens with an oddly timed recap prologue/back-up story. From there the story never recovers the momentum started by the first chapter of this story. The only saving grace is some great visuals from Jorge Jimenez that would've been even better if the writing matched the level of the artwork.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Black Cat (2020) #1

Dec 20, 2020

Jed MacKay and C.F. Villa do a great job using the events of King In Black to give the new Black Cat series a hot start. From the opening page to the final page we are shown why Black Cat is not only a great character but can play a key role in the King In Black event. The job Black Cat's team is given by the Avengers creates greater anticipation for what other stories this new series will be telling after King In Black is over.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Black Cat (2020) #4

Apr 5, 2021

Black Cat #4 effectively spotlights Lily Hollister's character as we learn why she is Queen Cat and the reasoning behind targeting Felicia Hardy. Even though this meant that the overarching story involving the Black Cat vs Thieves Guild story was sidelined it still worked. Building up Lily as Queen Cat provides this series with another character that Jed MacKay can write to strengthen the quality of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Cat (2020) #7

Jun 6, 2021

Jed MacKay and Michael Dowling deliver a strong conclusion to the Thieves Guild and Black Fox storyline that has been going on for two years. Black Cat #7 showcases all the different skills and traits that make Felicia Hardy such a compelling character. The payoff for the relationships that Felicia has with Black Fox and Odessa Drake made the payoff to the endgame that's been built create even more excitement for the new stories to come in Black Cat.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Black Cat (2020) #10

Oct 3, 2021

Black Cat #10 does a very good job in setting the stage for the finale of The Infinity Score storyline. There are some surprises from recent storylines, including Heroes Reborn, that added tension into the latest heist job Felicia Hardy has taken on. The questions we are left with by the end of this issue creates greater interest in how this storyline will end.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Justice League (2018) #19

Mar 7, 2019

Scott Snyder and Jorge Jimenez packed Justice League #19 with important information about how the dimensions in the DC Universe work. While learning about the dimensions Snyder delivers a lot of great dialogue between the Justice League members, Mr. Mxyzptlk and Legion of Doom. Adding in the excellent artwork by Jimenez made this another must read chapter for Justice League fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2018) #45

May 26, 2020

Justice League #45 does a great job building the intrigue around this "Cold War" storyline. The fighting between the Justice League members worked in well with how this issue spotlighted the problem around Spectre's sudden appearance. With this and how the issue ended, Justice League #45 did its job building hype for how things will turn out moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2018) #46

Jun 15, 2020

Justice League #46 did what it needed to do to progress "Cold War" to the second half of its story. Robert Venditti kept the sense of urgency high as the Justice League continued to be haunted by a Spectre without a host as it turned the Amazons against them. Though the focus being kept 100% on the Justice League limits the scope of this story as we don't get a sense of how dangerous Spectre lacking a host is to the DC Universe. Hopefully with the developments in Justice League #46 we get into how this is a major crisis within the DCU.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2018) #47

Jun 28, 2020

Justice League #47 was a solid conclusion to Robert Venditti's short run on this series. Venditti was able to get over how the battle with Tartarus and Spectre was a major crisis. At the same time, through this conclusion to the "Cold War" arc Venditti was able to wrap up a few sub-plots he introduced in earlier issues. Add in Eddy Barrows always consistently good artwork and you have another enjoyable Justice League story that fans will enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2018) #54

Oct 11, 2020

Justice League #54 is another effective tie-in to Dark Nights: Death Metal. Joshua Williamson and Xermanico make full use of the setting to give us a Mad Max-style adventure with a unique Justice League team. The sense of history with the team members will be something fans who have followed this group of characters will greatly appreciate.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Justice League (2018) #55

Oct 25, 2020

Joshua Williamson and Robson Rocha continue to do a great job using the setting created by the Dark Nights: Death Metal event to tell fun story in "Doom Metal." Taking everything these characters have been through over the last few years helped enhance the impact of Justice League #55. The ending hit all the right notes to make you as the reader worry about what will happen next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League (2018) #56

Nov 7, 2020

"Doom Metal" has been one of the best tie-in stories to the Dark Nights: Death Metal event. Justice League #56 continues that trend as we see how things continue to get darker with our heroes pushed against a corner. The sense of urgency escalates at a good pace with the hook ending of Justice League #56 leaving you in a place where you look forward to how "Doom Metal" will conclude.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League (2018) #75

Apr 26, 2022

Joshua Williamson and Rafa Sandoval lived up to what was promised by Justice League #75 for months. Though certain aspects about "The Death Of The Justice League were rushed the mission was accomplished in building interest for the upcoming Dark Crisis event. I am invested in where Williamson is planning to take the DC Universe next with all the major heroes taken out of the equation. If you are intrigued by the upcoming Dark Crisis event this is a comic book you'll want to pick up and read.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #12

Jan 10, 2017

Nightwing #12 did its job in moving this "Bludhaven" arc forward on several fronts. It's in these instances where Tim Seeley focuses on the multiple plotlines he has involved Nightwing in that this series continues to shine. Unfortunately the Run-Offs' part of the story is starting to show itself to be the weakest part of this arc. Luckily Marcus To's energetic art style is able to lift up the weaker parts of Nightwing #12. Hopefully the next chapter of this arc is able to focus on the strengths of the story, something I'm confident Tim Seeley can do.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #14

Feb 4, 2017

Nightwing #14 successfully closes out the Bludhaven arc by fully establishing the life Dick Grayson will have in his new home. Tim Seeley was able to give a voice to the various characters he introduced into Dick Grayson's life that makes Bludhaven feel like it is more than just another one of Nightwing's stops. The ending with a mysterious red Nightwing showing up offers up a lot of potential for were Seeley can take the story next. If you are a Nightwing fan and haven't given the series a try this Bludhaven arc is a good place to start with one of DC Comics best ongoing comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #15

Feb 20, 2017

Nightwing #15 is an excellent standalone story that effectively makes us care for Dick Grayson and Shawn Tsang's relationship. Tim Seeley is able to tell a complete story that makes the progression of the relationship come off as natural. Bringing in members of the Batman and Titans Families help further how strong Dick and Shawn's relationship is becoming. This all helps make the future of Nightwing's ongoing something you want to continue read, especially with how this issue ends.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #16

Mar 5, 2017

Nightwing #16 is a strong kick-off to the new "Nightwing Must Die" arc. Tim Seeley is able to tap into the potential that always exist whenever Dick Grayson and Damian Wayne team-up. This latest team-up played well with the re-introduction of Deathwing into the DCU as the latest addition to Nightwing's growing rogues gallery. How Deathwing's appearance relates to the current events with Nightwing's relationship with Shawn Tsang provides this new arc with a lot of interesting possibilities.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #18

Apr 9, 2017

Nightwing #18 delivered a well-paced story with some new developments that create greater interest for future issues in this series. Tim Seeley once again showed what makes the dynamic between Nightwing and Robin special. At the same time, Seeley is able to up the impact of the story by having a big reveal in the final page that'll get Batman fans excited for what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #20

May 8, 2017

Nightwing #20 does a fantastic job concluding the "Nightwing Must Die" arc in a satisfying way. Though we get to see Nightwing and company overcome the threat posed by Doctor Hurt and Professor Pyg it is not done cleanly. The damage caused by these latest events leave the door open for some interesting plot points for Tim Seeley to follow up with. How that is done only creates further excitement around one of DC Comics best ongoing comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #24

Jul 6, 2017

Nightwing #24 is an energetic story that Dick Grayson fans will love. Seeing Nightwing go up against and overcome a wide variety of villains from all corners of the DC Universe was a site to see. The "Blockbuster" arc still suffers from not enough development for the main villains of the story but the action in Nightwing #24 more than makes up for that as we enter the big anniversary issue of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Nightwing (2016) #25

Jul 24, 2017

Nightwing #25 closed out the "Blockbuster" arc with Tim Seeley setting up the groundwork for the future of the series. Now that Blockbuster is firmly entrenched as the most powerful underworld boss in Bludhaven the series has big bad Nightwing needs to overcome. That alongside how Dick's relationship with Shawn Tsang came to an end provides plenty of questions for Seeley to answer in future issues of Nightwing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Nightwing (2016) #26

Aug 7, 2017

Nightwing #26 does a great job bringing Spyral back into the fold. Tim Seeley is able to nail how much fun a team-up between Nightwing and Huntress is. The pair have a unique chemistry that Seeley and artist Javier Fernandez do a fantastic job tapping into with the super spy-centered story. That fun is dragged down a bit by the eye rolling direction Shawn Tsang's character takes. It certainly put a damper on an otherwise strong issue of Nightwing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #28

Sep 10, 2017

Nightwing #28 does a lot of things to create further interest in the future of this series. Tim Seeley's understanding of Nightwing and Huntress' characters made this a strong ending as the two are great compliments for one another. The strength in their dynamic helped cover up the eye rolling character development Shawn Tseng has gone through during this story arc. That said, we now have a lot to look forward to as Raptor is set to make his big return to Nightwing's life.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #29

Sep 25, 2017

Nightwing #29 is a great tie-in issue that adds depth to what is going on in Dark Nights: Metal. Tim Seeley did a great job bringing past Batman and Nightwing stories into this issue. That history is elevated by the strong character interactions we get throughout Nightwing #29. So if you are reading Dark Nights: Metal I highly recommend picking this crossover tie-in story up.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Nightwing (2016) #32

Nov 6, 2017

Nightwing #32 is nothing more than a filler issue to get us to the next stage of the "Raptor's Revenge" arc. Tim Seeley does a great job continuing to develop what makes Nightwing such a great character. Unfortunately that is overshadowed by the lack of character development to make Raptor, Run-Offs and everyone else involved intriguing parts in this story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Nightwing (2016) #34

Dec 12, 2017

Nightwing #34 is a clear example why rushing to wrap up every sub-plot is a bad idea when there hasn't been enough time dedicated to each storyline. After having such a strong run leading into "Raptor's Revenge" it is extremely disappointing that Tim Seeley wrapped up his time on Nightwing with a story that lacked an emotional impact. By the end of Nightwing #34 the only character that came out well enough was our lead character, Dick Grayson. Everyone else, from Raptor to Shawn Tsang, could easily end up disappearing like the New 52 Superman and they wouldn't be missed.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (2016) #36

Jan 9, 2018

Nightwing #36 has a lot going for it as Sam Humphries furthers the war for Bludhaven between Nightwing and the Judge. In this issue we get to see how the new villain of Bludhaven caused a massive disruption in the city and bring even more chaos to the city. As interesting as all that is the lack of development in everyone outside of Nightwing and the Judge kept the story from reaching its full potential. Hopefully future issues in this arc will find a better way to manage its page count for all the characters involved.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Nightwing (2016) #40

Mar 12, 2018

Nightwing #40 was another disappointing chapter in the "Untouchable" story arc. While Sam Humphries does a solid job writing a Nightwing as a hero you don't want to mess with the same can't be said about everyone else involved in this story arc. The execution in the development, or lack thereof, for the Judge and the new supporting cast for this series has left a lot to be desired as everyone has been portrayed as throwaway characters. Unless something big happens Humphries run on Nightwing will be as forgettable as the characters he has introduced.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Nightwing (2016) #42

Apr 5, 2018

Nightwing #42 is a solid one-shot story that is inconsequential to the overall narrative of the series. Jackson Lanzing and Collin Kelly delivered a surprising story that placed Nightwing in a setting out of a Bruce Lee movie. That setting gave Lanzing and Kelly the opportunity to show of how badass of a fighter Nightwing was. It also gave them the opportunity to integrate Damian Wayne in a surprisingly enjoyable way.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Nightwing (2016) #43

Apr 22, 2018

Nightwing #43 isn't a comic book that will blow anyone away but is a fun one-shot story. This isn't an issue that you need to think about on a deep level. Trying to look deeper into what connections Nightwing #43 has to the greater DC Universe will only ruin your experience. Instead, this is a comic that you just need to just enjoy seeing how the rare mix of Nightwing, Robin and Arsenal tackle a mission together. If you approach it that way you'll find yourself greatly enjoying Nightwing #43.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Nightwing (2016) #44

May 7, 2018

If your a Batman fan then I recommend checking out Percy's Nightwing as it'll look just as memorable as his recent run on Green Arrow.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Nightwing (2016) #46

Jul 11, 2018

Nightwing #46 continues a solid trend of comics for this series that is quickly solidifying Benjamin Percy's run that is just beginning. Percy has developed a story that feels like a personal attack on Nightwing while having larger ramifications if Bludhaven's hero doesn't stop Mirage's Phantasms. That along with some fun interactions with Batgirl makes Nightwing #46 a issue fans don't want to miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Nightwing (2016) #47

Aug 4, 2018

Nightwing #47 won't blow anyone away. There are a lot of good ideas presented in this issue. That along with Benjamin Percy's writing of Nightwing and Batgirl's dynamic helped elevate story that was presented. Unfortunately the lack of development for the new characters introduced in this story arc made it tough get fully invested in the end result of what happened.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Nightwing (2016) #50

Oct 4, 2018

Nightwing #50 does a great job setting up Dick Grayson's new status quo after he was shot in the head. In embracing this life changing event Benjamin Percy is able to build a strong foundation to explore Dick Grayson's character in an intriguing new direction. That new direction is made even more compelling by how characters like Batman and Batgirl reacted to Dick's status quo. If you are a Batman fan I recommend picking this issue up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (2016) #51

Oct 22, 2018

When the focus was on Dick Grayson, or should I say Ric Grayson, new status quo Nightwing #51 is at its best. Scott Lobdell and Fabian Nicieza show a good understanding of how such a traumatic event like being shot in the head would affect someone. Unfortunately its problems with the smaller details and an ending that falls flat that kept Nightwing #51 from reaching its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #53

Nov 26, 2018

Nightwing #53 was the best issue of this new direction for this series thus far. Scott Lobdell and Fabian Nicieza did a much better job developing Ric Grayson and the new Nightwing's characters to be more fully realized than previous issues. Now that they are moving the Scarecrow sub-plot into the main story Lobdell and Nicieza should be able to make this new direction for Nightwing much stronger.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Nightwing (2016) #56

Jan 13, 2019

Nightwing #56 was a disappointing conclusion to the first story arc involving Ric Grayson. This issue emphasized how the change from Dick Grayson to Ric Grayson has fallen flat. The potential shown early on has faded away. It was all replaced by lackluster character development that has created concern for the future of this series. The faster we get back to Dick Grayson as the only Nightwing, working with the Batman Family and leading the Titans, the better.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Nightwing (2016) #68

Jan 17, 2020

Ever since the Court of Owls entered the picture Dan Jurgens started to gain real momentum around this Ric Grayson arc. That momentum all comes to a dead stop with Nightwing #68. The way things end with Ric Grayson's fighting off becoming a Talon and then clashing with William Cobb was not rewarding at all. The only feeling you are left with after Nightwing #68 is the hope that the character will return to being Dick Grayson right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (2016) #69

Feb 24, 2020

Nightwing #69 is another step in the right direction for the ongoing Ric Grayson saga. For the first time we see a Ric Grayson who shows actual motivation in what he is doing rather than going through the motions. How that ties into the Court of Owls role in this story made for a better comic book. There are still problems that continue to persist in this Ric Grayson saga but at least we are now starting to see some light in the darkness that previously covered Nightwing as of late.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Nightwing (2016) #70

Mar 22, 2020

Just as things were looking up Dan Jurgens takes several steps back with the story he presented in Nightwing #70. Jurgens does nothing but spotlight all of the problems this series has had since Ric Grayson became the lead character. If it wasn't for the tie-in to the upcoming Joker War story Nightwing #70 would've been a complete loss.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Nightwing (2016) #71

Jun 14, 2020

While the tie-in to the upcoming "Joker War" does bring some excitement it is not enough to overcome all the problems with the Ric Grayson Saga. Even when Dan Jurgens writes a solid Joker in Nightwing #71 all of the plot elements around Ric Grayson keep the story back. There is a chance that this "Joker War" tie-in turn out to be the strongest issues of the Ric Grayson Sage but Jurgens has a lot of work ahead of him to overcome all the problems with this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Nightwing (2016) #73

Aug 23, 2020

Nightwing #73 is a vast improvement over the majority of comic book issues in this Ric Grayson Saga. That is all thanks to how Batgirl drives the story of this issue with Ric Grayson under the control of Joker and Punchline. Without Batgirl's involvement the story of Ric Grayson comes across as recycled story telling of when the Court of Owls did the same thing to our lead that Joker has done in this "Joker War" tie-in. As things stand, the sooner we get Dick Grayson back as Nightwing the better this series will be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #74

Sep 9, 2020

While it was road getting here it is good to have Dick Grayson officially back. Dan Jurgens gave Dick Grayson's return the weight it needed to have with the roles the Batgirl, Red Hood, and Robin serve in helping make it all happen. The involvement of Bea Bennett in Nightwing #74 also leaves the door open to explore the impact this whole Ric Grayson Saga has on the direction for this series moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Nightwing (2016) #75

Oct 24, 2020

There was great hope that once Dick Grayson returned as Nightwing during Joker War that things would turn around for the character and his series. Unfortunately Dan Jurgens spends the first half of Nightwing #75 oversized page count in rehashing the same Ric Grayson storytelling that has hurt this series for the last two years. Its not until Jurgens gets past that and gives us a story about what Dick Grayson returning as Nightwing means that this issue turns a corner. Hopefully with the appearance of KGBeast the positives of Nightwing #75 are what become the focus of this series moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Nightwing (2016) #76

Nov 22, 2020

Nightwing #76 is easily the best issue of Dan Jurgens run on this series. Jurgens and Ronan Cliquet reminded fans why when Nightwing is at the top of his game he is one of the best superheroes around. The ending, while heartbreaking, does provide the character and series to get a fresh start in whatever form Nightwing returns in March 2021.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #78

Mar 17, 2021

Tom Taylor, Bruno Redondo, and Adriano Lucas knock it out of the park with their work on Nightwing #78. A strong statement is made to get the reader immediately invested into where Dick Grayson is at this point in his life. This is definitely one of the must-have comic books in DC Comics new Infinite Frontier direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #79

Apr 21, 2021

In just two issue Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo have made Nightwing one of the must have comic books that DC Comics is currently publishing. Nightwing #79 solidifies the direction that Dick Grayson will be taking to help protect and save the people of Bludhaven. If you are a fan of superhero comics you should not miss out on reading this series. Taylor and Redondo are creating something special with their run on Nightwing.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #80

May 19, 2021

Nightwing #80 is another home run by the creative team of Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo. This issue does a great job in showcasing the dynamic that Dick Grayson, Barbara Gordon, and Tim Drake share. At the same time, the developments around the new Heartless villain continue to be compelling as things continue to escalate in Bludhaven. All of this makes Nightwing one of the best comic books on the market.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #81

Jun 16, 2021

Tom Taylor, Bruno Redondo, and Adriano Lucas further cement how they are delivering the best comic book DC Comics is publishing with Nightwing #81. From beginning to end you are fully invested in everything that is going down in Bludhaven. From Nightwing taking on Heartless while trying to save kids from a massive fire to the Melinda Zucco big reveal, this is a can't miss comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #82

Jul 21, 2021

Nightwing #82 is a masterclass in storytelling. Tom Taylor and company do a fantastic job having Melinda Zucco's bombshell expand on the Grayson Family history in a way that makes you care even more about everyone involved. It creates even greater interest in what Dick Grayson's future is as Nightwing and Bludhaven citizen. If you aren't reading Nightwing do yourselves a favor and change that immediately. Nightwing is a comic book everyone should be reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
9.5
Nightwing (2016) #83

Aug 22, 2021

Tom Taylor, Bruno Redondo, and Adriano Lucas work perfectly together to tell a wonderful, can't miss story in Nightwing #83. Everything that takes place in this issue carries a sense of importance. Taylor, Redondo, and Lucas have truly created something special with their Nightwing run thus far that fans of superhero comics should not miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #84

Sep 26, 2021

Nightwing #84 quickly establish how important this series will be to the Fear State event while still keeping in mind Dick Grayson's current vision for Bludhaven. The scenes with Batman and Nightwing will be what this issue will be remembered for as we get one of the best moments of the year through their interaction. This is definitely a must have for Nightwing fans and those reading the Fear State event.

View Issue       View Full Review
10
Nightwing (2016) #87

Dec 23, 2021

Nightwing #87 is a masterpiece of storytelling. Tom Taylor, Bruno Redondo, Adrian Lucas, and everyone who worked on this comic book have to be applauded for telling such a compelling story in a unique way. Beyond the hook of a continuous spread image the story in Nightwing #87 does a great job being a jumping on point to summarize what makes Dick Grayson a great character. This is a must have for any comic book fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #88

Jan 19, 2022

Nightwing #88 does a great job telling a complete story in a single issue. Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo bring the focus back to Bludhaven and Dick Grayson's new mission with the Alfred Pennyworth foundation. In the process we get a lot of great character work as we see how important both the Batman and Titans Family are to Dick Grayson's life. With all of that and the developments around Blockbuster and Heartless it'll be very interesting to see where Taylor and Redondo take Nightwing next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #89

Feb 16, 2022

Nightwing #89 was a great start to the team-up between Dick Grayson and Jon Kent. The opening of this issue properly set-up the tone for the rest of this issue as Nightwing takes on a mentor role for Superman. How their dynamic develops as they look for answers behind the ones responsible for the deaths of several superheroes will be interesting to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #90

Mar 16, 2022

Nightwing #90 is a strong start to the team-up between Nightwing and Flash. The developments quickly get back to how Dick Grayson is still in incredible danger as Blockbuster is focusing all his power on eliminating him. The villain that is revealed to be hired by Blockbuster elevated this Nightwing and Flash team-up to potentially reach another level in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #91

Apr 19, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSAs with the rest of the "Get Grayson arc Nightwing #91 sets the example of how to tell great team-up stories. Tom Taylor and Geraldo Borges get over the strong chemistry Dick Grayson and Wally West share as best friends in and out of their lives as Nightwing and Flash. In the process there are a lot of intriguing developments with what is going on with Nightwing in Bludhaven. It all comes together for yet another can't miss issue in what is one of the best comic books on the market.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #92

May 17, 2022

Nightwing #92 is a strong start to a new story arc that brings the focus back completely on what Dick Grayson is doing to make things better in Bludhaven. Seeing Blockbuster be placed in a spot were he is working against all the odds is a unique spot for the main villain of a superhero comic to be in. This makes how Nightwing will deal with the big game changer at the end of this issue build greater interest for what will take place in this series moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #93

Jun 21, 2022

Nightwing #93 works well as a continuation of the previous issue of this series. The emphasis on how important it is for Dick Grayson, not just as Nightwing, to step up to improve things in Bludhaven. How he overcomes the latest obstacle placed in front of him made this direction even more rewarding to be experiencing. While Nightwing got a big win the developments around Blockbuster and Heartless make what comes next something to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #94

Jul 19, 2022

With his back against the wall Blockbuster finally went full villain mode as he now sets out to reclaim his power. How that is handled after Nightwing, Oracle, and others are able to accomplish against him throws a lot of things up in the air as "The Battle For Bludhaven's Heart continues. It all led to Nightwing #94 being another strong chapter in Tom Taylor's run on this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #95

Aug 16, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSNightwing #95 is a fast-paced comic book with an impactful ending that changes the game in "The Battle For Bludhaven's Heart. Leading up to that ending we get a lot of great moments that will excite both Batman Family and Titans fans. All in all Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo once again deliver a comic book that is fun to read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #96

Sep 20, 2022

The final fight between Nightwing and Blockbuster was an intense battle that was a great payoff for the direction of Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo run on this series. Along with the major development in Dick Grayson and Barbara Gordon relationship made Nightwing #96 an enjoyable end to "The Battle For Bludhaven's Heart.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #97

Oct 18, 2022

A strong pace made some of the shortcomings with the story does not interfere with the entertainment value of Nightwing #97. Tom Taylor knows how to write all these characters in compelling ways that's enhanced by Bruno Redondo, and Geraldo Borges artwork. The ending that brings back one of the worst parts of Nightwing's history was definitely a let down that I hope Taylor and company are able to make work in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #98

Nov 15, 2022

While it does takes time for it to find its momentum once Nightwing #98 gets to the heart of what Nite-Mite debut brings to the table this story is a blast to read. Tom Taylor and Daniele Di Nicuolo deliver on creating a fun dynamic between Nightwing and Nite-Mite that will put a smile on fans faces.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #99

Dec 20, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSNightwing #99 is a strong issue for this series to end its 2022 on. We got a focus back on the dynamic between Dick Grayson and Melinda Grayson-Lin that got the payoff you would hope for. Now between this and how Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths ended Nightwing is set-up to have his biggest year yet in 2023.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #100

Jan 17, 2023

Nightwing #100 is an excellent celebration issue. Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo make great use of all the developments in their run to enhance what Nightwing's status quo is in the post-Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths DC Universe. Scott McDaniel, Rick Leonardi, Eddy Barrows, Javier Fernandez, and Mikel Janin all also providing artwork for Nightwing #100 made this an even more special celebration comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #101

Feb 21, 2023

Nightwing #101 is a strong follow-up to the new direction Dick Grayson is taking as a pillar in the Dawn of DC. Connecting this story with Neron as the villain to how things ended with Blockbuster worked to transition us into a pilot for the upcoming Titans ongoing series. That along with a lot of great character interactions continue to show why Nightwing is one of DC Comics standout series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #102

Mar 21, 2023

In both the Titans and Superman stories we get even better developments that build off the foundation of the first part of each story in the previous issue. While working on separate stories Tom Taylor and C.S. Pacat maintain consistency with how Nightwing is portrayed in both stories. They are brought together by strong artwork from Travis Moore and Eduardo Pansica. It all comes together for a strong comic book in Nightwing #102.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #103

Apr 18, 2023

Having fun in the superhero toy box world is something the creative teams for both stories in Nightwing #103 clear have. The Hell Heist story the Titans are involved in moves at a great pace that keeps you invested in every part of the story. Meanwhile, the back-up story provides more great developments in how Nightwing and Jon Kent's Superman work in their mentor-protg relationship. Overall, just a well-done superhero comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Nightwing (2016) #104

May 23, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSNightwing #104 works to highlight Dick Grayson's new elevated status in Dawn Of DC while wrapping up the remaining aspect of the Blockbuster story with Olivia Desmond's arc. In the process we get the foundation of the Titans set, with one major character arc established, to get fans further invested in the future for the team. Now its time to see what Nightwing's solo adventures will be like in the Dawn Of DC.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #106

Sep 20, 2023

Nightwing #106 accomplishes many things. It contains the best story angle for the Ric Grayson saga with how it leads into a greater pirate adventure. The bigger storyline involving Heartless and Tony Zucco is progressed. And we get the best Batgirls story in over a year. Combining all that together Nightwing #106 does everything to get fans excited for what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing (2016) #107

Oct 18, 2023

Nightwing #107 is pure comic book fun. Tom Taylor and Stephen Byrne immediately add stakes to this pirate adventure that brings back Bea Bennett better than ever. Add in the fun Dick Grayson and Jason Tod back-up story by Michael Conrad and Serg Acua, and this is another winner for DC Comics best series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Nightwing (2016) #108

Nov 21, 2023

Nightwing #108 keeps up the high stakes though the predictability in the plot did remove some of the excitement. Tom Taylor and Stephen Byrne strength as a creative team keeps you investment in where Dick Grayson and Bea Bennett's story goes. Add in a fun ending to the back-up story by Michael Conrad and Serg Acuna provides more value to this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #109

Dec 20, 2023

Nightwing #109 delivers a ton of great character work that wraps the pirate adventure while building the foundation for the next big phase for this series. The addition of a strong villain debut adds to why this another can't miss issue in DC Comics best series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #111

Feb 20, 2024

Tom Taylor and Sami Basri do an excellent job bringing the focus back on Heartless with Nightwing #111. The surprise development with Nightwing and the dynamic with Batman makes this another standout issue in this run.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Nightwing (2016) #112

Mar 19, 2024

Nightwing #112 is yet another example of what has made this series consistently one of the best comic books DC Comics publishes on a monthly basis. Tom Taylor and Sami Basri nail what makes the dynamic between Batman and Nightwing special. Their chemistry makes you further invested in them both as individuals and as father-son. By the end we get another story that further showcases why Nightwing is a top-tier hero.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Nightwing (2016) #113

Apr 16, 2024

Nightwing #113 is a phenomenal comic book to celebrate the character's 300th comic book issue. The chemistry Nightwing has with his cast is on full display. A touching scene between Dick Grayson and Marv Wolfman took this comic book to the next level. This is a must have for every Nightwing fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2023) #1

Sep 13, 2023

Daredevil #1 is a good start for this new era for the Man Without Fear that Saladin Ahmed and Aaron Kuder are beginning. Their was a respect shown for what their predecessors established as they hit the ground running for what comes next for Matt Murdock.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Daredevil (2023) #2

Oct 18, 2023

Daredevil #2 carries the momentum from Saladin Ahmed and Aaron Kuder debut forward. Matt Murdock's new life combined with his return to being the Man Without Fear is given a lot of intriguing layers. It all gets you further invested in the bigger plans the creative have in store for their run.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Daredevil (2023) #7

Mar 27, 2024

Saladin Ahmed and Aaron Kuder knew exactly what the job of delivering a comic book featuring Daredevil and Wolverine fighting needed to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Fall of the House of X (2024) #1

Jan 3, 2024

Fall of the House of X #1 is a by the book start to an X-Men event. The stakes are made clear as the X-Men fight for the survival of mutants against Orchis. Though several questionable story and character choices left this start with a lot to be desired. Hopefully future issues of this and Rise of the Powers of X pick up the pace of this end to the Krakoa Era.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Fall of the House of X (2024) #2

Feb 14, 2024

Fall of the House of X #2 is a massive improvement over the first two issues of the latest X-Men crossover. The X-Men are no longer holding back and we see that with their attack on Orchis in this issue. Though we don't get much progression in the overall story there is now genuine momentum for this event following Fall of X. Hopefully its momentum that future issues of Fall of the House of X and Rise of the Powers of X will be able carry forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Fall of the House of X (2024) #3

Mar 13, 2024

Fall of the House of X #3 is easily the best issue of this X-Men crossover thus far. The story had a much more focused presentation. This helped make the war between the X-Men and Orchis have its maximum impact. The spot this issue leaves us increased the curiosity of how things will turn out when all is said and done.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Fall of the House of X (2024) #4

Apr 17, 2024

Fall of the House of X #4 is a strong penultimate issue to this mini-series. There were plenty of moments of payoff, especially with Apocalypse actions. The surprise turn by Charles Xavier elevates the stakes even more as we are at the endgame of the Krakoa Era.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Lantern (2023) #1

May 9, 2023

Green Lantern #1 gets the job done with bringing a much-needed back-to-basics direction for Hal Jordan's character. Jeremy Adams lays the groundwork for a refreshing take on Hal as we see where he fits in a world that has seemingly passed him by. Xermanico solid artwork solidified this as a good start to the new Green Lantern ongoing series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Lantern (2023) #3

Sep 12, 2023

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Green Lantern (2023) #4

Oct 11, 2023

Green Lantern #4 was exactly the issue that this series needed to get readers fully invested. Jeremy Adams and Xermanico fully tapped into the rivalry between Hal Jordan and Sinestro. At the same time, they also delivered a fun team-up between Hal and Barry Allen. Along with a enjoyable back-up story involving the debut of Sinestro's unknown son this was an overall fun comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Green Lantern (2023) #10

Apr 9, 2024

Green Lantern #10 does an excellent job at setting the tone of the underground resistant approach Hal, Jo, and other Green Lanterns must take to combat the United Planets and their new Lantern Corps. The pacing of the entire issue gives the story Jeremy Adams, Xermanico, and Amancay Nehuelpan are building have a big event level feel. The fun back-up story featuring Guy Gardner added a needed contrast to the type of stories we can see from this series. All of this together continues to solidify the latest Green Lantern series as one of the best comic books DC Comics is publishing.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Justice League: Last Ride #1

May 12, 2021

Chip Zdarsky, Miguel Mendonca, and Enrica Angiolini make a strong statement with their work on Justice League: Last Ride #1. You quickly understand why when you pick up this comic book that the DC Universe greatest heroes aren't in the best spot. From there we get into a story involving the United Planets and New Gods that create a big event feel for what will take place in Justice League: Last Ride. Setting all that up creates a comic book that will get fans invested right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Justice League: Last Ride #2

Jun 12, 2021

Justice League: Last Ride #2 provides greater details on what occurred in this Elseworld as a Crisis-level event caused a divergence from where the current DC Universe is at. Those details what took place in the past worked well to add further tension in the story taking place in the present even though there wasn't much progression on that front.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Nightwing: The New Order #1

Aug 25, 2017

Nightwing: The New Order #1 is a strong start to what should be an incredible Elseworld. Kyle Higgins did an excellent job giving us enough background to understand why Dick Grayson would turn on the superhero community and his new conviction as he leads the Crusaders organization. That character development made the cliffhanger ending have a greater impact to the rest of this mini-series as we explore this DC Universe more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Nightwing: The New Order #4

Nov 27, 2017

Nightwing: The New Order #4 is another solid issue that further developed the world into a place a ton of history. The full introduction of the Titans Resistance and Dick Grayson's standing with them provided us with plenty of intriguing scenes, specifically when it came to those shared by Dick Grayson and Starfire. Now as Kyle Higgins and Trevor McCarthy move forward it will be interesting to see how things end up with what we learn about the game changing character in Nightwing: The New Order #4.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Web of Black Widow #1

Sep 7, 2019

Jody Houser characterization of Natasha Romanoff shines throughout Web of Black Widow #1. By tapping into Natasha's past in the Red Room, Houser created a strong story based around the intense spy world. There are a lot of questions created in the mission Natasha sets out on that includes the Avengers in a natural way. If you are a fan of Natasha Romanoff than Web of Black Widow #1 is a book you'll want to check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Web of Black Widow #2

Oct 13, 2019

Web of Black Widow #2 was a strong follow-up on what the first issue of this series established. Jody Houser's writing for Natasha Romanoff and Bucky Barnes is the star of this comic book. The rich history between the two is clear with the approach Houser takes to writing when these two are on screen together. Natasha and Bucky's chemistry helps drive up the interest in the greater story involving the past events involving the Red Room coming back to haunt Black Widow.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Web of Black Widow #3

Nov 12, 2019

Web of Black Widow #3 successfully pairs up Natasha Romanoff and Yelena Belova on a mission that plays to each character's strength. This pairing of former Black Widows made the greater story involving Natasha's current predicament with her clone body even more intriguing. Jody Houser and Stephen Mooney have created enough of a hook to keep the reader's attention on what revelations will occur next in Web of Black Widow.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Web of Black Widow #5

Jan 2, 2020

The Web of Black Widow #5 ends the latest adventure that Natasha Romanoff went on in a satisfying way. Jody Houser showed a strong understanding of who Natasha was during her time in the Red Room and who she has become as the superhero known as Black Widow. If you are looking to learn more about Natasha Romanoff's character in anticipation for the upcoming Black Widow movie I recommend checking out The Web of Black Widow when it comes out as a trade paperback.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #1

Apr 22, 2020

Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace delivers an enjoyable team-up adventure with Harley Quinn. Amanda Conner and Jimmy Palmiotti showed a clear understanding of both characters. The lack of a notable villain did hurt the story but the chemistry great between Wonder Woman and Harley Quinn makes up for it. It's definitely a comic that if you are a Wonder Woman and/or Harley Quinn fan I recommend checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #2

Apr 29, 2020

Wonder Woman: Agent Of Peace #2 was a big improvement over the first issue, which was a solid debut by its own merits. Jimmy Palmiotti and Amanda Conner did a great job playing to the strengths of Wonder Woman and Lois Lane. Wonder Woman's portrayal in particular stood out as we see how she uses her powers to be a hero during different types of crises.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #3

May 7, 2020

Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace #3 is the best issue of this series early life. Amanda Conner and Jimmy Palmiotti are quickly making this series one of DC Comics most enjoyable comic books. Their take on Wonder Woman is wonderfully multi-layered, as is showcased here in her visit to Gorilla City. Wonder Woman fans should definitely pick this issue up even if you didn't read the previous two issues in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace (2020) #4

May 14, 2020

Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace #4 delivered a emotionally impactful issue. Jimmy Palmiotti and Amanda Conner did a great job quickly introducing Socialite as a new hero and what kind of impact they had on Wonder Woman. That combined with Daniel Sampere's consistent artwork this was another very good issue of a series that is quickly rising up to be among DC Comics most enjoyable comic books.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wolverine (2020) #2

Apr 6, 2020

Benjamin Percy and Adam Kubert deliver a strong follow up to the debut issue with Wolverine #2. The mystery around the Flower Cartel's Pollen deepens and pushes Wolverine to go back to working solo to defeat this threat to the entire world. The way things are developed, especially with the mysterious lead villain, provide a lot of intrigue as to where Percy and Kubert will go with this story next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine (2020) #4

Aug 23, 2020

Wolverine #4 does a good job kicking off a new storyline for the series. The dynamic between Wolverine and the Quiet Council stood out well to set-up the current standing of the former under Krakoa's current structure. Where Benjamin Percy intends to go with this set-up will be interesting to find out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wolverine (2020) #7

Nov 17, 2020

While Wolverine #7 does not fix the bigger picture problems that X of Swords is having it did do a great job getting over how Saturnyne has stacked the deck against the X-Men. The four different matches that we get in Wolverine #7 showed a randomness that has placed the X-Men against the wall. Having Wolverine be the focal point of three of these matches made the narrative in this chapter for X of Swords have an engaging character focus story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men: Red (2018) #1

Feb 10, 2018

X-Men: Red #1 does exactly what it needed to do as Tom Taylor creates a sense of hope around the direction Jean Grey wants to take the mutant race. Taylor shows his strong understanding of the X-Men side of the Marvel Universe by effectively using his page count to highlight each core X-Men that Jean recruits. In addition to the set-up for the X-Men: Red's direction, Taylor did a great job setting up a strong long-term antagonist in the form of Cassandra Nova. The villains presence is the perfect antithesis to the hope Jean Grey brings to the X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men: Red (2018) #7

Aug 24, 2018

X-Men: Red #7`is the strongest issue to date for this young series. Tom Taylor showed how effective this X-Men team is with how they took out Abomination and saved a plane that was about to crash at the same time. The action created a sense of urgency in the X-Men having to save the day. With how things ended Taylor has set up plenty of story possibilities for X-Men: Red as Jean Grey's team continues to fight an uphill battle to get mutants accepted by the entire world.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
X-Men: Red (2018) #9

Oct 27, 2018

X-Men: Red #9 was a solid ending to battle with Cassandra Nova. Tom Taylor did a great job using this story arc to build Jean Grey back up as one of most powerful superheroes and the leader the X-Men need. But as Jean was the star of the show it was a shame that the rest of the X-Men took a backseat in the finale of this big story arc. If it wasn't for the small role everyone but Jean Grey played X-Men: Red #9 would've been a stronger end than it turned out to be.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #1

Aug 9, 2022

DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #1 is a strong start to the final chapter of the DCeased Universe. This first issue acts as a good follow-up to DCeased: Dead Planet while setting the stage for an exciting narrative around the frightening and powerful threat that the Anti-Living New Gods are set up to be. While there is one concerning character choice made here I do trust Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine will deliver a powerful conclusion to the narrative they have crafted together.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #2

Sep 23, 2022

DCeased: War Of The Undead Gods #2 puts over the Crisis-level threat that the Anti-Living Darkseid and New Gods are to the DC Universe. The emotional moments elevate the action we see take place throughout this issue. Now with the antagonist firmly established the stage is set for War Of The Undead Gods to be the biggest story of the DCeased DC Universe trilogy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #3

Oct 18, 2022

DCeased: War Of The Undead Gods #3 is more set-up for this series to live up to the name of the comic book. Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine commit to show how bad things continue to get with the Anti-Living Darkseid and New Gods wrecking chaos throughout the universe. Now hopefully future issues can make the rest of DCeased: War Of The Undead Gods deliver on the Crisis-level tone that the revelation in this issue teases us with.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #4

Nov 15, 2022

DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #4 continues to emphasize how this latest Crisis-level event can't simply be solved by the DC Universe's greatest heroes uniting against Darkseid's Anti-Living army. The impact the Anti-Life Equation Virus is shown to have over the course of this franchise makes things much more complicated. Adding that along with the emotional weight that many characters are carrying from what has happened thus far made DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #4 a strong end to the first half of this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #5

Dec 20, 2022

DCeased: War Of The Undead Gods #5 raises the bar with the scale of this latest series. From the Guardians to Superman to Kilowog there are a lot of great character moments in this issue that enhance the stakes of the crisis Darkseid and his Anti-Living army have created. How the ending sets up a clash between two titans of the DC Universe there is genuine interest in how things will turn out when all is said and done in DCeased: War Of The Undead Gods.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #6

Feb 22, 2023

DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #6 is the first miss in the DCeased franchise. There is some plot progression, but we get a lot of the same content seen in the previous five issues. It makes you wonder if this issue was necessary outside of one character change. With the quality the DCeased franchise is known for it makes the disappointment even greater. The final two issues of DCeased: War of the Undead Gods has a lot of work to do to provide a satisfying conclusion to the DCeased trilogy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #7

Mar 22, 2023

DCeased: War Of The Undead Gods #7 set-ups the final issue of the DCeased trilogy to end in epic fashion. The way we got there didn't always work but this issue made up for all the previous stumbles. We got big moments for Cyborg, Superman, and others that felt like true payoffs to what Tom Taylor and Trevor Hairsine have built with this trilogy of comics. Now, hopefully the finale will deliver a strong finale to the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
DCeased: War of the Undead Gods #8

Apr 19, 2023

The journey was not always perfect but ultimately Tom Taylor, Trevor Hairsine, and Lucas Meyer delivered when it counted with DCeased: War Of The Undead Gods #8 being a strong end to the story. The DCeased Universe as a whole will easily go down as one of the best stories in DC Comics modern era.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Future State (2021): Justice League #1

Jan 13, 2021

Of all the Future State comic books that have released thus far Justice League #1 does the best job in tapping into the full potential of this direction. Joshua Williamson does a fantastic job establishing the dynamics and rules for this version of the Justice League. In the process we are able to get a story that captures our attention right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Future State (2021): The Next Batman #1

Jan 7, 2021

Future State: The Next Batman #1 sets a solid foundation for this series to build on. John Ridley and Nick Derington worked together well to create world with many fascinating elements to build around the new Batman. The Outsiders back-up further elevated what was going on in Gotham City with how Duke Thomas, Katana, and Black Lightning factor into the greater story around the Magistrate.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Future State (2021): Dark Detective #1

Jan 16, 2021

Dark Detective #1 does a good job in setting the stage for what this series will be addressing when it comes to the future Gotham City in Future State. Mariko Tamaki, Dan Mora, Matthew Rosenberg, and Carmine Di Giandomenico create a Gotham City that does feel like it is being controlled in a police state way by the Magistrate's regime. This makes what we see Bruce Wayne, Luke Fox, and Grifter go up against something that will be extremely difficult to overcome.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Future State (2021): Harley Quinn #1

Jan 10, 2021

Future State: Harley Quinn #1 hits the ground running and does not stop on its way to delivering a fun reading experience. Stephanie Phillips does a great job delivering on a sense that Harley Quinn has gone through a lot since we last saw her without losing the core of what makes the character engaging. Simone Di Meo also knocks it out of the park delivering artwork that makes this entire comic book future vibe to it from character design to Gotham City itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Future State (2021): Nightwing #1

Jan 24, 2021

Future State: Nightwing #1 continues the trend of the Batman Family titles being some of the best comic books in DC Comics Future State direction. Andrew Constant and Nicola Scott do a great job setting up Nightwing as having the biggest target on his back as the leader of the resistance against the Magistrate's regime.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Future State (2021): Wonder Woman #1

Jan 9, 2021

Future State: Wonder Woman is off to a strong start. Joelle Jones quickly establishes this series as one of the standouts of DC Comics' Future State direction. Jones does a wonderful job with balancing out the way the story unfolds both through the writing and visually. That balance made the world built around Yara Flor's Wonder Woman be something you want to learn more about.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Future State (2021): Immortal Wonder Woman #1

Jan 22, 2021

Immortal Wonder Woman #1 follows a similar format to many other Future State books with how we are dropped in the time period this series is exploring. That does cause some similar problems seen in other Future State comics to appear here. That said, Immortal Wonder Woman #1 shines where it matters most with the presentation of Diana Prince in the main story and Nubia in the back-up story. Add in the wonderful artwork seen throughout this comic book, Future State: Immortal Wonder Woman #1 is well worth the price of admission.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Future State (2021): Teen Titans #1

Jan 14, 2021

Future State: Teen Titans #1 is by far the biggest disappointment of this new direction DC Comics has started. Because of where this comic book takes place in the DCU timeline it became reliant on things in other Future State comic books that have not even been released yet. That causes many problems for where we find all the characters. That lack of character development extends to the main conflicts that this series is dealing with. There are so many key details missing that you quickly get to the point of not caring about what happens next in Future State: Teen Titans.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Future State (2021): Wonder Woman #2

Feb 3, 2021

Future State: Wonder Woman #2 ended our first adventure with Yara Flor on a strong note. Joelle Jones did a fantastic job bringing Yara Flor and the world around her to life through both her writing and artwork. By the time we got to the final page all you are left with the feeling of wanting to get more adventures involving Yara Flor in the future. Hopefully, we learn that soon as Yara has a lot of potential by being further integrated into the greater Wonder Woman mythos.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Future State (2021): Dark Detective #2

Jan 27, 2021

Future State: Dark Detective #2 presents a lot of interesting ideas behind how the Magistrate rise was tied to big Batman events like 'City of Bane' and 'Joker War.' While those ties continue to keep you invested in what Bruce Wayne is doing by the end of this issue we are not any further along in this story than when we started. Luckily we got Dan Mora's phenomenal artwork to always keep us engaged in the world that we are dropped into with Future State: Dark Detective #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Future State (2021): Justice League #2

Feb 11, 2021

Reading Future State: Justice League #2 reminding me a lot of the experience I have whenever I watch an episode of the DC Animated Universe Justice League and JLU shows. Like those shows, you are immediately invited into the story being presented without feeling like you are missing out on earlier events. At the same time, if you are follow any of the other Future State comic books you'll get a lot out of references that are made. That alone makes Future State: Justice League #2 a winner. The fact both Justice League and Justice League Dark stories are fun just adds to the value this Future State series had as the premiere title in this direction DC Comics took.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Future State (2021): Nightwing #2

Feb 17, 2021

Future State: Nightwing #2 hit it out of the park as Andrew Constant and Nicola Scott make a strong case for this being the best Future State series. From beginning to end you are engaged in the events that unfold as Nightwing sets out to take down the Magistrate. The way the entire Batman Family got involved just added to the hype around this series concluded. This is definitely a series that fans should not miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Future State (2021): Teen Titans #2

Feb 10, 2021

When all was said and done with Future State: Teen Titans #2 I could only reflect on all the lost potential with the end of this mini-series. By heavily relying on shock value of where we find this group of Titans at this point in the Future State timeline this series never finds its footing. Once you get beyond character appearances there is nothing but a story that fails to tell a compelling narrative. Its such a disappointment to have to say all of this about a series featuring some of my favorite comic book characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Future State (2021): Superman of Metropolis #2

Feb 6, 2021

Future State: Superman Of Metropolis #2 built on the foundation that the first issue created to wrap up Jonathan Kent's arc. There were still problems with Supergirl and the villain Brain Cell roles in the main story coming across as rushed. But even with those problems the story of Jonathan's rise as the new Superman who is ready to step out of the large shadow of his father had a satisfying payoff. The success with that arc made this series that strengthened the quality we've seen in Future State.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Future State (2021): The Flash #2

Feb 4, 2021

I cannot remember the last time I was this disappointed in a comic book. With how much fun the Future State direction has been thus far it is shocking to get such an unsatisfying reading experience like the one we got in the Future State: The Flash series. The fact that this series ended without even telling a complete story furthers how disappointing this entire experience was. At this point the best thing that can happen for the Flash Family is to forget that they took part in Future State.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Future State (2021): Immortal Wonder Woman #2

Feb 21, 2021

Future State: Immortal Wonder Woman #2 was a solid issue. The main story involving Diana Prince's final story as Wonder Woman was a mixed bag as Cloonan and Conrad did a good job putting over Diana's mentality at the end of time. But it was The Undoing being such a forgettable antagonist that dragged the main story's down. Luckily, we got Nubia's Future State back-up that lifted the quality content we got as her journey was Wonder Woman added further depth to the mythology in the franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Future State (2021): The Next Batman #3

Feb 3, 2021

The main story in Future State: The Next Batman has steadily improved with each passing issue. John Ridley has a firm handle on how he is developing Jace Fox at the start of his career as Batman. While the main story in The Next Batman #3 was solid it was the Outsiders and Arkham Knights back-up stories that steal the show. The conclusion in both back-ups and how they elevate the conflict with the Magistrate helps build greater interest in what is going on in Gotham City across all of the Batman Family Future State stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Future State (2021): Dark Detective #3

Feb 13, 2021

Both stories in Future State: Dark Detective #3 drive home how what happened to Gotham City under the Magistrate regime has been the most fascinating story in the entire Future State direction. The developments involving Grifter and Huntress continued the trend of back-up stories in Dark Detective and The Next Batman stealing the show. In stealing the show the back-up story for Future State: Dark Detective #3 helps strengthen what we see Bruce Wayne do to combat the Magistrate. So at the end of the day, it all creates a much better reading experience that makes you looking forward to what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Future State (2021): Dark Detective #4

Feb 25, 2021

Mariko Tamaki and Dan Mora saved the best for last as Future State: Dark Detective #4 delivered the most compelling reading experience for Bruce Wayne's actions against the Magistrate. Joshua Williamson and Giannis Milonogiannis' Red Hood back-up story further strengthened the content we got in this issue by showing us where Jason Todd and Rose Wilson are at this point in Future State. In many ways the Red Hood story stole the thunder from the main story in Dark Detective #4. Overall, this issue just further drove home how the Batman Family stories were some of the best content delivered by the Future State direction.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Future State (2021): The Next Batman #4

Feb 17, 2021

John Ridley, Laura Braga, and Nick Derington did a good job completing the 'Year One' tone that was taken with Jace Fox rise as the new Batman. A strong foundation was built to create even more engaging stories with Jace in and out of the Batman cowl. The back-up stories for The Next Batman #4 added further value to this series. Vita Ayala and Aneke's Batgirls story did a fantastic job creating greater intrigue for the conflict between the Batman Family Resistance and Magistrate. The developments in that story made me even more excited to read all the Future State Batman Family titles together in one sitting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Antarctica (2023) #1

Jul 13, 2023

Antarctica #1 is a tale of two stories of different degrees of importance. One is the main mystery surrounding our lead character. Then there is what felt like a side mission in a video game. The side mission did not hit as intended, though it did give the series lead time to showcase her personality. The main mystery of Antarctica #1 is where this first issue shines and hopefully is the main-focus moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Arcade Kings (2023) #4

Aug 31, 2023

Arcade Kings #4 continues the fun of this series. The series is hitting on he overtop nature of anime fighting with a retro video game setting.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirl (2016) #13

Jul 28, 2017

Batgirl #13 is delivered a fun, intimate one-shot story that fans of the series will enjoy. Hope Larson nails the dialogue between Batgirl and Catwoman as they worked on a case that was deeply personal to the latter. Involving a young girl that looks up to Batgirl shows how far our main character has come. The ending will leave fans of the series with a big smile on their face and that is exactly what we all want from a comic book we read on monthly basis to accomplish.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirl (2016) #14

Aug 24, 2017

Hope Larson taps into the spark between Barbara Gordon and Dick Grayson to treat fans to a fun Batgirl #14. This is a story that will be a great treat for fans of the Batgirl/Nightwing pairing. Using the Batgirl and Nightwing's early history with one another added depth to this story that involves characters related to one of their first adventures together without Batman. If you are a fan of Batgirl, Nightwing or both then Batgirl #14 is definitely worth picking up.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Batgirl (2016) #23

May 26, 2018

Batgirl #23 ends Hope Larson's run on this series with a story that felt more like a filler arc than a strong bookmark to end a creative team run. The characterization of Batgirl, as has been the case throughout her run, was solid by Larson. Unfortunately having the story in Batgirl #23 filled with "villain of the week" style bad guys that fans have zero knowledge or connection to made this ending feel less meaningful than it should have been. If your a Batgirl fan Larson's run is still one I recommend checking out even though how it ended left a lot to be desired.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirl (2016) #24

Jul 1, 2018

Batgirl #24 is added a great standalone story that strengthens the overall library of this volume of Batgirl. Shawn Aldridge stepped in big to deliver a story that looked to be about Batgirl clashing with Two-Face and instead delivered a twist that made this issue even better. The twist made Batgirl's latest adventure resonate emotionally as it tied closely to her past. Even if you haven't picked up an issue of Batgirl before this is a great starting point as you get everything you need to know in one tightly written comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirl (2016) #26

Sep 3, 2018

Batgirl #26 is a solid beginning for Mairghread Scott creative run on this series. Scott does a good job creating a compelling villain in the form of Grotesque for her first story arc. What the villain does in this issue along with the hook ending as Batgirl's chip implant shorts out creates interest in what happens next. Adding in Paul Pelletier great artwork made Scott's story even better, especially in the few areas where the story ran into some problems. If your a Batgirl fan this issue will be a satisfying continuation of her adventures and a good entry point for those who weren't previously reading this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batgirl (2016) #28

Oct 29, 2018

Batgirl #28 had all the ingredients to be a strong issue. Unfortunately Batgirl #28 does not handle the transition of who the main antagonist properly. The failure in the execution in this part of the story hurt the overall impact that Scott was looking to have in this issue. Luckily Scott's writing of Barbara Gordon and Paul Pelletier artwork lifts Batgirl #28 up even when the main story stumbles over itself.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirl (2016) #50

Oct 28, 2020

Batgirl #50 is not an ending that nicely wraps things up. Instead this final issue focuses on showing what Gotham City post-Joker War looks like. In the process Cecil Castellucci explores how Barbara Gordon will be able to do different things to help shape the future of Gotham City in and out of her Batgirl adventures. The back-ups included in this oversized issue help make Batgirl #50 a satisfying conclusion to this volume of the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: Prelude to the Wedding: Nightwing vs. Hush #1

Jun 7, 2018

Batman: Prelude to the Wedding " Nightwing vs Hush #1 was a solid tie-in issue that builds momentum to the wedding of Bruce Wayne and Selina Kyle. Tim Seeley did a lot of great job using the idea of who Batman's best friend is to provide positive character development for Nightwing and Hush. If you are a fan who is looking forward to the wedding of Bruce and Selina then I recommend checking out Batman: Prelude to the Wedding " Nightwing vs Hush #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Black Cat (2019) #1

Jun 8, 2019

Black Cat #1 was a good example as to why Felicia Hardy is more than ready to lead her own solo series. Jed Mackay showed what makes Black Cat a standout character and was able to build a world around her that you'll want to come back to see how it moves forward. As long as Mackay can work on the rough edges than Black Cat can easily be one of Marvel's gems in their monthly ongoing comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Black Cat (2019) #2

Jul 15, 2019

With another strong issue in Black Cat #2 Jed MacKay and Travel Foreman are quickly establishing this series as one of Marvel's best. This issue moved at a brisk pace and never wasted time. The story with Black Cat and her crew stealing something from Doctor Strange's Sanctum Sanctorum was a lot of fun. Combining the strong pacing and fun story together made the ending of Black Cat #2 even more effective hook to find out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Black Cat (2019) #11

Jun 16, 2020

Black Cat #11 is a strong example why this series is one of the best comic books that Marvel is currently publishing. Jed MacKay and C.F. Villa combine to tell a fun story as Felicia Hardy leads her team in what may be their biggest heist to date as they take on Tony Stark. The interaction between Felicia and Tony shines even brighter thanks to how MacKay frames the plan the former executes in order to make this heist successful. MacKay and Villa end Black Cat #11 with a final page that immediately gets you hyped for the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Black Cat (2019) #12

Aug 8, 2020

Outside the questionable final page Black Cat #12 delivered a fun story that featured an extended battle between Black Cat and Iron Man. The chase got over what makes Black Cat such a great character and is able to continue the greater story about the war with the Thieves Guild that Jed MacKay has been developing. Hopefully after this hiatus MacKay is given a chance to continue the story he has building around Black Cat and her crew.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2023) #1

Oct 25, 2023

Captain Marvel #1 was a solid start to Alyssa Wong and Jan Bazaldua run as the new creative team. Both Carol Danvers and her new nemesis conflict was established well out of the gate. As long as this tone is continued Wong and Bazaldua's Captain Marvel can compete for Marvel's most fun series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Catwoman (2018) #1

Jul 9, 2018

Joelle Jones gives Selina Kyle's new ongoing series a solid start with Catwoman #1. From the beginning Jones sets up how Selina is now in a rebuilding mode as she is trying to figure out what she should be doing next. This state of unknown as to what exactly Selina's future in and out her Catwoman disguise creates a lot of potential for what this series can and will be. For Catwoman fans this is a must buy. And if you have ever been interested in Catwoman from her time in the Batman comics I recommend checking this issue out as a starting point for Selina Kyle's solo adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Catwoman (2018) #2

Aug 13, 2018

Joelle Jones continues to show through her writing and artwork that she understands who Selina Kyle is. Unfortunately Catwoman #2 suffers from having an antagonist that has yet to be put over as a credible threat with clear motives. If this major part of the story is not improved on than Catwoman's first story arc will turn out to be a letdown.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Catwoman (2018) #3

Sep 17, 2018

Catwoman #3 is the best issue that we've gotten from this young series so far. Joelle Jones did a fantastic job developing the world around Catwoman. The character work for Raina Creel in particular elevated the entire conflict in this first story arc as we now have a villain to hate. Combining that with a strong hook ending there is a lot to be intrigued about the direction for Jones' Catwoman series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #4

Oct 14, 2018

Joelle Jones does a fantastic job using Catwoman #4 to explore Selina Kyle's current state of mind. Bringing in Maggie Kyle instantly brought in an extra layer of depth to the current story with the Creel Family and created a long-term plotpoint that readers will be instantly connected to. The artwork for the present-day and flashback scenes made the entire issue stronger as it nailed how emotional Catwoman #4 was.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2018) #7

Jan 21, 2019

Catwoman #7 was a very good set-up issue for a short story arc. The pacing of this issue moved at a rapidly as Joelle Jones positioned Penguin as the latest threat Catwoman has to come up against. In the process Jones does not forget the strong character work around Selina Kyle is the strength of this series. How Catwoman's meeting with Penguin sets the stage for what comes next from this series will be very interesting to see.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #8

Feb 25, 2019

Catwoman #8 was another fantastic issue in what is quickly becoming one of DC Comics more consistent comic books. Joelle Jones showed a clear vision on where she wants to take Selina Kyle. That vision made the story around Catwoman, Penguin and Raina Creel carry a sense of importance as things continue to escalate. If you aren't reading Catwoman yet I highly recommend giving this series a try.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Catwoman (2018) #9

Mar 18, 2019

Catwoman #9 is a well written one-shot story. Ram V's story is works extremely well as an entry point for this series as everything about who Selina Kyle is on fully display throughout this issue. Keeping the story simple to a heist that Selina begins and ends successfully made everything that happened even more compelling. If you were looking for a place to start reading Selina Kyle's solo adventures Catwoman #9 is a great place to start.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Catwoman (2018) #12

Jun 17, 2019

When Catwoman #12 focused on moving the plot forward by showing us what Selina Kyle and Raina Creel were doing it was at its best. Joelle Jones has done a great job in developing them both as strong rivals. If it wasn't for the narrative choice spend half the issue with flashbacks to previous scenes from Selina Kyle's sidekick's, Carlos, perspective this issue would have been stronger.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #16

Oct 12, 2019

Handling the writing and artwork, Joelle Jones was able to elevate Catwoman #16's story to another level. Jones strong grasp on Selina Kyle's character shines throughout this issue as we see how strong she is in and out of her Catwoman costume. The fantastic artwork by Jones and Laura Allred added to that storytelling, with various points in this issue the art progressing the story forward without any dialogue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Catwoman (2018) #17

Nov 17, 2019

From a standalone perspective, Catwoman #17 is very strong. Joelle Jones understanding of Selina Kyle's character shines throughout the course of Catwoman #17. Unfortunately the choice in direction makes all the previous issue completely unnecessary. Catwoman #17 is essentially one big recap of the events that just happened. The connection to Year of the Villain also proves to be nothing more than a deus ex machina to progress the story. Not hiding that fact puts a big damper on what has otherwise been a solid story involving Catwoman and Raina Creel's rivalry.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2018) #20

Feb 18, 2020

Catwoman #20 does about everything right to build excitement for the conclusion of Joelle Jones run on this series. Jones has crafted a compelling narrative around this conflict between Catwoman and Raina Creel. Hopefully Jones can end her Catwoman run on high note in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2018) #21

Mar 15, 2020

Joelle Jones wrapped up her run on Catwoman that leaves a strong mark on Selina Kyle's history. The war between Catwoman and Raina Creel ended in a way that left Selina a stronger character than when this series started. The ending creates plenty of opportunity for the next creative team to use what Jones built as a strong foundation for Catwoman's future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Catwoman (2018) #35

Sep 27, 2021

Catwoman #35 does an excellent job integrating the series into the Fear State event. Ram V is able to address recent events and how that impacts the way we see Selina Kyle approach what is going on in Gotham City. Seeing as the Poison Ivy storyline will be something that this series will be addressing I recommend those reading the main Fear State story also pick up the Catwoman tie-ins.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Catwoman (2018) #37

Nov 29, 2021

Catwoman #37 concludes a strong tie-in story that complimented Fear State extremely well. The journey that Catwoman and her crew went on put over how big of a threat the Magistrate became before their downfall. The ending of this story also sets up Catwoman to continue to be a major player in Gotham City.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Catwoman (2018) #57

Sep 19, 2023

Catwoman #57 is the start of the possible turn around the entire Gotham War storyline needed. The story still feels rushed but the introduction of Vandal Savage was a much-needed addition to the story. Hopefully Gotham War focuses more on the strengths shown in Catwoman #57 moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Catwoman (2018) #58

Oct 17, 2023

Catwoman #58 continues the massive disappointment that Gotham War has been as a whole. Every problem with this Batman and Catwoman crossover appears here. The sooner this crossover is wrapped up the better it'll be as the Batman franchise can move on to what's next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Dead Romans (2023) #1

Mar 20, 2023

Dead Romans #1 has a confidence in the story it is telling during the time of the Roman Empire. Fred Kennedy and Nick Marinkovich capture the setting and type of people you would find during this period well. This is not a comic book for everyone but if you are into stories from the Roman Empire period this will be for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Extermination (2018): X-Men #1

Dec 9, 2018

X-Men: The Exterminated #1 was much better than I expected it to be. Having Hope Summers be the driving force of the main story was a smart decision. Zac Thompson and Lonnie Nadler did a good job with the execution of how Cable's death affected Hope's interaction with Jean Grey, Bishop and Deadpool. Unfortunately there was a lot of lost potential in what this issue was intended to do, partly due to the timing of X-Men: The Exterminated #1's release.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Fence: Redemption #1

Jun 5, 2023

C.S. Pascat and Johanna The Mad start off strong with Fence: Redemption #1. The personalities and relationships the entire cast has create a natural flow to the story that welcomes both fans and new readers alike to Halverton. The set up for what appears to be a tournament-like arc is a big selling point to continue reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Fence: Redemption #2

Jul 6, 2023

Fence: Redemption #2 slowed down the momentum to focus on specific character pairings. This approach does give more insight in what roles certain characters will serve. That said, there is a lot of predictability with how the antagonists of the story had. With a lack of action that predictability led to this issue feeling like this was a filler episode of an anime.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Generations: Hawkeye & Hawkeye #1

Sep 4, 2017

Generations: Hawkeye & Hawkeye #1 is easily one of the best comics to come out of the Generations line that Marvel is releasing. Kelly Thompson is taps into what makes Clint Barton and Kate Bishop fun characters and delivers a comic that highlights both characters' strengths and weakness. The dynamic between the two is so great that I am now looking forward to seeing Marvel's two Hawkeyes interact more in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Generations: Miles Morales Spider-Man & Peter Parker Spider-Man #1

Sep 29, 2017

Generations: Miles Morales Spider-Man & Peter Parker Spider-Man #1 is easily one of the best Generations comics. Brian Bendis and Ramon Perez did an excellent job making this meeting between Miles Morales and the college version of Peter Parker meaningful. After reading this issue I now want to see Miles interact with Peter much more in the present. If you are a Spider-Man fan this is a must read.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Generations: Phoenix & Jean Grey #1

Aug 12, 2017

Generations: Phoenix & Jean Grey #1 was an impactful one-shot that had a sense of importance to for the future of the current adventures of Jean Grey. For X-Men fans,this is an issue worth purchasing, especially if you are reading X-Men: Blue and the Jean Grey solo series. For others this is a Marvel Generations issue that is passable as it is crafted for hardcore Jean Grey and X-Men fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Harley Quinn & Poison Ivy (2019) #1

Sep 10, 2019

Jody Houser and Adriana Melo did everything you can ask for with a first issue to get a new series off to a good start with Harley Quinn and Poison Ivy #1. Houser does a great job in building the foundation of this series around the relationship between Harley Quinn and Poison Ivy. Their strong chemistry is what will drive this series forward, as proven by the success in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hunt for the Skinwalker (2023) #1

Sep 4, 2023

Zac Thompson and Valeria Burzo work well together to showcase how the unexplained can be the launching point of something greater going on with Hunt for the Skinwalker #1. If you are a fan of paranormal stories this is a comic book to check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Indigo Children (2023) #1

Mar 27, 2023

Indigo Children #1 rewards the reader with a story that builds tension that pays off with a hook ending leaving you wanting to read the next issue right away. Everything is here for fans of sci-fi and mystery stories to enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Junk Rabbit (2023) #1

Apr 3, 2023

Junk Rabbit #1 is the definition of world building. Though the title character certainly makes their presence known it's not just about them. Jimmie Robinson spends most of Junk Rabbit #1 getting the reader to invest in the world of the series. That is largely accomplished though full long-term investment will be made with how the second issue builds on this foundation.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
King In Black: Gwenom vs. Carnage #3

Mar 5, 2021

Seanan McGuire and Flaviano concluded Gwenom vs Carnage with a issue that appropriately captured the spirit of King In Black as it was both chaotic and emotional. The story told used the history between Earth-65's Gwen Stacy and Mary Jane Watson that made this conflict with Carnage to feel personal. While the final page of Gwenom vs Carnage #3 doesn't hit the way that was intended there is no doubt that this was very good tie-in to the King In Black event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Knight Terrors: Batman (2023) #1

Jul 6, 2023

Knight Terrors: Batman #1 does a much better job at getting over the concept of DC Comics latest big event than the First Blood prelude chapter did. While Joshua Williamson can't avoid the core problems with Knight Terrors, creating a self-awareness angle for Bruce Wayne was a smart call. This added immediate importance to Bruce's narrative alongside Deadman for Knight Terrors.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Magnificent Ms. Marvel #1

Mar 16, 2019

The Magnificent Ms. Marvel #1 was a good start to Kamala Khan's new series. For the most part Saladin Ahmed did a very good job writing Kamala Khan in and out of her Ms. Marvel identity. There were a few parts in the story presented that fell flat but overall Ahmed put over how fun Ms. Marvel is. Minkyu Jung also showed why he is the perfect artist for this series. His vibrant artwork elevated Ahmed story. If you are looking to get into a new series from the beginning I recommend picking up The Magnificent Ms. Marvel #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Marvel Two-In-One (2017) #11

Nov 4, 2018

Marvel Two-In-One #11 did a fantastic job exploring the current state of Mr. Fantastic and the Thing's friendship. Chip Zdarsky was able to use previously established continuity from events like Secret Wars to give greater weight to Reed and Sue Richards disappearance. What that meant for Reed and Ben's relationship propelled this issue to be one that Fantastic Four fans don't want to miss out on.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Moon Man (2024) #1

Jan 29, 2024

Kid Cudi and Kyle Higgins get off to a very good start to their new series with Moon Man #1. Ramon is given a lot of layers as a lead character. The mystery around his unexpected hero's journey complimented the world that we were presented with. For those looking for a new sci-fi story to pick up Moon Man #1 is one to check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ms. Marvel: The New Mutant (2023) #1

Aug 31, 2023

Ms. Marvel: The New Mutant #1 did well in focusing on Kamala Khan learning about the reality of her new mutant status quo. The experience is going to be completely different from being known as an Avenger or Inhuman. Now it'll be interesting to see what direction Kamala goes as she gains more experience of what being a mutant and X-Men is.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Napalm Lullaby (2024) #2

Apr 10, 2024

While the world building still needs some work Napalm Lullaby #2 moves this series in the right direction to tap into the potential the setting has.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Purr Evil (2023) #1

Jul 24, 2023

Purr Evil #1 is a strong debut with Mirka Andolfo and Laura Braga developing characters and a world your immediately invested in. This is all done through a mystery driven by the mother-daughter series leads who are our gateway to something bigger that is going on. This mystery along with great artwork makes Purr Evil #1 a can't miss.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Purr Evil (2023) #2

Sep 7, 2023

Purr Evil #2 escalates the story for better or worse. A lot of what works with the way the story escalates is thanks to the great artwork. The writing does need to improve its world building to compliment what the series lead are put through by the evil demonic force behind everything.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Rare Flavours (2023) #1

Sep 18, 2023

Rare Flavours #1 is a unique comic book experience through the world of food culture. The dynamic between the two leads shines as much as the food presentation. It all comes together for a comic book experience that leaves you wondering what is next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rogue & Gambit (2023) #1

Mar 1, 2023

Rogue & Gambit #1 deliver on what you want from a first issue to kick off a new series. The chemistry between Rogue and Gambit shine with Destiny and Manifold's inclusion create fun dynamics to explore. The mystery of supervillains being kidnapped is well done to drive interest in what direction the rest of this mini-series will take.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Rogue & Gambit (2023) #2

Apr 5, 2023

Rogue & Gambit #2 is a disappointing follow-up to what was a promising start with the first issue of the series. Devolving the story to another superhero vs superhero fight was just not engaging. The next issue of Rogue & Gambit has a lot of work to do to recover from how Rogue & Gambit #2 dropped the ball.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rogue & Gambit (2023) #5

Jul 13, 2023

Rogue & Gambit #5 is a comic book that X-Men fans do not want to miss out on. There is a major decision that happens in this issue that will have a direct impact to Fall of X. Beyond that, this issue does a great job at wrapping up a fun series that once again showcases what makes Rogue and Gambit great characters. If you didn't pick up the individual issues make sure to pick up this series by Stephanie Phillips and Carlos Gomez when it comes out in trade format.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Secret X-Men (2022) #1

Feb 13, 2022

Kevin Lainez As a fan of Marvel, DC Comics, manga, and comic books a whole Kevin joined the Comic Book Revolution to share his love for these things with the world.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Shang-Chi (2020) #1

Oct 3, 2020

Shang-Chi #1 was a solid start to get into the world of Marvel's best fighter. Gene Luen Yang presented Shang-Chi's history in an inviting way to bring new and long-time readers into the world he is crafting around our lead character. That history enhanced the overall world-building that Yang does for Shang-Chi and the cast of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Shang-Chi (2020) #4

Jan 3, 2021

Gene Luen Yang continues to excel with how he has been expanding on the mythology around Shang-Chi's character. The developments in Shang-Chi #4 provide greater interest in the past, present and future of the Five Weapons Society. The stage is now set for the finale of this mini-series to show why this should be just the start of exploring the world around Shang-Chi.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Gwen: Smash (2023) #1

Dec 14, 2023

Spider-Gwen: Smash #1 is a refreshing return to form for Earth-65 Gwen Stacy. Gwen's chemistry with her dad and friends shines throughout this issue. The classic mystery story around a band on tour is a good direction for Spider-Gwen to take. It helps to continue to bring in other versions of classic Marvel characters, like Dazzler, into the Earth-65 Universe. If you are a Spider-Gwen fan make sure to pick this comic book up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Woman (2020) #1

Mar 23, 2020

Spider-Woman #1 is a solid start to the latest ongoing series for Jessica Drew. Karla Pacheco established a direction for Spider-Woman that has a lot of possibilities to develop Jessica in new, creative ways. The generic nature of the antagonists that Spider-Woman goes up against is the only thing that keeps this debut issue from reaching its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Supergirl Special (2023) #1

Nov 1, 2023

Taking a personal approach with this Supergirl Special by exploring Kara Zor-El's mentality tapped into the potential presented by the current Superman Family status quo. Mariko Tamaki and Skylar Patridge maximize the time they are given to tell a full story in this one comic. In doing so they create an even stronger foundation for a future Supergirl series to start with right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Spectacular Spider-Men (2024) #1

Mar 6, 2024

The Spectacular Spider-Men #1 is a solid start to the Peter Parker and Miles Morales-led series. Greg Weisman and Humberto Ramos capture the chemistry of the Spider-Men well. The one-shot style storytelling helped establish the foundation of this series. It was certainly a fun Spider-Man comic book, which is all we can ask for.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Spectacular Spider-Men (2024) #2

Apr 17, 2024

For Spider-Man fans simply looking for a fun title to check out The Spectacular Spider-Men #2 delivers just that.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Titans (2016): Special #1

Jun 16, 2018

Titans Special #1 does a great job acting as the origin issue of the new team that Dan Abnett will be writing. Unlike the previous incarnation, Abnett makes it clear what the Titans direction will be from the beginning. That clear direction, and its ties to the Justice League, makes the Titans ongoing an even more compelling series moving forward. If your a fan of the Teen Titans franchise this is a great issue to pick up to get hyped for the direction of the new Nightwing-led Titans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Titans United (2021) #1

Sep 17, 2021

Titans United #1 was a good start for this mini-series. The chemistry between the Titans was a refreshing change of pace as we get more of a straightforward superhero adventure. If you are looking for a classic Teen Titans adventure this is a comic book worth checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Torrent (2023) #1

Feb 14, 2023

Torrent #1 is a great start to the newest superhero series on the market. Marc Guggenheim and Justin Greenwood craft a compelling narrative around the series lead, Michelle Metcalf. With how this first issue ended I am hooked and looking forward to reading more.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Torrent (2023) #2

Mar 20, 2023

Torrent #2 is another excellent entry in what is already one of the best comic books on the market today. Marc Guggenheim creates a compelling narrative around Michelle Metcalf dealing with how the family and superhero life she built was completely shattered. That narrative is brought to life by the strong artwork by Justin Greenwood and Rico Renzi. The results lead to a comic book you are left wanting to read the next issue of right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Torrent (2023) #3

Apr 25, 2023

Torrent #3 does an excellent job at showing the ramifications of a superhero revealing their identity come with a lot of complexities. Those complexities create a greater investment in Michelle Metcalf's journey as her world has completely changed. If you are a superhero comic book fan make sure to pick-up Torrent. It's a can't miss comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Torrent (2023) #5

Jul 6, 2023

Torrent #5 is a massive disappointment. The fallout from the events from the previous issue are unfortunately not addressed. Rather we get a focus on the predictable resolution of the story. It all leaves you with a feeling that March Guggenheim and Justin Greenwood simply ran out of time to tell this story. That leads to a conclusion that ends up feeling rushed rather than a proper payoff to everything Michelle Metcalf was put through and did over the course of Torrent.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Ultimate Universe (2023) #1

Nov 1, 2023

Ultimate Universe #1 accomplished everything that Ultimate Invasion tried but failed to do. That is to create genuine intrigue into the new Ultimate Universe that is set on Earth-6160. Jonatan Hickman and Stefano Caselli did a great job with Doctor Doom, Iron Lad, Thor, and Lady Sif as the leads of this story. How the world responded to their actions in this issue leads to greater interest for three titles that will develop this Ultimate Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny Spider-Man (2023) #1

Sep 20, 2023

Uncanny Spider-Man #1 is a solid start to the new status quo for Nightcrawler during the Fall of X direction. Si Spurrier and Lee Garbett highlight how even in this situation Nightcrawler is a superhero at heart and wants to live a life protecting others. Balancing that out with the heavy emotional weight Nightcrawler is carrying after what Orchis did to mutants is something with a lot of potential to explore during this mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny Spider-Man (2023) #4

Nov 22, 2023

Uncanny Spider-Man #4 has all of the elements that have made this one of the best Fall of X stories. Si Spurrier and Lee Garbett have done a great job at exploring how the Fall of X direction impacts Nightcrawler on multiple levels. Unfortunately, the unnecessary promotional angle for a different comic stalls all the positive momentum this series has created. Hopefully the final issue can recover its momentum and end Uncanny Spider-Man as strong as it started.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny Spider-Man (2023) #5

Dec 20, 2023

Uncanny Spider-Man #5 is a well earned finale for Nightcrawler's solo adventures during Fall of X. Throughout this journey Nightcrawler's character has further been strengthened as a solo hero. His chemistry with Silver Sable and Mystique further helped to put him over. The end results prove to be an important victory the X-Men needed during the dark times they have faced during the Fall of X direction. This series was certainly one of the gems of the Fall of X direction that X-Men fans should all check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny X-Men (2018) Annual #1

Jan 24, 2019

Uncanny X-Men Annual #1 is not a perfect issue but it does succeed in its most important mission of returning Cyclops back to life. Ed Brisson used everything that Cyclops did and how things turn out for him to create strong motivation for what will push the character forward. With where the X-Men are now Cyclops returning as the team's leader couldn't come at a better time. Hopefully the positive character work done here is a sign of compelling stories to be told in the pages of Uncanny X-Men.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
What If...? Dark (2023): Spider-Gwen #1

Jul 27, 2023

What If? Dark Spider-Gwen delivers exactly on the potential these What If? one-shots have. Jody Houser and Ramon Bachs did a very good job at utilizing Gerry Conway and Gil Kane's iconic "The Night Gwen Stacy Died to tell a different Spider-Gwen origin story. The way this story ended was a bit disappointing that this was simply a one-shot as the end isn't as definitive as fans may hope.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Winter Soldier (2018) #1

Dec 8, 2018

The Winter Soldier #1 is a very good start to this new mini-series. Kyle Higgins showed his strong understanding of who Bucky Barnes is. The mission Higgins gives to Bucky has plenty of potential for what it means to the character and general outlook of the Marvel Universe. Having Rod Reis on board will ensure Winter Soldier will also be a very good looking mini-series as well.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X Of Swords (2020): Destruction #1

Nov 30, 2020

X Of Swords: Destruction #1 delivered all of the hype moments fans expect from an ending to the final issue of a big crossover event. Jonathan Hickman and Tini Howard wrapped things up in a way that creates a lot potential future stories that fans can be immediately invested in for all the X-Men titles. Unfortunately, the length of this crossover ended up being the biggest enemy of X Of Swords as the conclusion did not feel like a completely satisfying end to how long we spent with this story. Cutting out a few plot developments would've helped make this a much more better story when all was said and done.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Corp (2021) #1

May 14, 2021

X-Corp #1 is a solid debut issue for the latest series to launch in the X-Men franchise. While not a traditional superhero comic there are a lot of intriguing elements that fans of the current direction fo the X-Men will enjoy. Tini Howard and Alberto Foche do a very good job in establishing Penance and Angel as co-leads in this series while also developing the opposition that X-Corporation will be facing all around the world

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Force (2019) #2

Nov 30, 2019

X-Force #2 was a strong follow up to the major event that concluded the first issue of this series. Benjamin Percy shows a strong understanding of how to juggle a team filled with fan favorites and have them all add to the development of the story he is crafting. The different things that Magneto, Jean Grey, Wolverine, Sage, Beast and Kid Omega bring to the table are on full display. To balance that out Percy creates strong heat on the Reavers because of the actions they have taken. All that strong development helps make X-Force feel like a key title X-Men fans should have on their pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Force (2019) #6

Feb 1, 2020

The politics around the direction Charles Xavier and others are taking the nation of Krakoa continues to get complicated. X-Force #6 adds to those complications as we see what happens when a developing nation is able to use crude versions of Krakoa's technology and medicine. Where Benjamin Percy and other writers take this latest development will be highly intriguing to watch develop over time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men Blue: Origins (2023) #1

Nov 29, 2023

X-Men Blue: Origins #1 delivers a story that builds a stronger connection to Mystique, Destiny, and Nightcrawler's family bond. Si Spurrier, Wilton Santos and Marcus To add new layers to all three characters, with Mystique once again showing why she should be a lead of her own comic book. Hopefully we see Mystique, Nightcrawler, and Destiny's story continue to be followed up on post-Fall of X.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Men Prime #1

Mar 30, 2017

X-Men: Prime #1 did exactly what it needed to do to sell the new direction Marvel is taking the franchise on. Marc Guggenheim, Greg Pak and Cullen Bunn all did a very good job in creating some excitement in seeing the X-Men as a team of heroes rather than whatever they were the last few years. Though I won't be picking Weapon X up I am going to be giving X-Men: Blue and Gold a shot to each win a spot in my pull list. And for that X-Men: Prime #1 did it's job.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #22

Dec 23, 2016

Amazing Spider-Man could've easily been retitled as "The Clone Conspiracy #3.5." Dan Slott and Christos Gage delivered crucial information on Ben Reilly's history to make us understand his transformation to the Jackal persona. This new information gives us a new perspective into what is going on in the main The Clone Conspiracy event. How these details change the story for Spider-Man and other characters involved will be interesting to see play out. If you are reading The Clone Conspiracy I highly recommend picking up the Amazing Spider-Man #22.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #23

Jan 24, 2017

Amazing Spider-Man #23 is a solid extension of the events that took place in The Clone Conspiracy #4. Dan Slott and Christos Gage are able to deliver on the potential of what would happen if Peter Parker reunited with Gwen Stacy. At the same time, this issue highlights the weakness of The Clone Conspiracy not spotlighting other characters like Gwen enough during the course of the story. Gwen's backstory, specifically, should've been a bigger focus in these tie-in issues to make her reunion with Peter would be a more impactful to the overall event. Because of that unless you are a die-hard Spider-Man fan who must buy everything related to The Clone Conspiracy, Amazing Spider-Man #23 is a passable tie-in issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #24

Feb 23, 2017

Amazing Spider-Man #24 answers some questions left open from The Clone Conspiracy #5's ending. In doing so Dan Slott and Christos Gage create interest for future stories involving the likes of Doctor Octopus, whenever he reappears in Amazing Spider-Man. At the same time, this issue failed to create a compelling reason to want to read an ongoing Scarlet Spider comic book featuring the current version of Ben Reilly. That failure makes Amazing Spider-Man #24 only a comic book for the most diehard Spider-Man fans to buy.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #25

Mar 18, 2017

For the opening chapter of "The Osborn Identity" Amazing Spider-Man #25 is very successful. Dan Slott creates a lot of intrigue on multiple angles with Spider-Man's latest clash with his greatest enemy. The surprising return of Silver Sable added to the intrigue of where things will go. Unfortunately the hefty price point of $9.99 make Amazing Spider-Man #25 virtually impossible to recommend to anyone outside the hardest of hardcore Spider-Man fans.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #26

Apr 13, 2017

Amazing Spider-Man #26 for the most part was an improvement over the opening chapter of "The Osborn Identity." While the Doc Ock scenes were unnecessary, everything else about how Dan Slott developed the latest battle between Spider-Man and Green Goblin provided the excitement this story needed. The ending especially provides multiple possibilities for how this arc will end. All of those possibilities do not look like it will be good for Spider-Man, at least for now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #27

May 12, 2017

"The Osborn Identity" hasn't had the cleanest start but Amazing Spider-Man #27 quickly turned the story arc's fortunes around by hitting all the right beats to further Spider-Man and Green Goblin's rivalry to full-blown war. The various character dynamics made the war between Spider-Man and Green Goblin feel bigger. Having Stuart Immonen draw everything happening in this issue helped elevate Dan Slott's story to an even higher level.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #28

Jun 10, 2017

With Amazing Spider-Man #28, Dan Slott delivered an ending that made previous issues of "The Osborn Identity" even better. The various character moments for Spider-Man, Silver Sable and Norman Osborn made the ending feel satisfying. Now with where Slott leaves things, the door is open for several bigger plotlines to be followed up on after Secret Empire.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #29

Jul 2, 2017

Amazing Spider-Man #29 did a good job of using the Secret Empire setting to further the rivalry between Spider-Man and Doctor Octopus. The developments of Secret Empire strike home for Peter Parker as Dan Slott and Christos Gage push the CEO of Parker Industries into a corner. Doctor Octopus' proposal to Spider-Man should lead to an even better next issue as we learn why Peter hasn't shown up in recent issues of Secret Empire.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #31

Aug 12, 2017

Amazing Spider-Man #31 delivered an important chapter in Dan Slott's run that sets the stage for the rest of the series after Secret Empire ends. The connection to Secret Empire did hurt the impact to Marvel's blockbuster event. That said, Amazing Spider-Man #31 did a great job in creating several intriguing plotlines following Peter's decision to put an end to Parker Industries.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #789

Oct 14, 2017

Amazing Spider-Man #789 used the aftermath of Peter Parker's decision during Secret Empire to kickstart an intriguing direction for the series. There is a lot of potential in having Peter searching for a way to recover now that he has lost his company, Parker Industries. At the same time there is plenty of things to worry about as that potential could lead to more of what has turned fans off to Slott's run on the Spider-Man franchise. That fork in the road position Amazing Spider-Man is on puts the series in an interesting spot moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #790

Oct 29, 2017

There are still a lot of questions as to what is next for Peter Parker but Amazing Spider-Man #790 is the start of clearing a few things up. After how Peter was still dealing with the shock of his decision to shut down Parker Industries the ending of this issue was a good step forward for him. At the same time, Dan Slott and Christos Gage were able to elevate a low-level villain, Clash, in the process.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #794

Jan 29, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #794 did a good job in kicking of the beginning of the end for Dan Slott's run on the series. With a few plotlines left to wrap up Slott began to do so by addressing the threat of Scorpio. In the process Slott was able to highlight the growth Spider-Man has gone through under his supervision. While the development in the Norman Osborn subplot did not hit like Slott intended it to one can only hope "Threat Level: Red" will end up being a strong end to such a long running creative run.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #795

Feb 11, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #795 does very little to move the needle when it comes to the "Threat Level: Red" story arc. Even with the few positives Amazing Spider-Man #795 does have are overshadowed by the lack of interest created for how "Threat Level: Red" will close out Dan Slott's run on the series. And the little development we do get at the end of the issue does nothing to create excitement for Norman Osborn's endgame to destroy Spider-Man's life.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #796

Feb 23, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #796 does nothing to create excitement for the "Threat Level: Red" story arc. With each issue that passes the less interesting Norman Osborn's endgame is becoming. There is a major disconnect between Norman's plot and everything else going on in "Threat Level: Red" that only adds to the how hard it is to stay excited about Dan Slott's final story arc. If things continue as they have, rather than providing fans with a memorable ending, Slott could potentially end his time on Amazing Spider-Man on a disappointing note. That is not something I am hoping for but am starting to fear will be a reality.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #797

Mar 8, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #797 is exactly what "Go Down Swinging" needed to start off on a strong note. Dan Slott does an effective job getting inside Norman Osborn's head as his transformation into a Green Goblin/Carnage hybrid is completed. All the developments in Peter Parker and his supporting casts lives added to the sense of danger that Norman Osborn presents to Spider-Man's life as he learns an important fact by the end of this issue. Now with all the chess pieces in place Slott can potentially end his epic run on Amazing Spider-Man on a high note.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #798

Apr 5, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #798 is one of the strongest issues to date in Dan Slott's run on the series. Slott is clearly not holding back with "Go Down Swinging" as Green Goblin makes a direct attack to Peter Parker's life that forces Spider-Man to fight him. That fight made the debut of Red Goblin had greater impact as Norman Osborn became an even more terrifying villain. With what Red Goblin forces Peter Parker to do at the end of Amazing Spider-Man #798 there is a greater sense of wonder in how "Go Down Swinging" will end.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #799

Apr 20, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #799 is the strongest chapter of "Go Down Swinging." Dan Slott did a great job building Red Goblin as an unstable threat to the entire Marvel Universe. The personal revelations for the Osborn family made the story around Red Goblin stronger. And with the cliffhanger ending Slott has set the stage for an exciting final battle between Spider-Man and Norman Osborn's Red Goblin.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #800

Jun 3, 2018

When it focused on the battle between Spider-Man and Green Goblin, Amazing Spider-Man #800 was at its best. Unfortunately everything around that involving those outside our main stars, particularly J. Jonah Jameson, Doctor Octopus and the Symbiotes, dragged "Go Down Swinging" down. It does not help that Amazing Spider-Man #800 was priced at $9.99. That cover price just guaranteed that, rather than being a celebratory milestone, this was a comic book that should only be picked up by those who have read the entirety of Dan Slott's Spider-Man run. And even then Amazing Spider-Man #800 is hard to recommend given all the problems with the story of "Go Down Swinging."

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #801

Jun 23, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #801 is a great standalone issue for Dan Slott to end his run on. Through the eyes of one of the many people Peter has saved as Spider-Man we are able to see what how the character is the People's Champion of the Marvel Universe. With Marcos Martin elevating the story even further with his fantastic artwork Amazing Spider-Man #801 turned out to be a comic that is hard not have a smile after reading it. Though how satisfying this final Dan Slott issue of Amazing Spider-Man is will probably be left up to what you were looking for from the closing chapter of his decade long run.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #1

Jan 10, 2019

Captain Marvel #1 accomplishes its goal of providing a fresh jumping on point for new and long-time readers. Kelly Thompson identifies what makes Carol Danvers great by highlighting her history and exploring some of her most important relationships. While the generic villain Captain Marvel fights was disappointing the shift in setting provides an interesting hook for the rest of this story arc. If you are someone looking to get into who Carol Danvers is before the movie comes out I recommend giving Captain Marvel #1 a try.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #2

Feb 15, 2019

Captain Marvel #2 is a comic that is completely driven by the character interactions. Kelly Thompson does a great job writing Captain Marvel dynamic with Spider-Woman and other heroes. Through that Captain Marvel was able to shine as a strong leader. That was something which needed since everything about Nuclear Man's plot falls flat. Hopefully the development of Nuclear Man's plot improves or else it will end up dragging the entire first arc of Thompson's Captain Marvel run down.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2019) #3

Mar 24, 2019

Kelly Thompson showed throughout Captain Marvel #3 that she has gotten a firm grasp on who Carol Danvers is. The chemistry Captain Marvel has with her allies made everyone on the heroes side shine in this issue. Along with the great artwork by Carmen Carnero, Thompson's first story arc Captain Marvel continues to improve with each passing issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Captain Marvel (2019) #4

Apr 16, 2019

Captain Marvel #4 is a major let down. That all falls on the failed development of Nuclear Man. At no point does Kelly Thompson make the character a compelling villain. Instead everything the character said and does comes across as incredibly forced. Which is highly unfortunate since Thompson has shown that she knows how to write a fun Captain Marvel. Hopefully this story arc ends in the next issue and this series can move on to much better adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Captain Marvel (2019) #5

May 13, 2019

Captain Marvel #5 was a disappointing end to a lackluster beginning to what should be one of Marvel's top titles. The story around Nuclear Man completely fell apart from the beginning and it never was able to recover. The one bright spot is that Kelly Thompson showed she knows what Carol Danvers voice should be as Captain Marvel. Now that Thompson can start a new story arc she can hopefully developed a stronger plot to go along with how great of a character Captain Marvel is.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #9

Aug 19, 2019

Captain Marvel #9 was a tightly paced comic book. Kelly Thompson creates greater interest in the direction of Carol Danvers powers failing her. The mystery around that along with the different interactions she has with characters like Iron Man and Spider-Woman a strong second chapter to the "Falling Star" story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #11

Oct 21, 2019

With each passing issue Kelly Thompson grows more confident in her writing of Captain Marvel and Carol Danvers' character. Captain Marvel #11 was another example of that with strong hero moments and supporting cast usage. Unfortunately the lack of development around Star brought the entire "Falling Star" story arc down. The character never gets passed being a one-note villain, even in the final page. That leads Captain Marvel #11 from missing out on going from potentially being great to just being a solid read.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2019) #12

Nov 25, 2019

Kelly Thompson and Lee Garbett delivered a hot start to "The Last Avenger" with Captain Marvel #12. The extended battle between Captain Marvel and Thor put over how powerful both characters are. The way the entire battle escalated made how it was one moment where Thor dropped his guard be the vital point in the conclusion to the fight even better. Everything is now set for "The Last Avenger" to be the most exciting story arc the Captain Marvel series has had thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #13

Dec 12, 2019

Captain Marvel #13 was a tightly paced comic book, delivering a solid second chapter to "The Last Avenger" storyline. Kelly Thompson wasted no time in giving us a fun showdown between Captain Marvel and Iron Man. The way that fight leads into understanding why Captain Marvel is working with Vox Supreme helped create an emotional connection to what is motivating Carol Danvers. In the process, Thompson, along with Lee Garbett and Tamra Bonvillain, creates greater excitement for how things will go down in "The Last Avenger."

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #14

Jan 27, 2020

Captain Marvel #14 was another solid chapter in "The Last Avenger" storyline. Kelly Thompson keeps you guessing as to how Captain Marvel and, by extension, the Avengers will overcome the threat Vox Supreme has presented. Lee Garbett adds to the events of this issue with strong artwork that is at its best during the action.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #15

Feb 23, 2020

With each passing issue of Kelly Thompson and Lee Garbett have made "The Last Avenger" a stronger story. The weight of Captain Marvel being forced to fight her Avengers teammates reaches a strong conclusion when she has to go up against She-Hulk and Captain America. How those fights lead into the final phase of Vox Supreme's plans makes for an intriguing build going into the conclusion of "The Last Avenger."

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Captain Marvel (2019) #16

Mar 21, 2020

"The Last Avenger" had all the makings of a strong story. Unfortunately this storyline ends with a final chapter that makes the entire story come across as forgettable. The only saving grace for Captain Marvel #16 was the solid job Kelly Thompson continues to do with how she uses Carol Danvers relationships with the Avengers in this series. Sadly, that is not enough to help make the final battle between Captain Marvel and Vox Supreme any less disappointing.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2019) #17

Jul 19, 2020

Captain Marvel #17 is by far the best issue that Kelly Thompson has written during her run on this series. This comic book is just pure fun as Thompson spotlights the friendship between Marvel heroes as Captain Marvel, Wolverine, Ms. Marvel, Spider-Woman, Spectrum, and Hazmat have fun together during a game night. It is such a refreshing change of pace and story that stands out from all the superhero stories Marvel fans are used. If you are a Marvel fan Captain Marvel #17 is a comic book you should check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #22

Oct 19, 2020

Captain Marvel #22 was a solid start to a new story arc. Kelly Thompson gives this issue a aura of being a fresh start after Captain Marvel took part in the recent Empyre event. Bringing in the setting that was seen in Captain Marvel: The End was also a nice change of pace to create new dynamics between Carol Danvers and other fellow superheroes.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain Marvel (2019) #24

Dec 13, 2020

Cptain Marvel #24 did what it needed to do tell the story of Ove and why he is the antagonist of this story. There are some spots in the way this issue progressed that may come across as boring. But with how things ended the remaining issues of this arc are set-up to conclude the story strong.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #26

Feb 28, 2021

Captain Marvel #26 was at its best when it focused on the Carol Danvers aspect of the story. The way visiting a possible future for herself and her friends impacted Carol was well handled by Kelly Thompson. Which makes the underwhelming way that the main villain of this story was dealt with such a massive disappointment. At the end of the day Ove was a forgettable villain even though a lot of time was spent trying to develop him as a credible threat. That disappointment brings down what was otherwise a well-written character focused conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #27

Mar 19, 2021

Captain Marvel #27 does a good job giving weight to the big personal decision Carol Danvers made in her life in the previous issue. How Jessica Drew and others help Carol through this decision worked well to put over their relationship. The person that Carol ends up with at the end of Captain Marvel #27 could lead to some interesting stories down the line if it turns out to be a long-term thing. We'll have to wait and see on that.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #30

Jul 23, 2021

Captain Marvel #30 is a strong conclusion to the "Strange Magic" story arc. The actions Carol Danvers takes against Enchantress and Ove creates a lot of questions of how she will deal with the consequences for those decisions. The back-up story involving a meeting with Kamala Khan complimented Carol's character well. It all builds excitement for what the future of Captain Marvel will be moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #32

Sep 5, 2021

Captain Marvel #32 was good start to The Last Of The Marvels storyline. Kelly Thompson and Sergio Davila delivered an energetic start as Vox Supreme was brought back into play. How Carol Danvers responded to who attacked her pushed the story forward and had you highly anticipating what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #33

Oct 10, 2021

Captain Marvel #33 gets the job done when it comes to getting us to the next stage of The Last of the Marvels storyline. But even as we are left with a dramatic hook ending the content before the final page left a lot to be desired. This issue just never felt like it lived up to the large potential it had with what takes places and the characters Captain Marvel interacts with.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Captain Marvel (2019) #34

Dec 2, 2021

Captain Marvel #34 is at its best when Kelly Thompson and Sergio Davila focus on Carol Danvers various battles. Specifically, Carol's battle with Mar-Vell carried the emotion you expect such a reunion to happen. Unfortunately, the big bad of this story in Vox Supreme continues to fail as a compelling villain. Until that part of "The Last of the Marvels" is fixed the full potential of the story that is promised will never be reached.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #35

Jan 9, 2022

Captain Marvel #35 does fix the problems with Vox Supreme being a boring villain but at least the strength of "The Last Of The Marvels" continues to lift the story up. That strength coming from how Carol Danvers and her cast are dealing with what Vox Supreme has done. This issue focusing on the Captain Marvel and her allies made this the strongest chapter of this story arc since the first chapter.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #36

Feb 24, 2022

Captain Marvel #36 was a satisfying conclusion to "The Last of the Marvels" storyline. The only thing that kept this story from reaching a higher level was how uninteresting Vox Supreme was the entire time. Other than that, every development around Captain Marvel and her team-up with the Marvels, Avengers, Guardians of the Galaxy was so much fun to see. The end this story provided a great showcase for how much Carol Danvers has grown over the course of Kelly Thompson's run on Captain Marvel. And that is really what you want to see as a fan and will keep you coming back to see what Thompson has planned next.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #38

Jun 1, 2022

Captain Marvel #38 is a strong start to the newest story arc for this series. Kelly Thompson sets up two strong arcs for Carol Danvers and Binary to each go on. Juan Frigeri and Alvaro Lopez enhance those arcs by giving them each a distinct look that added to how invested you are in what is going on. It all comes together for a tightly paced issue that has me excited for what comes next in this "Trials arc for Captain Marvel.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #39

Jul 14, 2022

Captain Marvel #39 does a fantastic job using the past story revolving around Ove to create immediate concern about what Carol Danvers is dealing with as Marvel's Magic Tribunal places her on trial. That along with Binary's character arc continuing to gain momentum makes a lot of what takes place here work extremely well. It is just to bad that the hook ending of Captain Marvel #39 ended up falling flat or else I would've scored this issue higher.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #40

Aug 19, 2022

When the focus is on Carol Danvers the story that Kelly Thompson and Alvaro Lopez crafted for Captain Marvel #40 is at its best. The entire trial that Carol has been put on by a magic tribunal has pushed her to be challenged in ways that captivate you as the reader. Its just unfortunate that how strong Carol's story is that when the spotlight is momentarily shifted back to Earth you are reminded that the Binary storyline may have run its course. Hopefully Thompson and company are able to find a way to lift Binary's story to match the interest there is behind Carol Danvers' own story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #42

Oct 13, 2022

The Armageddon Game is becoming a game changing event for the franchise and Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles #133 captures that fact on at a street-level. By focusing on Donatello, Jenika, and Venus both Sophie Campbell and Fero Pe were able to get across how overwhelming the things the Turtles and their allies are dealing with during The Armageddon Game.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #44

Dec 9, 2022

Captain Marvel #44 moves at a solid pace to keep the reader engaged. Tough decisions are made that are handled well with how Captain Marvel and X-Men react to them. Hopefully the next issue opens up more on what the Brood are truly after in their latest plot.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #45

Jan 5, 2023

Captain Marvel #45 is solid but flawed latest chapter to the Revenge of the Brood storyline. The first half in particular has many instances of panels that come across as filler content. Its the second half of this issue where Captain Marvel #45 finds a strong flow of good character moments and strong action visuals.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Captain Marvel (2019) #46

Feb 15, 2023

While the inner monologue did not work to tap into the full potential of things Kelly Thompson previously established the dynamic between all the characters was done well. Hazmat, Polaris, and Psylocke stole the show in this issue. Good artwork from Javier Pina made Captain Marvel #46 another solid chapter in The Revenge Of The Brood story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Captain Marvel (2019) #48

Apr 13, 2023

Powered by excellent artwork from Sergio Davila, Captain Marvel #48 is the best chapter in the "Revenge of the Brood storyline. The major character moments are some of the biggest in Kelly Thompson's run. All of this comes together for a strong penultimate chapter that leaves you looking forward to how the storyline will end.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Captain Marvel (2019) #49

May 10, 2023

Carol Danvers was shown stepping up and doing what she needed to do to put an end to the conflict with the Brood Empress. The ending could've been better if the Brood story running concurrently over in the X-Men series was integrated in a more seamless manner. The way Rogue played an important role in the story did help in making up for this. Overall, Captain Marvel #49 provided a satisfying conclusion to the "Revenge Of The Brood storyline

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #1

Oct 28, 2018

Spider-Gwen: Ghost Spider #1 is a comic that would've been great if Marvel didn't force it to be tied into one of their big events. From the story Seanan McGuire created in the first seven pages of this issue there is a lot to be compelled about Spider-Gwen's current status quo. Unfortunately the unnecessary Spider-Geddon tie-in hurt Spider-Gwen: Ghost Spider launch issue. Because of that it is tough to recommend this comic to anyone except those reading the Spider-Geddon event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #4

Jan 14, 2019

Spider-Gwen: Ghost Spider #4 is easily the best issue of this young series. Seanan McGuire did a great job using the events of Spider-Geddon to tell an emotional story around Gwen Stacy. How she dealt with the deaths of Spider-UK and Spider-Man: Noir made the character development that was delivered have major weight behind it. Where McGuire takes the series from here will be very interesting to see.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #6

Mar 17, 2019

Spider-Gwen: Ghost Spider #6 is a great issue that sets up various aspects of Gwen Stacy's life. Seanan McGuire emphasized what Gwen Stacy's status quo is now that everyone knows she is Spider-Woman. In doing so there are several intriguing sub-plots that are developed that can all grow into their own spotlight stories down the line. If you are a Spider-Man fan I highly recommend picking up Spider-Gwen: Ghost Spider #6. It is in contention for being the best Spider-Man titles on the market.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Spider-Gwen: Ghost-Spider (2018) #10

Jul 7, 2019

Spider-Gwen: Ghost Spider #10 is more of a transition issue rather than conclusion to an ongoing series. Seanan McGuire did well in setting up why Spider-Gwen will be splitting her time between Earth-65 and Earth-616 moving forward. Spider-Gwen's interactions with Peter Parker's Spider-Man was a major positive for this issue. Unfortunately all of this set-up for the new Ghost-Spider series caused the strength of Spider-Gwen's series to be forgotten: her supporting cast. The lack of involvement from them made the major decision Gwen makes not have the impact it should as we conclude the short-lived Spider-Gwen: Ghost Spider series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2016) #975

Mar 10, 2017

Action Comics #975 was a fun comic book even as we get some answers while adding more questions to what we already know. The heavy focus on Mr. Mxyzplk and why he would turn out to be the fake Clark Kent was a necessary story to be told. It at least puts a stamp on the whole fake Clark Kent mystery and gave us more insight into Mr. Oz's role in the story. There are still some execution problems with the general concept of 'Superman Reborn' that need to be solved. If not this arc may end up doing more bad than good for the long-term future of the Superman franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2016) #976

Mar 24, 2017

Action Comics #976 does a very good job capping off the 'Superman Reborn' arc. Rectifying Superman's history within the new DC Universe creates a lot of interesting directions for the franchise to take moving forward. Even though Mr. Oz did not play as big a role in this arc as one would've thought, his involvement at the end of the issue does create further interest in the bigger story that was started at the beginning of DC Rebirth.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2016) #987

Sep 16, 2017

Action Comics #987 did exactly what fans were hoping it would do by revealing who Mr. Oz really is. In the process Dan Jurgens creates plenty of questions that make "The Oz Effect" feel like a must read story arc. Creating that "must read" feeling makes Action Comics #987 a successful start to "The Oz Effect."

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Action Comics (2016) #988

Oct 1, 2017

Action Comics #988 failed to make Jor-El into a compelling character. With the entire issue dedicated to how Jor-El survived and why he became Mr. Oz the failure in the script's execution is disappointing. Dan Jurgens has his work cut out for him in order to turn "The Oz Effect" momentum around after this big stumble.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Action Comics (2016) #992

Nov 28, 2017

Action Comics #992 did a fantastic job giving emotional weight to the events in "The Oz Effect." Dan Jurgens and Rob Williams delivered a tight issue that made you as the reader feel how much emotional heartache Superman was going through after what he learned about his father, Jor-El. Amplifying the strong supporting role Lois Lane played was the inclusion of Batman and Green Lantern to further the plot along. The scenes between Superman and these three characters made the final moment of this issue even more effective as it could lead to severe consequences for the DC Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Action Comics (2016) #1030

May 2, 2021

When it comes to the main story Action Comics #1030 drives home the current status quo of Superman and Superboy in a compelling way. The problems with Superman's powers comes across as a major turning point for the franchise. Bringing in Damian Wayne for Jonathan Kent's side of the story further strengthened the narrative that this issue is driving forward with. This is a comic book Superman fans should all be picking up.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Action Comics (2016) #1051

Jan 24, 2023

FINAL THOUGHTSAction Comics #1051 is a strong start to the new anthology direction for this series. The main story got over what the foundation for the new Superman Family direction will. The Power Girl back-up story in this issue did its job in getting over how this anthology direction is a major positive for the Superman franchise. This is definitely a comic book all DC Comics fans should buy.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Action Comics (2016) #1052

Feb 28, 2023

The way the three stories we get in Action Comics #1052 come together to form one comic book simply dull. It's a shame because an anthology series spotlighting the Superman Family has unlimited potential. Action Comics #1052 simply strikes out on tapping into that potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New Wolverine #14

Nov 17, 2016

All-New Wolverine #14 is a solid second chapter to Enemy of the State II. Tom Taylor pushes Laura Kinney's latest adventure forward as she now heads to Madripoor with Gabby to learn who has been sending her Trigger Scent. Taylor was also able to bring in additional players to the table as we see SHIELD and Bellona, one of Laura's clones, get involved in the larger story. Nik Virella does a good job enhancing Taylor's story with how she conveys the various emotions Wolverine and other characters have throughout the issue. This all combines to create further excitement for what is going to happen next in Enemy of the State II.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
All-New Wolverine #16

Jan 16, 2017

All-New Wolverine #16 continues to push "Enemy of the State II" forward with positive momentum. Tom Taylor and Nik Virella delivered a chapter that elevated how dangerous Kimura is and could potentially be if her plan to take over Madripoor is successful. Kimura's plot gave us an even greater reason to look forward to when Laura is able to take her down in a fight. Introducing Gambit into the story provides an interesting wild card into the situation that should make things even more exciting moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-New Wolverine #17

Feb 14, 2017

All-New Wolverine #17 slows things down to resolve Laura Kinney's acceptance with her past and overcome the hold Trigger Scent has on her. In doing so Tom Taylor is able to take the time to further develop the relationships Laura has with Gabby and the X-Men. Unfortunately that character development for Laura did not help move the overarching conflict with Kimura, whose presence was almost non-existent in this issue. The lack of Kimura severely impacted this chapter of Enemy of the State II. Hopefully with all of Laura's struggles with Trigger Scent out of the way Enemy of the State II can kick it into the next gear as we get closer to its conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New Wolverine #19

Apr 10, 2017

All-New Wolverine #19 does a good job kicking off the new "Immune" arc. Tom Taylor's ability to create a sense of scale continues to be a big positive for this series. Taylor is also able to push Laura Kinney forward as Wolverine and create an interesting direction for her and Gabby now that the latter is getting directly involved in the action.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
All-New Wolverine #22

Jul 8, 2017

All-New Wolverine #22 does a very good job picking up where the previous arc left off and kick start a team-up story between Laura Kinney and the Guardians of the Galaxy. Tom Taylor once again shows off his strength at developing Laura's character and putting her in a position that will test who she is in and out of her role as Wolverine. Gabby also had some standout interactions with Deadpool and Groot that created a greater sense of worry for what happens next following the hook ending of All-New Wolverine #22.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
All-New Wolverine #26

Oct 29, 2017

All-New Wolverine #26 delivered a strong follow-up on the return of Sarah Kinney and the rise of the Orphans of X organization. Tom Taylor did great job using Sarah's return as a vehicle to further develop Laura Kinney as she tries to figure out how she should deal with her mom's return. At the same time, we get to see how Daken's struggle with the Orphans of X may have a deeper tie to what is going with Laura's life. What that is will be a big driving force for what goes on next, creating a nice mystery around everything that we have seen so far in this new story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-New Wolverine #31

Mar 4, 2018

All-New Wolverine #31 continues the consistency that one has come to expect from the series. Tom Taylor provides fans with all the fun you expect whenever Deadpool makes an appearance in a comic book. Deadpool's involvement did a lot of the heavy lifting in the entertainment value of this issue. Though it did feel like there was a major missed opportunity for the story of All-New Wolverine to be a teaching moment for Laura Kinney to use to continue the development of the young Gabby, aka Honey Badger. That missed opportunity kept Tom Taylor's story from reaching its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
All-New Wolverine #33

Apr 8, 2018

All-New Wolverine #33 is a solid start to Tom Taylor's final story arc on this series, "Old Woman Laura." Taylor gave us something different as we got to see a more positive future Marvel Universe. That setting made Laura going on her final adventure as Wolverine have a more personal feel to it. Though where All-New Wolverine #33 falls short is with the involvement of the main antagonist of the story. That is something that is hopefully improved on in the following issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #1

Jul 13, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #1 showed that Nick Spencer's run on this series has a lot of potential to shine. Spencer did a great job resetting Peter Parker's life in a way that does build a future that creates a lot of interesting story possibilities. That said, there are definitely some things that need to be improved on from the Spider-Man side of things. Thankfully Ryan Ottley is on board to draw Amazing Spider-Man because, as this issue showed, we are in store for some great looking Spider-Man comics. If you're a Spider-Man fan I suggest checking this out and at least sticking around for the first arc to see if Spencer's run is something for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #2

Jul 26, 2018

Throughout Amazing Spider-Man #2 Nick Spencer strikes a great balance between the drama, comedy and action fans expect from a Spider-Man comic book. Bringing back the Peter Parker and Mary Jane Watson relationship is a strong anchoring point for this series to have. Combining that with Peter finding a new way to balance out his personal and superhero lives makes Amazing Spider-Man #2 a comic Marvel fans will enjoy reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #3

Aug 10, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #3 continued the strong start Nick Spencer is having for his run on this series. Spencer took the time to deliver a character driven story with Peter Parker at the center. Adding in some Spider-Man action sequences, which were wonderfully drawn by Ryan Ottley, helped keep the story moving forward. If it weren't for a few problems with certain story beats Amazing Spider-Man #3 would've been close to perfect.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #5

Sep 14, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #5 is a fun end to Nick Spencer's first story arc on this series. Throughout "Back To Basics" Spencer did a great job exploring why Peter Parker and Spider-Man need each other to be a great hero. That along with how Spencer used this scenario to strengthen Peter and MJ's relationship and Ryan Ottley's fantastic artwork made Amazing Spider-Man #5 a very satisfying conclusion.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #8

Oct 25, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #8 was a fun start to Nick Spencer's new story arc. Spencer continues to do a great job writing Peter Parker and Mary Jane Watson's renewed relationship. While the introduction of the Thieves Guild was not perfect the presentation of their leader, Odessa Drake, was well executed. Add in the ending involving the return of Black Cat and there is enough for fans to be excited about for what will after the events in this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #10

Nov 29, 2018

Amazing Spider-Man #10 is an enjoyable read. There are obvious weaknesses with the plot around the Thieves Guild that kept the "Heist" arc from reaching its full potential. Luckily Nick Spencer was able to do great job providing Spider-Man, Black Cat and Mary Jane Watson such strong character development that some of these weakness can be overlooked. Having Humberto Ramos and Michele Bandini energetic artwork helped strengthen the overall impact of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #14

Feb 3, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #14 does a good job progressing the series into its next major story arc in the form of "Hunted." Adding in some strong character work by Nick Spencer helps in creating a compelling narrative for this story arc. That makes it even more disappointing that due to Spencer's reliance on a lot of exposition and the story not working to the strengths of Bachalo's art style Amazing Spider-Man #14 isn't as great as it could have been. It's still a solid issue that just misses reaching its full potential.Amazing Spider-Man #14 Review

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #15

Feb 19, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #15 successfully brought us one step closer to the "Hunted" story arc. In progressing that storyline Nick Spencer also continued the positive progress he has been making with Spider-Man, Aunt May, Lizard and other characters. If it wasn't for a plot point that fell flat and hit-or-miss artwork Amazing Spider-Man #15 would've gotten higher marks.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #17

Mar 14, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #17 was a strong start to the "Hunted" story arc. Nick Spencer properly built up the hunt that Kraven the Hunter has set up for Spider-Man, Black Cat and others to be extremely dangerous. Having Humberto Ramos on board helped add to how big this story felt. Hopefully every chapter that follows can continue the momentum created by Amazing Spider-Man #17. If they can "Hunted" could very well go down as one of the best modern Spider-Man stories.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #19

Apr 14, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #19 does a great job moving the "Hunted" storyline forward. Nick Spencer gives a number of characters, including Spider-Man, Black Cat, Kraven and Vulture, time to develop within the "Hunted" story. Given where all the chess pieces landed by the end of Amazing Spider-Man #19 things should only get more intriguing from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #20

Apr 25, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #20 was a strong chapter that moved "Hunted" into the second half of the story. Nick Spencer execution of the story as he moves every chess piece into the place they need to be to maximize the sense of urgency in the story was great. Every character from Black Ant to Kraven to Black Cat are made to feel important even as Spider-Man is still clearly the star of the show.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #22

Jun 2, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #22 was a frustrating end to what should have been a storyline with as much potential "Hunted" had to be memorable. This issue, like the majority of "Hunted," shined when the focus was on Spider-Man and Kraven. Unfortunately every other character involved from Black Cat to Kraven's Son suffered from poor development and roles in the story. All those problems dragged down what should've been an emotional ending to Nick Spencer's biggest Amazing Spider-Man story to date.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #23

Jun 15, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #23 was a mixed bag of quality. While Spencer set-up several compelling storylines to follow up on later on the overall problems with "Hunted" could not be avoided. Luckily Amazing Spider-Man #23 had Ryan Ottley's incredible artwork to elevate the entire issue above what it could have been rated.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #25

Jul 14, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #25 does a great job setting the tone for the second year of Nick Spencer's run on this series. Through this oversized issue Spencer was able to create compelling storylines for Peter Parker, Mary Jane Watson, Mysterio and others to follow. Not all these storylines worked as intended, such as the Kindred plotline falling flat. Still there were more than enough intriguing things in development that Spider-Man fans can be excited for moving forward in this series. Amazing Spider-Man #25 boasting an all-star cast of artist further helps in elevating its importance.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #27

Aug 15, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #27 is a comic that was headed to being a standout in Nick Spencer's run. The Spider-Man and Boomerang vs Sinister Syndicate worked to make all the players involved look good. Unfortunately decisions on the portrayal of certain characters and an unnecessary ending kept Amazing Spider-Man #27 from living up to its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #29

Sep 13, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #29 is one of the best issues to date from Nick Spencer's run on this series. Spencer does a fantastic job writing Peter Parker, Mary Jane Watson and Aunt May's characters throughout this issue. The way he explores the state of Peter and Mary Jane's relationship in particular is the heart of the story that is presented. That heart is strong enough to create a lot of interest in the future of both Amazing Spider-Man and the upcoming Amazing Mary Jane series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #31

Oct 10, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #31 may very well go down as the most important issue in Nick Spencer's. This issue turned the story around Kindred's into one of the most intriguing plotlines that Spider-Man fans will want to see develop even more. The stunning artwork from Ryan Ottley further elevates the importance of the story that Spencer ends up telling throughout Amazing Spider-Man #31.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #32

Oct 28, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #32 has a solid story revolving Peter Parker and Teresa Parker clash with the Chameleon and other Marvel villains. Nick Spencer does show that he has a firm grasp on the current state of Peter Parker's personal and Spider-Man life. Unfortunately the secondary story that is picked up from Amazing Spider-Man #25 involving Spider-Man 2099 comes across as forced in rather than a natural part of the ongoing narrative for this series. The disconnect between these two stories hurt the overall impact Amazing Spider-Man #32 has.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #33

Nov 9, 2019

While Amazing Spider-Man #33 struggles to build interest for Spider-Man 2099's story Nick Spencer succeeds with building a good story around Peter Parker. Spencer layers Peter's character with multiple storylines that are going on in and out of his life as Spider-Man. The way Silver Sable, Teresa Parker and others play into the multiple stories Spencer is running all create greater intrigue in everything Peter has to deal with. Having Patrick Gleason along for the ride to handle the art duties helps in elevating the story with a consistent flow from panel to panel.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #34

Nov 26, 2019

Amazing Spider-Man #34 was nothing more than an advertising piece for the 2099 comic books Marvel is publishing. Nick Spencer did not sell fans on why they should stick around to read this story arc. All Spencer accomplished was confirming how you can skip this story arc and return for the next Amazing Spider-Man arc without missing anything.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #37

Jan 11, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #37 has introduces some interesting plot points for the direction Peter Parker, J. Jonah Jameson and Norah Winters are going to go on moving forward. Nick Spencer's writing is at its best when he is just writing these characters day-to-day interactions. That is helped by the excellent artwork that Ryan Ottley provides throughout this issue. The problem Amazing Spider-Man #37 runs into is the fact that in trying to be smart by referencing events like Civil War II what Spencer actually accomplishes the opposite. All he ends up doing is highlighting all the problems their is with the big stories he is trying to tell in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #39

Feb 14, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #39 is a comic book that checks off just about every box for a successful story. The one big box Nick Spencer misses checking was if the way J. Jonah Jameson and Spider-Man's podcast brokedown was an earned moment. The reality is that this podcast does not come across as something Spencer has properly built up for both characters during his run. Because of that Amazing Spider-Man #39 turns out to lean more into the disappointment category.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #40

Mar 3, 2020

Nick Spencer provides examples of both the good and bad of his current run with Amazing Spider-Man #40. On the good end we have the developments with Spider-Man and J. Jonah Jameson's relationship. On the bad side there is the development with a major Spider-Man villain that ends up being a negative for what Norah Winters return means for this series. This balance of good and bad just shows how much work Spencer still has ahead of him before he can make his run on Amazing Spider-Man memorable.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #42

Mar 27, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #42 takes a break from the main stories going on in this series to spotlight the rarely seen Gog. To Nick Spencer's credit he does a solid job with getting the reader invested in Gog's backstory. With the direction Spencer took, it was really Ryan Ottley's incredible artwork that elevated Gog's backstory to be as successful as it was. The only thing that hurt the story in Amazing Spider-Man #42 is that it never escaped coming across as filler content.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #43

May 27, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #43 was a mixed bag of an ending for this "True Companions" story arc. On one hand Nick Spencer created a touching conclusion to the storyline around Gog's character. But on the other hand, Spencer completely dropped the ball with the Boomerang and Lifeline Tablet storyline. Because of that Amazing Spider-Man #43 ended up coming across as half-complete when all was said and done.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #45

Jul 31, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #45 is one of the better issues Nick Spencer has written on this series in quite some time. Spencer showed a great understanding of what Sin-Eater's return means for Spider-Man and how the villains return affects him in such a drastic way. Having Mark Bagley on board for this issue also helped with the tension that is felt with this clash between Spider-Man and Sin-Eater. This is definitely the most interested I've been in an Amazing Spider-Man story this year.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #46

Aug 13, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #46 is continues the momentum from the previous issue as Nick Spencer is possibly crafting the best story arc of his run on this series with "Sins Rising." The development around the resurrected Sin-Eater has come across as an evolution for the character. How this has challenged Spider-Man makes the anticipation for the endgame of "Sins Rising" be even greater after reaching the final page of Amazing Spider-Man #46.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #47

Aug 28, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #47 was an intense reading experience. The way Nick Spencer works real world events in the way Sin-Eater is written gave weight to the character's direction that came across as distinct. How that challenges Spider-Man and furthers the greater Kindred storyline added to the interest in where the "Sins Rising" will end up when all things are said and done.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #48

Sep 10, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #48 was a strong chapter in the "Sins Rising" storyline that added importance to what Peter Parker did at the end of this issue. Having the Spider-Man Family get involved made the choice Peter decided to go with even more personal. That choice led to an unexpected turn that creates even greater interest in what this means for the direction Nick Spencer is going with this Sin Eater storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #49

Oct 12, 2020

After two years of build up Nick Spencer completes all the set-up for the big Kindred storyline he has been developing since starting his Amazing Spider-Man run. Spencer did a great job centering the story around the weight of every decision that Peter Parker has made as Spider-Man. The way he finishes laying the foundation for the upcoming Kindred story with the conclusion of "Sins Rising" in Amazing Spider-Man #49 created a lot of intriguing sub-plots for that event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #50

Oct 15, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #50 got "The Last Remains" off to a hot start. This entire issue was built around how effective the reveal in the final page was executed. To Nick Spencer's credit he succeeded in the impact of Amazing Spider-Man #50's ending. It sets up a lot intrigue for what will happen next as "The Last Remains" continues.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #50.LR

Oct 22, 2020

Outside of the final few pages Amazing Spider-Man #50.LR is nothing more than a director's cut to the first chapter of "Last Remains." The way this entire issue is executed does make you question why Nick Spencer couldn't include some of these moments in the oversized anniversary issue that was Amazing Spider-Man #50. Hopefully these tie-in comics don't create an excuse for Spencer to leave out key plot details in the main story of "Last Remains."

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #51

Oct 30, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #51 does a very good job moving the plot forward with the main two players of "Last Remains." Nick Spencer firmly establishes the unsettling nature of Kindred, who has gone all in on the horror movie villain vibe. The way Spider-Man tries to combat that by seeking out close allies to help him out show that Peter Parker knows he is up against a villain like no other he has faced. That all set the stage well for how there is still a sense of unknown with where this story will end up, especially with the hook ending of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #52

Nov 12, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #52 is built around the impact of the final page. How we get there is done extremely well by Nick Spencer as we are finally given the first face-to-face meeting between Spider-Man and Kindred. How this meeting breaks down and leads to the decision Peter Parker is forced to make leaves us in a place of uncertainty with how things will turn out. It is that uncertainty that drives greater interest in the final chapters of "Last Remains."

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #53

Nov 20, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #53 is all about the big reveal of Peter Parker finding out who Kindred really is. From that perspective Nick Spencer did a great job building up that reveal by using controversial events in Spider-Man's history to create a strong foundation for why this revelation had such an impact on Peter Parker. Unfortunately not much else happens in Amazing Spider-Man #53 as Spencer has left all the other sub-plots of "The Last Remains" to be told in the tie-in issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #54

Dec 10, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #54 immediately delivers on Peter Parker learning who Kindred is and what that means for the impact "Last Remains" has on the franchise. Nick Spencer and Mark Bagley work well off each other's strengths as creators to tell a story that had all the emotional impact you expect this showdown between Spider-Man and Kindred to have. The way things end leaves you with such a sense of uncertainty with how things will turn out when all is said and done with "Last Remains."

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #54.LR

Dec 26, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #54.LR accomplishes all it set out to do in bringing all the players in the 'Last Remains' to where they need to be for the finale. Everything that goes on here comes across as important to the greater story Nick Spencer is telling in 'Last Remains.' That will be good for readers that are reading these tie-in issues alongside the main 'Last Remains' story but could hurt those that are not when reading the finale in Amazing Spider-Man #55.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #55

Dec 31, 2020

Amazing Spider-Man #55 is a frustrating continuation of the 'Last Remains' story arc. From one end, it was fascinating to see how things played out between Peter Parker, Harry Osborn, and Mary Jane Watson. Nick Spencer is clearly not only using 'Last Remains' as a payoff to the last two years of his Amazing Spider-Man run but also to bring greater importance to all of Spider-Man's history. Unfortunately, the big problem that Spencer runs into with Amazing Spider-Man #55 is how many key plot developments come across as deus ex machinas to lead into the conclusion of 'Last Remains.' Hopefully Spencer is able to overcome these major problems with the conclusion of his big Spider-Man event.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #56

Jan 8, 2021

What started out as an exciting culmination of Nick Spencer's run on Amazing Spider-Man up to this point has disappointingly turned into major let down. After being given twelve issues, and still counting, to tell his big 'Last Remains' arc all Spencer could do is find the most boring way to stretch out the end of this story. The extra pages that were given to make Amazing Spider-Man #56 an oversized issue just added to the boredom Spencer creates in this "post-mortem" chapter. Luckily, we did get Mark Bagley's wonderful artwork to look at throughout Amazing Spider-Man #56. So, there is at least that one positive to take away from all this.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #57

Jan 15, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #57 concludes the 'Last Remains' as an example of how much of a mixed bag this storyline was. When it comes to how this story challenged Peter Parker we see how 'Last Remains' shines. The problem is that there are so many other things about this story that either worked or fell flat. Not having consistency with everything that Nick Spencer had in play created an uneven reading experience when all was said and done with 'Last Remains.'

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #58

Jan 30, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #58 was a good return to form after 'Last Remains' concluded to mixed results. The scene between Peter Parker and Liz Allen steals the show with how much emotion was packed in this scene. The involvement of Mr. Negative in this story also added an interesting wrinkle to the greater Kindred storyline that is coming out of 'Last Remains.' Hopefully the sense of urgency we get here is more of we get from Nick Spencer's run moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #59

Feb 12, 2021

With Amazing Spider-Man #59 Nick Spencer shows that his own writing is his own worst enemy. While there are certainly compelling developments in the Kindred and Wilson Fisk storylines, when it comes to the stories of Mr. Negative and Norman Osborn that dominate this issue Spencer's storytelling just falls flat. It does not help that even after everything he has been put through Peter Parker comes across as standing still through this entire saga. That is hopefully a thing that is improved on fast.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #60

Feb 26, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #60 was a strong return to form to what Nick Spencer does best with his run on this series. The focus on Peter Parker and Mary Jane Watson made the progress in the ongoing Kindred Saga much more compelling. While some may not like the fact that One More Day and Brand New Day are being brought back into play Spencer has done enough to create investment in at least giving these plot elements a chance to be explored within this ongoing story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #61

Mar 11, 2021

Though the presentation for how Peter Parker gets his new costume in Amazing Spider-Man #61 is not a home run everything around this change worked well. Nick Spencer does a good job in how he focuses what it means for Wilson Fisk to return to being the Kingpin of Crime. How that impacts Peter Parker and Spider-Man's world creates enough things to be invested in to want to come back for more from this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #62

Mar 25, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #62 is a fast-paced comic book from beginning to end. There is no time wasted as Nick Spencer develops multiple storylines throughout this issue. The pacing ends up working to the advantage of the storyline as even when there are some weak parts in the story we don't spend to much time on those moments. We quickly move on to focus on the more interesting aspects of the current storyline involving Spider-Man, Boomerang, Wilson Fisk, and other characters. The end result leaves you looking forward to what comes next in Spencer's run on this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #63

Apr 10, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #63 is one of the worsts, if not the worst, issues that Nick Spencer has written in his run on this series. The fact that underdeveloped storylines became such a major focus in this issue makes it seem like Spencer just threw everything he could into part one of "King's Ransom" without caring what it would mean for the characters long-term. Spencer just had way too many things going on that made everything come across as rushed and chaotic for no reason.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #64

Apr 22, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #64 was a vast improvement over the first chapter of the "King's Ransom" story arc. The sense of urgency from Spider-Man, Robbie Robertson, Wilson Fisk, and others made you invested in the latest developments around the war for power and control of New York City underground. The surprising development in the greater Kindred plotline added to the success of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #65

May 6, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #65 is a fun action-heavy comic book. The artwork by Federico Vicentini and Federico Sabbatini carry this issue. While the relationship between Randy Robertson and Janice Lincoln falls flat, the developments with Mayor Fisk help keep you interested in how Nick Spencer plans to wrap up the "King's Ransom" storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #66

May 22, 2021

While the developments around Kindred are what this issue will be remembered for it is the focus around where Peter Parker is both personally and as Spider-Man where Amazing Spider-Man #66 shines. You get the feeling everything that happens here is the calm before the storm. Now if Nick Spencer can get a better handle on giving time to develop sub-plots beyond their introduction this series would be even better.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #69

Jun 26, 2021

The Chameleon Conspiracy is the definition of a filler story arc. Every aspect of this story fallen flat from the very beginning. There are just too many rushed elements to make this a compelling narrative alongside the ongoing Kindred Saga. This story needs to end now so we can move on to, hopefully, better stories in Amazing Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #70

Jul 9, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #70 did its job of setting the stage for the upcoming Sinister War. All the players are all given just enough time to build excitement for the latest Spider-Man event that we are about to get. Now that the scope of Sinister War is set-up hopefully Spencer's final big Spider-Man event can live up to the 70+ issues of development.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #71

Aug 1, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #71 does very little to bring greater excitement for the Sinister War event. Instead, it is reminder of how Nick Spencer has too many sub-plots going on. This ends up causing Spencer to take certain sub-plots in directions that make them come across as filler content. With Sinister War set to be Spencer's final big Amazing Spider-Man story it is disappointing that we can't get a complete story in one comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #72

Aug 26, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #72 continues the disappointment train that Sinister War has turned into. Nick Spencer attempts to create interest by introducing last minute character developments that only makes the story an even greater cluttered mess. The end of this story can't come soon enough so we can all just move on from the disappointing story Sinister War has become.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #73

Sep 8, 2021

While I am thankful for Nick Spencer officially undoing the damage done by the worst Spider-Man story of all time the overall Sinister War event continues to disappoint. The developments in Amazing Spider-Man #73 make a convoluted story even more so right as we reach the end. It all leaves you wondering if we needed such a big build up around Kindred's character given what this issue revealed. Hopefully Spencer can deliver a satisfying conclusion to his Amazing Spider-Man run and Kindred story in the next issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #74

Oct 1, 2021

When all was said and done Amazing Spider-Man #74 accomplishes its job of wrapping up Nick Spencer's Kindred Saga that dominated his run on this series. To get to this ending Spencer and co-writer Christos Gage highlighted how convoluted this entire saga has been with the Osborn Family at the center of it. The convoluted nature of the Kindred Saga could've been wrapped up in a more satisfying fashion if it did not feel like we took the longest, most unnecessary road possible to get to this ending. But now that it is over we can just look towards a new future for the Spider-Man franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #75

Oct 8, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #75 kicks off the Spider-Man Beyond direction off on a great note. Zeb Wells, Patrick Gleason, and the Beyond Board are able to create a fresh start for the franchise that utilizes Spider-Man's history in a welcoming way. Now with it looking as though Ben Reilly will be the lead Spider-Man for this series moving forward I'm interested to see what direction Amazing Spider-Man goes from here.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #78

Nov 11, 2021

While Morbius was treated as throwaway villain the story Kelly Thompson crafted around Ben Reilly's Spider-Man and the Beyond Corporation kept interest in this new direction high. The developments in Amazing Spider-Man #78 reinforced the foundation that the Beyond era is looking to build on. Unfortunately the rushed artwork did impact the overall flow of the story, which is something that will likely be the norm given Amazing Spider-Man's current release schedule.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #79

Nov 29, 2021

When focused on the superhero aspect Amazing Spider-Man #79 is at its best. There is still a lot of work to get Ben Reilly over without the mask but at least he is starting to get comfortable as Spider-Man. The set-up for this Kraven storyline has all the makings for a fun arc that will challenge Ben to prove himself as Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #80

Dec 6, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #80 was a solid story that presented a true challenge for Ben Reilly to overcome. More stories like this where we see Spider-Man fight Kraven will help Ben gain more credibility as the permanent person carrying the mantle. If the Beyond Board writers can improve the writing of the supporting cast of this series then Spider-Man Beyond could be a big success when all is said and done.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #81

Dec 16, 2021

With the three times a month schedule that Amazing Spider-Man's Beyond direction has it is smart to do shorter stories that are one to three issues. Saladin Ahmed did a great job showing how to tell a quick story that holds importance to the overall Beyond direction with his work on Amazing Spider-Man #81. The interactions between Ben Reilly and Miles Morales led to a lot of potentially interesting developments for the direction of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
9
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #82

Dec 26, 2021

Amazing Spider-Man #82 is an example of how you maximize the page count you are given for a comic book to tell one complete story. There is a deep investment a strong investment that Saladin Ahmed and Jorge Fornes are able to create with this mystery story. This is easily my favorite comic book issue of the Spider-Man Beyond direction thus far.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #84

Jan 7, 2022

Amazing Spider-Man #84 was a solid chapter in the Beyond direction. Cody Ziglar and Paco Medina did a great job with how they wrote and drew, respectively, Doctor Otto Octavius. This portrayal made Doc Ock instantly one of the most interesting characters in the Beyond era. How Ben Reilly's Spider-Man and the Beyond Corporation respond to Doc Ock's actions in this issue will be very interesting to see play out.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #85

Jan 13, 2022

Amazing Spider-Man #85 moves the plot forward in the Beyond Era as Ben Reilly learns information that will impact his immediate future. Now Ben is on an even more unknown path as Spider-Man and it is all thanks to Doctor Otto Octavius. If it wasn't for inconsistent artwork and a major error the editors should've caught right away Amazing Spider-Man #85 would've scored higher.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #86

Jan 20, 2022

Amazing Spider-Man #88 is easily the best issue of this series we have gotten in the Beyond Era. Zeb Wells and Michael Dowling did a great job at having Ben Reilly finally begin to deal with a past that he did not know about thanks to how the Beyond Corporation manipulated him. Now that Ben's past from the Clone Conspiracy is out in the open where things go next in the Beyond Era will be very interesting to see.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #87

Jan 27, 2022

Kevin Lainez You can catch up with all of Kevin's thoughts about comics, anime, TV shows, movies and more over onTwitter @TheKevinLainez. You can also watch the fun and silly videos Kevin is making over on hisTikTok @nerdykev.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #89

Feb 17, 2022

Kevin Lainez As a fan of Marvel, DC Comics, manga, and comic books a whole Kevin joined the Comic Book Revolution to share his love for these things with the world.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #89

Feb 17, 2022

Judging Amazing Spider-Man #89 solely on the content of the story Patrick Gleason and Mark Bagley did a great job in establishing Queen Goblin as a major threat. How Queen Goblin's introduction helped to further Peter Parker's story in the Beyond Era made his return as Spider-Man even more exciting. That said, all the great character and plot developments further highlighted how Ben Reilly, the current lead Spider-Man, is turning into the least interesting part of this series. We'll see if the next issue can bring Ben up to the level of Peter and all the other great characters in this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #90

Feb 24, 2022

Just like the previous issue, Amazing Spider-Man #90 was a reminder of how much Peter Parker was missed as the series lead. Peter battle with Queen Goblin was so different from all the fights Ben got into as Spider-Man with other villains. While that is certainly a negative for Ben Reilly's character there is a lot to enjoy in Amazing Spider-Man #90 when it comes to the developments around Peter, Janine Gobde, and Maxine Danger. Its their character arc that have built a high investment level as we enter the final stage of the Beyond story.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #91

Mar 7, 2022

Overall, Amazing Spider-Man #91 had the elements to be a great comic book. Unfortunately it is weighed down by how rushed Ben Reill's character arc and Beyond Corporation's full heel turn has turned out. Hopefully the final few issues of this whole Beyond era can turn things around to give us a satisfying ending.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018) #93

Mar 31, 2022

When all was said and done while Ben Reilly's arc in Spider-Man Beyond left a lot to be desired the writing for Peter Parker and all other characters involved in the story lifted the ending to this era up. Zeb Wells, Patrick Gleason, Sara Pichelli, Mark Bagley, and Tim Townsend all worked together to keep the reader invested in what happens next in this series after Amazing Spider-Man #93.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Aquaman (2016) #43

Dec 23, 2018

Aquaman #43 delivered an unexpected start to Kelly Sue DeConnick. In taking Aquaman out of his normal Atlantis setting DeConnick created an intriguing mystery around a new village and the Unspoken Water. The story moved at a quick enough pace that it never dragged with Aquaman not being left in the dark of what was going for too long. That makes this a nice starting point to see what else DeConnick has planned for this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Aquaman (2016) #44

Jan 28, 2019

Aquaman #44 did not turn out to be as strong as the previous issue. The mystery around the Unspoken Water and Aquaman's amnesia help drive the story forward. Unfortunately the lack of development for key supporting characters have caused Kelly Sue DeConnick to not hit its intended mark. Hopefully with how Aquaman #44 ended these problems can be fixed so the story can quickly turn around.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Cable (2020) #5

Oct 18, 2020

Cable #5 does a good job at showcasing the dynamic between Cyclops, Jean Grey, and Cable. The Summers Family work effectively together as they learn about new threats that they'll have to worry about in the future. Though as a X of Swords chapter Cable #5 does not really advance the plot of the crossover. Which could disappoint readers of the 22-chapter long X of Swords crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Cable (2020) #6

Nov 23, 2020

Cable #6 was exactly what X Of Swords after the mix bag that has been the second half of this X-Men crossover. There was a genuine sense of urgency as characters, specifically on the X-Men side, had to come to terms with how bad things are in this tournament that X Of Swords is about. Hopefully that urgency is carried over to the final three chapters of the latest X-Men crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Children of the Atom (2021) #1

Mar 15, 2021

Vita Ayala and Bernard Chang kick off Children of the Atom with a fun and engaging first issue. Multiple plotlines are set up that builds intrigue to learn more about who the members of the Children of the Atom are. The way this team works into the greater story around Krakoa we've seen in all the X-Men comics worked well to give this series a hook that gets the reader to come back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Children of the Atom (2021) #2

Apr 18, 2021

Children Of The Atom #2 keeps the momentum going from the first issue. Developing a greater connection with the members of the team, as we got a spotlight on Cherub's personal life, was a good choice as it strengthens the connection the reader has with these characters. How the X-Men and Avengers factor into this story added greater interest to see where this series will go next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Green Arrow (2023) #1

Apr 25, 2023

Green Arrow #1 is a continuity heavy first issue. Joshua Williamson and Sean Izaakse certainly do their best to try to make this a new reader friendly first issue. That proves easier said than done. The big family reunion certainly lifts up what would've otherwise been a story that struggled with how to get over the Green Arrow franchise now dealing with the Multiverse. The second issue will need to do a lot of work to strengthen the foundation created by Green Arrow #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Green Arrow (2023) #3

Jun 28, 2023

The enjoyment of Green Arrow #3 will vary on how much knowledge of the Green Arrow Family that you have. The continuity heavy nature of the story does cause some pacing issues. But thanks to solid character arcs for Oliver Queen and Lian Harper along with a cool twist ending there is enough here to be interested in continuing to read more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Green Arrow (2023) #4

Sep 30, 2023

The deeper we are getting with this intro Multiverse arc for Green Arrow the more the ambition is showing to be to great for the story to handle. There are a lot of cool elements, such as the Legion of Super Heroes and Parallax usage, but the story is just not hitting with Oliver Queen at the center. Hopefully the way Green Arrow #4 ended will be a sign this story will finally start having positive progress forward rather than going in circles.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2023) #5

Oct 26, 2023

Green Arrow #5 is a solid issue that delivers some strong character work for Oliver Queen. Oliver tackles his Multiverse journey that stays in the type of character he is. Though the limitations placed on the other characters involved not named Oliver Queen is a mixed bag. While some like Black Canary and Arsenal maximize their screen time others are just forgotten. Having a better balance with other characters' involvement would improve the story of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Green Arrow (2023) #6

Nov 29, 2023

Green Arrow #6 does a good job at wrapping up Oliver Queen's multiverse journey. His return was given the proper payoff while reestablishing his archenemy's previous status. Now that this story is resolved we can see the rest of Team Arrow integrated into the story better that elevates the entire franchise and not just Oliver Queen.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Green Arrow (2023) #7

Dec 26, 2023

Green Arrow #7 is a tone setter for this series moving forward. Back from his Multiverse adventure Oliver Queen takes steps to be proactive about being part of the bigger Dawn of DC direction. In the process several characters arcs and plotlines are developed that should make Green Arrow one of the most important titles for DC Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Green Arrow (2023) #9

Feb 27, 2024

Green Arrow #9 maximizes the fallout of Titans: Beast World to further the greater narrative involving Amanda Waller. How Oliver Queen and Connor Hawke factor into these great plans for the DC Universe makes Green Arrow an important title to follow. That importance carries this title to be one DC Comics fans should have on their pull list.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Green Arrow (2023) #10

Mar 26, 2024

Green Arrow #10 is a mixed bag. On the Oliver Queen and Roy Harper front, the strength of their relationship helps to move the greater story around Amanda Waller forward. Though it is a story brought down by the fact that the Green Arrow Family as a whole lacks the history to make their big reunion hit as intended. The lack of development from past creative decisions impact scenes that are made to look important but lack punching power. That all leads to an overall story that feels rushed because of lack of time.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Harley Quinn (2021) #1

Mar 28, 2021

Harley Quinn #1 is a fun ride from beginning to end. Stephanie Phillips and Riley Rossmo do a good job in using the post-Joker War state of Gotham City to show us how Harley Quinn factors into all of that. While the fun, chaotic side of the character is a big focus there is depth given Harley Quinn's current direction with Phillips establishing the groundwork for several storylines that will grab the readers attention.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Harley Quinn (2021) #7

Oct 4, 2021

Superman: Son Of Kal-El #3 is a tightly written issue that continues to establish Jonathan Kent as the one who will carry on his father's legacy. The final interaction between Jon and Clark Kent felt like the training wheels are now off and its Jon's time to be fully step up as Superman. Everything just worked as we look forward to what the future holds for the young Jonathan Kent.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Hawkgirl (2023) #1

Jul 18, 2023

Hawkgirl #1 is a solid start to this new series starring Kendra Saunders. While Jadzia Axelrod runs into problems with how she writes narration there is a great foundation when Kendra's chemistry with her former Justice League teammates is given time to shine. Hopefully the positives are what Hawkgirl builds from and avoids the negatives that appeared in this first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Hawkgirl (2023) #2

Aug 17, 2023

Hawkgirl is a series that is quickly battling its own creative. When Jadzia Axelrod simply lets the characters tell the story Hawkgirl #2 is at its best. Unfortunately Axelrod gets in her own way with how she unnecessarily inserts herself into the story. Luckily Amancay Nahuelpan is there to pick up a lot of the slack with great artwork. All we can hope for is that Axelrod quickly learns how to fix the issues with the narrative direction she is taking with Hawkgirl.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Justice League of America (2017) #1

Feb 22, 2017

Justice League of America #1 does a great job continuing the momentum created by the Rebirth issue to hit the ground running for this new series. Steve Orlando showed his clear understanding of the characters and mission statement he has set up for this new Justice League team. Bringing in a set of villains like Lord Havok and the Extremists gave this issue a big event feel, which was incredibly well executed by Ivan Reis' phenomenal artwork. All of this comes together to make a strong argument for JLA to be the premiere Justice League title for DC Comics.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Justice League of America (2017): Rebirth #1

Feb 8, 2017

Justice League of America: Rebirth #1 firmly establishes who all the members of the team are and what their mission statement is. Steve Orlando does a very good job in making the reader understand why Batman would recruit characters like Killer Frost, Ryan Choi's Atom and The Ray alongside Black Canary and Vixen. It is all enhanced by Ivan Reis fantastic artwork that gets over how formidable this new incarnation of JLA is. This combination of creative talents makes a strong case for Justice League of America being the must have Justice League title moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Justice League of America (2017) #6

May 14, 2017

Justice League of America #6 was an uninspiring ending to the "Heart of a Bastich" story arc. This second arc for the JLA never attempted to stand out from being nothing more than a typical Justice League story. The failed execution in the attempt to give Lobo, Ray and Atom some much needed character development did not help the story that Steve Orlando and Andy Mcdonald tried to craft.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Shadow War (2022): Omega #1

May 31, 2022

While the reveal of the ultimate antagonist for Shadow War was a disappointment Joshua Williamson delivered on intriguing character arcs for Bruce Wayne, Damian Wayne, and Talia Al Ghul. The ties this ending has to Dark Crisis added importance to how Shadow War: Omega concluded this crossover. In the end while it had its fair share of ups and downs Shadow War did create new storylines to look forward to in the future.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Shadow War (2022): Alpha #1

Mar 30, 2022

Overall, Joshua Williamson accomplished what was needed to be done to sell readers of the Batman, Robin, and Deathstroke Inc titles on the Shadow War crossover. The motivations for all the characters involved are made clear with the stakes already set at a high level. Where things go from where Shadow War: Alpha #1 leaves off will drive a lot of excitement for the rest of this crossover event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Girl (2021) #1

May 19, 2021

Wonder Girl #1 kicks off Yara Flor's hero journey with a strong statement. Joelle Jones does a lot of great work to create a foundation for what makes Yara Flor a breakout character for DC Comics. Mixing in different mythologies, from Greek to Brazilian, adds to the excitement around how this series will expand the Wonder Woman franchise into brand new frontiers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Girl (2021) #2

Jul 12, 2021

Wonder Girl #2 does a good job continuing the heroes journey that Yara Flor has just begun to walk. Here we get her one step closer to her greater destiny. At the same time, we see how Yara getting closer to becoming Wonder Girl is causing a lot of attention from the different Amazon branches and Gods of different mythologies. It all comes together well to build anticipation for what plans Joelle Jones has next for Wonder Girl.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Wonder Girl (2021) #3

Sep 6, 2021

Wonder Girl #3 makes steady progress for Yara Flor as she reaches the next point in her adventure. The delays to get to that point do hold this issue back from hitting the same highs of the first two issues. That said, the developments around Cassie Sandsmark and Artemis help lift the overall story so we continue to be invested in the Brazilian Amazons we have been introduced to.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wonder Girl (2021) #7

Jan 30, 2022

Wonder Girl #7 wasn't meant to be the end but Jones and Duca did their best to provide some form of conclusion to the beginning of Yara's journey. Hopefully the Trial Of The Amazons will be able to provide more of a full arc for Yara as she interacts with the rest of the Wonder Woman franchise for the first time.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #58

Nov 15, 2018

Wonder Woman #58 is a comic that you can spot the potential for but just ends up missing the mark. By far the strength of this issue was G. Willow Wilson's writing of Wonder Woman. Unfortunately from a lack of context around Wonder Woman's current continuity and the failed execution of Ares' storyline that strength is outweighed by all the problems faced by this issue's story. Hopefully these problems are fixed in the next issue, something I believe Wilson will be able to do given her past work.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #59

Dec 3, 2018

Wonder Woman #59 is a comic book that is completely carried by its two lead characters. The dynamic that G. Willow Wilson has created between Wonder Woman and Ares is the main driving force for keeping this issue afloat. It's just unfortunate that everything else around the story in Wonder Woman #59 completely falls flat. Unless these problems can be fixed immediately "The Just War" storyline may very well sinking due to all the leaks.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wonder Woman (2016) #61

Jan 4, 2019

Wonder Woman #61 presents a lot of intriguing ideas for the future of G. Willow Wilson's run on this series. Unfortunately this first story arc has felt stretched due to the lack of development around the conflict Wonder Woman and the others find themselves in the middle of. The sooner that this first arc can be wrapped up the better this series will be as Wilson has shown she has much bigger plans in place for her run.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2016) #63

Feb 2, 2019

Wonder Woman #63 was completely a filler issue. The story is all about supplementary characters introduced in G. Willow Wilson's first story arc. For the most part Wilson does a good job developing these characters to have individual personalities, which are brought to life by Emanuela Lupacchino great artwork. At the same time, this is not a required reading. You can easily jump into the next issue of Wonder Woman without having read this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #751

Feb 13, 2020

Wonder Woman #751 accomplished what it needed to accomplish. Steve Orlando gave Wonder Woman a fresh start. In doing so Orlando was able to develop Wonder Woman's supporting cast and create interest in the new Hoursewomen as big threats for the future. Orlando's strong story was strengthened by the strong artwork Jan Duursema provides throughout the story. The detail Duursema gives each character went a long way in helping create a sense of pushing forward with the story in Wonder Woman #751.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2016) #753

Mar 17, 2020

Wonder Woman #753 was another solid issue in Steve Orlando's run on this series. Orlando continues to build a strong foundation to make the eventual clashes between Wonder Woman and Four Horsewomen something to look forward to.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wonder Woman (2016) #754

Mar 26, 2020

Wonder Woman #754 has big aspirations with Diana racing off to help Princess Maxima with a major conflict on Almerac. That adventure turns out to be just a fun one-and-done deal rather than the epic the beginning of the issue leads you to believe. Still, Steve Orlando's writing continues to be on point that even this type of filler story turns out to be enjoyable enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #755

May 20, 2020

Wonder Woman #755 finally kicked off "The Four Horsewomen" story arc. To Steve Orlando's credit he was able to give this story he has been building up during his rune the hot start it needed. He got you to fully understand Warmaster's motives for going after Wonder Woman. This better positions "The Four Horsewomen" arc to be one of the most intriguing storylines taking place in the DC Universe right now.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #756

Jun 5, 2020

Wonder Woman #756 is the best issue to date of Steve Orlando's run on this series. He nailed the stakes that are at hand with Warmaster taking the fight directly to Wonder Woman and the Amazons. The impressive character spotlight on Donna Troy and how much of a badass she is elevated the entire issue. Along with Jesus Merino's artwork, Orlando just got me more hyped for the next issue of Wonder Woman after this second part of "The Four Horsewomen" arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2016) #757

Jun 22, 2020

The first 17 pages of Wonder Woman #757 delivered a strong third chapter in "The Four Horsewomen" story arc. The battle Wonder Woman and Donna Troy lead the Amazons to fight against Warmaster and Genocide all had great plot progression. Unfortunately, the story completely fell apart with the final three pages with Phantom Stranger appearing out of nowhere in the final second. Luckily the first 17 pages were good enough to still make Wonder Woman #757 a solid comic book, but one that could've been greater.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #758

Jul 12, 2020

If Wonder Woman #758 was judge only on the last eleven pages it would've been a fantastic issue. Unfortunately, the first half of Wonder Woman #758, which involved a battle between Wonder Woman and Phantom Stranger, was a big swing and a miss. Luckily the second half of this issue was strong enough to lift up the entire story. The final few pages specifically effectively sets up a future filled with potential for the Wonder Woman series for Mariko Tamaki and other writers to follow-up on.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #759

Jul 29, 2020

Wonder Woman #759 is a very good start that welcomes both new and long-time fans of Wonder Woman into what will happen next in this series. Mariko Tamaki showed a strong understanding of who Wonder Woman is and sets up a story with Maxwell Lord as the main antagonist that you are immediately invested in. Add in the fantastic artwork from the team of Mikel Janin and Jordie Bellaire and you have a comic book Wonder Woman fans should all be checking out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #760

Aug 12, 2020

Wonder Woman #760 is a solid continuation of what Mariko Tamaki, Mikel Janin, and Jordie Bellaire built in the first issue. The tense meeting with Maxwell Lord and the ending of Wonder Woman #760 are strong hooks that will make readers invested in the mind control mystery that is being developed. Its definitely a good jumping on point for fans looking to read a Wonder Woman comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2016) #761

Aug 26, 2020

Wonder Woman #761 was another solid chapter for Mariko Tamaki's first storyline in this series. The story is moving at a good pace that keeps the story moving forward. The way Maxwell Lord is brought into the story and Wonder Woman's reaction added greater interest in how things will turn out when all is said and done.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #762

Sep 11, 2020

Wonder Woman #762 was another fun issue. Mariko Tamaki moves the story of Liar Liar at a strong pace with very little filler content. Specifically, the interactions between Wonder Woman and Maxwell Lord drive the investment in the story that Tamaki is developing. The strong chemistry between these two characters and the use of past DCU continuity creates greater interest in whatever plans Tamaki has for run moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wonder Woman (2016) #763

Sep 30, 2020

Wonder Woman #763 did what it needed to do to conclude the "Liar Liar" arc in a satisfying way. Through the course of this story arc Mariko Tamaki showed she understands how to write a compelling Wonder Woman. Which for the first story in a creative run is what you want to see. Its to bad that the Max Lord's development was so uneven that the prospects of him sticking around long-term isn't something to look forward too. Which is all exemplified with the execution of the big hook at the end of Wonder Woman #763 lacking excitement.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2016) #770

Mar 10, 2021

Wonder Woman #770 is a world building focused comic book as Michael W. Conrad and Becky Cloonan bring Asgard into the DC Universe. The Edge of Tomorrow-inspired story involving Wonder Woman was an interesting way to continue her arc that started in Infinite Frontier #0. Now with the foundation built we will hopefully see other elements and characters from Norse mythology developed to build out the supporting cast of this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #771

Apr 17, 2021

The mystery around why Diana ended up in Asgard and what is actually going on around her was a good continuation of the story started in the previous issue. Michael W. Conrad and Becky Cloonan add to the world by bringing in more classic elements from Asgard and giving them a DC Universe spin to make them standout. It all adds to you as the reader questioning what is next in this story.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2016) #785

Mar 17, 2022

Wonder Woman #785 did a great job exploring what has taken place thus far in the Trial of the Amazons crossover. The impact of Hippolyta's death and Diana reaction to her mother passing away all pushed the story forward. The ending with the official Champions participating in the Trial of the Amazons being revealed greater intriguing going into the next chapter of this Wonder Woman crossover event.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Wonder Woman (2016) #786

Apr 13, 2022

Wonder Woman #786 works well in progressing the overall plot of Trial of the Amazons. The story rapidly moves, especially compared to the previous two chapters. Though not every plot beat ends up working as the threats presented are extremely underdeveloped. The artwork also isn't as strong as the previous chapters as the switches between artists isn't as smooth as it needed to be. That all makes this a mix bag of a chapter for Trial of the Amazons.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
X-Men: Blue (2017) #1

Apr 18, 2017

X-Men: Blue #1 is a very good start to what could potentially be the strongest of the relaunched X-Men titles. The reveal of a character from the Ultimate Universe does create a cause for concern with how unnecessarily complicated things could become. That said, the main story of X-Men: Blue #1 has me hopeful for Cullen Bunn's run to be successful one.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
X-Men: Blue (2017) #2

May 2, 2017

X-Men: Blue #2 was an excellent follow-up to the status quo that was established in the first issue of this core X-Men series. Cullen Bunn has set-up several intriguing plotlines that gives fans a lot to look forward to in the future of this series. Hopefully this momentum continues as the X-Men are now positioned to regain the relevance they lost in the last few years.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
X-Men: Blue (2017) #4

May 28, 2017

When it comes to showing off the fun dynamic between the original X-Men, Cullen Bunn knocks it out of the park with X-Men: Blue #4. Unfortunately the unnecessary confusion added to the series with the integration of characters from the Ultimate Universe just reminds readers why it is so difficult to read an X-Men comic. Hopefully this new arc moves quickly so Bunn and company can focus on where X-Men: Blue excels.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Teen Titans (2016) #4

Jan 26, 2017

Teen Titans #4 is exactly the issue that this story arc needed to move forward with. The main conflict between Robin and his grandfather, Ra's Al Ghul, added further depth to the fight between the Teen Titans and Demon' Fist. This depth made the fight between Robin and Mara have a greater impact to the overarching story Benjamin Percy has crafter. And while the other Teen Titans didn't get a lot of screen time Percy did maximize how much of them we saw and give some much needed character development for Beast Boy. Now with the Teen Titans united the conflict with the Ra's and the Demon's Fist should only intensify.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Teen Titans (2016) #5

Feb 27, 2017

Teen Titans #5 did exactly what it needed to do to establish a strong foundation for the series moving forward. Robin's character arc in this issue helped to highlight how the Teen Titans will be more of a family than just another response team like the Justice League are for the DC Universe. Batman's guest appearance helped drive that home and Percy was able to create a strong connection for the entire team that he can now build on in order to introduce new characters like Aqualad.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Teen Titans (2016) #8

May 22, 2017

Teen Titans #8 does a good job bringing the team into the conflict started over in it's big brother title, Titans. The dynamic between the two Titans teams played in well with how Deathstroke was able to get into Kid Flash's head. Unfortunately "The Lazarus Contract" crossover is still being kept back by the fact that the scale of the story feels too small for a crossover involving three different ongoing titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Teen Titans (2016) #20

Jul 28, 2018

Teen Titans #20 showed that there is a lot of potential with the direction Adam Glass has planned for this series. The team that Robin assembled all showed potential to florish under his leadership with a storyline that kicks off this fresh start on a positive note. Still, it is to early to tell if the potential Glass presents can build long-term interest in the Teen Titans.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teen Titans (2016) #21

Aug 27, 2018

As with the previous issue, Teen Titans #21 showed that Adam Glass' new team has some potential. The situation the Teen Titans found themselves in thanks to Gizmo tested them in unexpected ways. Unfortunately some problematic character decisions kept the story in Teen Titans #21 from reaching its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans (2016) #7

Jan 13, 2017

Titans #7 captures the spirit of what made so many of us fall in love with this franchise back in the Marv Wolfman/George Perez days. Dan Abnett masterfully juggles multiple plotlines at the same time, seamlessly transitioning between them all without missing a beat. While the Flash and Superman race stole the show in this issue the rest of the Titans were able to get some needed screen time to further flesh out the various dynamics within the team. At the same time, Abnett is able to build anticipation for future storylines as Psimon is brought back in a major way. If you're a fan of the Titans franchise I highly recommend picking up Titans #7, whether you've read this series before or not.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans (2016) #8

Feb 10, 2017

While low on action sequences Titans #8 more than makes up for it with strong character development for all of the Titans. Dan Abnett does a great job adding depth to the cast, with Donna Troy, Bumblebee and Harold getting the best character progression. The re-introduction of the Fearsome Five was also well handled as Abnett goes in an interesting direction with these established Titans villains. This all comes together to fully kickstart a new arc that will make fans of the Teen Titans franchise very happy.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Titans (2016) #10

Apr 17, 2017

Titans #10 was an effect conclusion to the team's conflict with the Fearsome Five. Dan Abnett did a great job in making the Fearsome Five an effective villain team while building towards a bigger future story involving HIVE. Bumblebee's development further enriched the story of this arc as there is another intriguing sub-plot for the Titans to deal with.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans (2016) #11

May 11, 2017

Titans #11 kicks off the big "The Lazarus Contract" off on the right note. Dan Abnett, along with story writers Christopher Priest and Benjamin Percy, did a great job using the Titans history with Deathstroke as the core to launch the rest of this story. Now with several plotlines in play there are plenty of fun things for Titans fans to follow moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Titans (2016) #12

Jun 18, 2017

In an effort to deliver a number of romantic pairings that would get fans talking Titans #12 forgets to deliver a quality story. Dan Abnett and Kenneth Rocafort failed to make what should be major chapters in Donna Troy, Wally West, Roy Harper, Tempest and Omen's lives impactful due to bad execution. Hopefully having a mole within the team helps the future of the Titans series because the various romantic pairings sure did not.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Titans (2016) #13

Jul 15, 2017

Titans #13 was an extremely mixed bag. When Dan Abnett focus on the Titans conflict with HIVE and the potential traitor on the team the comic is at it's best. Unfortunately the heavy focus on romantic sub-plots for every character except Nightwing hurt any positive character development Abnett is trying to deliver. As long as the romance is heavily focused on Titans will never be able to deliver on the potential it has as a strong team comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Titans (2016) #14

Aug 13, 2017

Titans #14 failed to deliver an chapter that built further interest in what comes next for the team. For all the intriguing sub-plots Dan Abnett has created all the forced romantic drama has enveloped the series and is keeping Titans from reaching it's full potential. That's an unfortunate outcome given that Titans #14 finally provided the spotlight Tempest needed but is dragged down by all the worsts aspects of the Titans series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Titans (2016) #17

Nov 12, 2017

Titans #17 shows signs that Dan Abnett is looking to turn this series around from the chaotic state it has been. Unfortunate all of the damage done by the rushed story developments and character arcs continue to plague the series from making the necessary steps to be better. That long-term will be something that will take time to get past and there are signs in Titans #17 is inching its way towards a position it will be a solid title again.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Titans (2016) #18

Dec 16, 2017

Titans #18 puts the final nail in the disappointing story arc that "The World Stops" ended up being. After starting out as a story about a HIVE spy within the Titans for some reason that storyline was completely forgotten for an even less coherent story involving the future version of Donna Troy, Troia, coming to kill the team. The way Dan Abnett executed Troia's story left a lot to be desired. So much so that the only saving grace for Titans #18 was the strong artwork from Brett Booth.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans (2016) #19

Jan 11, 2018

Titans #19 is a great start to the latest story arc, "Grounded," for this series. Dan Abnett was able to use his previous story arcs to properly compliment the conflict between the Titans and Justice League. What happens between the members of both teams sets up several interesting character arcs for the series to follow up on moving forward. Having Paul Pelletier draw the issue further helped the story have a consistent look, adding to the tension between the Titans and Justice League.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Titans (2016) #20

Feb 16, 2018

Titans #20 continues the trend upwards for the series as Dan Abnett and Paul Pelletier deliver another strong character study. Keeping the focus on Roy Harper, Donna Troy, Dick Grayson and Wally West has given the series a focus that it previously did not have. And by bringing back classic Titans foes in Cheshire, the Brain and Monsieur Mallah back in the spotlight the Titans series future is looking stronger than ever.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Titans (2016) #21

Mar 17, 2018

Titans #21 is another strong chapter in this latest story arc centered around Roy Harper. Dan Abnett continues to do an excellent job putting a spotlight on all the strengths and weakness Arsenal has that makes him a compelling character.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Titans (2016) #23

Jul 15, 2018

Titans #23 was a good start to the new direction that Dan Abnett is taking the new roster he has created. From the beginning Abnett hits the ground running as he waste no time in having the Titans tackle the current problems going on in the DC Universe following the events of No Justice. And with solid character work and teases of what is to come there is a lot to love about Titans #23 for fans of the franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Titans (2016) #24

Aug 12, 2018

Titans #24 is a solid continuation of what Dan Abnett is doing to follow-up on the Source Wall's energy creating a chaotic situation on Earth. The strength of this issue was how effectively the Titans were able to fight together. Unfortunately problems with the presentation of the story's villains and Abnett revisiting the eye-rolling team traitor sub-plot kept Titans #24 from reaching its full potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Titans (2016) #26

Oct 1, 2018

Titans #26 shows that the current mission statement for the team has legs. Dan Abnett did a very good job creating greater interest around what the Blood Cult are using the chaos created by the Source Wall for. In the process Abnett using the conflict the Titans resolved to show how strong of a team they are while developing several character sub-plots. As long as we can get more issues like Titans #26 this series could start rising to become one of DC Comics better ongoings.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Titans (2016) #27

Oct 13, 2018

Titans #27 was one of the strongest issues to date for this series. Dan Abnett did a great job using recent events surrounding Nightwing and Roy Harper's fates to deliver solid character work for this incarnation of the Titans. All the character work done in Titans #27 will make future issues even stronger, something that should be exciting for fans of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Titans (2016) #30

Dec 4, 2018

Titans #30 is the shot of adrenaline that this series desperately needed. Dan Abnett did a great job developing each member of the Titans individual stories. All that development came together to make Donna Troy's rise as the leader of the team a memorable moment for the Titans. Ending things with Kyle Rayner's surprise and much needed appearance added the hook needed to create further interest in what is coming next.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2018) #6

Aug 23, 2018

Avengers #6 was a highly enjoyable ending to Jason Aaron's first story arc in this series. Aaron delivered a story that felt like a big event that had major consequences for how fans will view the Marvel Universe moving forward. And with how Aaron concluded this Dark Celestials story arc he has left us with a lot to be excited for as he gets deeper into his plans for the Avengers.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Avengers (2018) #7

Sep 7, 2018

Jason Aaron clearly had his best intentions in mind by trying to use Avengers #7 to reveal Ghost Rider 1,000,000 BC. Unfortunately this is something that was not built to, making it tough to actually connect with this version of Ghost Rider. It does not help that certain story choices just further drove home how uninteresting this version of Ghost Rider is. That all added up to Avengers #7 turning out to be nothing more than a filler comic book that you can pass on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Avengers (2018) #8

Sep 22, 2018

Avengers #8 got the series right back on track. Throughout this issue Jason Aaron was able to establish the team dynamic and what role each member will play during his run. Along with the continued development around what the Celestials appearances revealed about Earth and Namor's sudden attack, Avengers #8 delivered on the high expectations for Aaron's run on this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Avengers (2018) #11

Dec 17, 2018

Avengers #11 is an example of a comic that had a lot of potential that unfortunately ends up falling flat. The heavy exposition that fills just about every panel turns Avengers #11 into a bit of a chore to read. It does not help that there are several Avengers who are hurt by the dialogue they are given. Hopefully with all this set-up out of the way Jason Aaron can now focus the series on the next big storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Champions (2019) #1

Jan 8, 2019

Champions #1 is a good start to get new fans invested in Marvel's next generation superhero team. Jim Zub quickly establishes who each character is, what roles they serve, the team's mission statement and several dynamics between team members. Because of all that good work it was disappointing that Zub decided to conclude Champions #1 with a twist ending that so easily damages the entire issue. The sooner that twist ending is resolved the better it will be for the future of the Champions.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Dark Knights of Steel (2021): Tales From The Three Kingdoms #1

Sep 9, 2022

With another two month wait until we get a new issue of Dark Knights Of Steel this interlude one-shot, Tales From The Three Kingdoms, did well to buy give fans a chance to dive back into the world. Tales From The Three Kingdoms shows that there is a lot of potential in simply exploring the history of characters before the current events in Dark Knights Of Steel. If we get more of these hopefully Tom Taylor and company will give a chance for other characters not named Bruce Wayne to shine.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Detective Comics (2016) Annual: 2021

Dec 6, 2021

When the focus was on Batman and Nightwing's dynamic Detective Comics Annual 2021 was at its best. Their different perspective on what the new Arkham Tower represents spotlights how we are going to see the Batman Family tackle the status quo for Gotham City. But while there is intrigue there Detective Comics Annual 2021 did not sell me on investing in a weekly event that Shadows of the Bat will be with so many other notable comic books releasing at the same time. I'll wait for the trade collection of this event instead.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Detective Comics (2016) Annual #3

Jan 30, 2020

Detective Comics Annual #3 does a good job in diving into the impact Alfred Pennyworth's death has had on Bruce Wayne. Peter Tomasi presents a story that shows how the pain of Alfred's death may not disappear easily the good memories are what will help Bruce heal over time. It's just a shame that the back-up story didn't explore the greater impact Alfred had on not only Bruce but the entire Batman Family. As is, Detective Comics Annual #3 is a comic that is more for hardcore Batman fans rather than the wider DC Comics audience.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Flash: Fastest Man Alive (2020) #1

Apr 24, 2020

Flash: Fastest Man Alive #1 gets the job done for those looking to get their Flash comic book fix during this time. Gail Simone showed a good understanding of who Barry Allen is during the early years of his time as Flash. But with a thin plot this comic book is really only for those looking for new comics to read. And with a $0.99 cover price Flash: Fastest Man Alive fills that need with a solid story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Flash: Fastest Man Alive (2020) #2

May 2, 2020

Flash: Fastest Man Alive #2 does a good job setting the stage for a bigger storyline involving Reverse-Flash. Gail Simone and Clayton Henry did a good job giving us a back-and-forth fight between Flash and Shift. Both characters came out looking strong and built anticipation for the story they are building for future issues of Flash: Fastest Man Alive.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Flash: Fastest Man Alive (2020) #4

May 17, 2020

Flash: Fastest Man Alive #4 was a solid continuation of the Reverse-Flash story Gail Simone is building. Seeing this Reverse-Flash story become a multi-part story is a nice change of pace compared to the other Digital-First comics that have been going with one-shot story structure. This gives the rivalry between Flash and Reverse-Flash greater importance as one issue isn't able to contain how big this battle is.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Knight Terrors: Nightwing (2023) #2

Aug 16, 2023

Knight Terrors: Nightwing #2 gives this mini-series a satisfying conclusion. While the overall story couldn't break free from how inconsequential most of Knight Terror is at least provided with several good character moments for Nightwing, Oracle, and Scarecrow. The artwork from Daniel Di Nicuolo added the energy that Becky Cloonan and Michael Conrad needed to make this stand out among the army of Knight Terror tie-ins.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Martian Manhunter (2018) #1

Dec 6, 2018

Martian Manhunter #1 is a very good start to this maxi-series dedicated to one of the Justice League's founding members. Steve Orlando showed a strong understanding of who Martian Manhunter is as he crafted a compelling story around his life on Earth and Mars. The developments in this first issue are more than enough to grab the reader's attention in order for them to come back for more.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Miles Morales: Spider-Man (2018) #1

Dec 16, 2018

Saladin Ahmed has a good kick off to his run on Miles Morales: Spider-Man. Ahmed quickly established his understanding of Miles Morales and the world around him. Unfortunately the same can't be said by the villain, which is rushed and hurts one of the major sub-plots Ahmed tried to establish. That said, if you are a fan of the character Miles Morales: Spider-Man #1 is an issue I recommend checking out. For casual fans I recommend waiting to see how this story arc turns out before deciding to pick Miles Morales: Spider-Man up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Spider-Man (2016) Annual #1

Aug 14, 2018

Bryan Edward Hill and Emily Ryan Lerner both made a very good case for giving the chance to write Miles Morales ongoing solo adventures with their respective work on Spider-Man Annual #1. Both stories in this Annual issue were solid stories that show the reader what makes Miles a great Spider-Man. Though this issue won't attract non-Spider-Man fans it'll satisfy those looking for their monthly fill of Miles solo Spider-Man adventures.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Super Sons (2017): Superman & Robin Special #1

Jan 26, 2022

Kevin Lainez You can catch up with all of Kevin's thoughts about comics, anime, TV shows, movies and more over onTwitter @TheKevinLainez. You can also watch the fun and silly videos Kevin is making over on hisTikTok @nerdykev.

View Issue       View Full Review
8.5
Tales of the Titans (2023) #1

Jul 21, 2023

Tales of the Titans #1 accomplishes everything you can ask for from a spotlight of Starfire. Shannon and Dean Hale and Javier Rodriguez maximize the time given to tell a wonderful story that highlights what makes Starfire a great character. Both as a Titan and solo hero there is a lot of great moments throughout this one-shot. An excellent way to kick off the Tales of the Titans series.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Tales of the Titans (2023) #2

Aug 15, 2023

If you have read one Raven story you have read them all is the feeling that Tales of the Titans #2 invokes. Tini Howard and Eleonora Carlini do absolutely nothing to show Raven is more than the character we know from her debut. The lack of creativity pushes the idea that Raven is a character that DC Comics has no aspirations of making her more than being "Trigon's daughter. It's incredibly disappointing, especially with how DC Comics is positioning the Titans right now and the unlimited potential the magic side of the DC Universe has.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Tales of the Titans (2023) #3

Sep 27, 2023

Steve Orlando, Kath Lobo, and Bob Quinn work together to deliver a strong Donna Troy story in Tales of the Titans #3. Everything emphasized how Donna can stand on her own just as well as she does as a lead in the main Titans series. The ending is hopefully something we see followed up with in some way in the Titans series, possibly as a long-term sub-plot with a big character payoff for Donna.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Young Justice (2019) #5

May 5, 2019

Young Justice #5 is the best issue Brian Bendis has written thus far in the young life of this series. As long as Bendis can focus in on more character driven issues rather than high concept stories Young Justice can easily climb to being one of DC Comics best titles. Bendis just needs to wrap up this dull GemWorld story arc before starting to make the climb.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #1

Jun 23, 2017

Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #1 is a strong start to a series that can bring new and old fans into a Spider-Man series that is not reliant on continuity. Chip Zdarsky does a great job creating a light-hearted atmosphere as Spider-Man interacts with a wide variety of characters that bring out something different from his typical banter. The hook ending could go either way on the scale of being good or bad but for now I'm willing to keep an open mind to what it will add to the series moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #3

Aug 27, 2017

Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #3 delivers the fun that fans expect from a Spider-Man comic. Chip Zdarsky and Adam Kubert team-up to create a story moves forward and never slows down, even in the dialogue heavy pages. Though there are some problems with how Teresa Parker's backstory, it did not get in the way of how entertaining it was to see Spider-Man, Human Torch and Teresa go up gainst Kingpin.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #4

Sep 26, 2017

Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #4 delivered all the fun fans have come to expect from everyone's favorite Web Slinger. Chip Zdarsky does such a great job balancing the comedy and drama that surrounds Peter Parker's life in and out of his Spider-Man adventures. Some strong progression in several sub-plots helped make the main story surrounding the mysterious Teresa Parker even more intriguing.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #6

Nov 5, 2017

If Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #6 had just stuck to the story told in the first 18 pages it would've gone down as one of the most important comics in Spider-Man's history. The interview between Spider-Man and J. Jonah Jameson was well executed as both characters got all their animosity towards each other off their respective chests. Unfortunately the fantastic story of this issue is dragged down by the fact it takes place in the middle of the Teresa Parker storyline that has outworn its welcome.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #299

Jan 18, 2018

Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #299 was an entertaining issue that was was brought down by some questionable character plot points. Those character plot points will leave some readers scratching their head about Teresa Parker's arc. While that part of the story is questionable Chip Zdarsky continues to excel when writing Spider-Man. He extended that by including other Avengers characters in the story to elevate the threat that Tinkerer poses the Marvel Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #300

Mar 3, 2018

Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #300 has so many problems that it is hard to find things to enjoy. We are beyond the point that the Teresa Parker storyline has outstayed its welcome. Adding in last minute character development for Tinkerer and a new threat in the form of the Vedomi did nothing to help Chip Zdarsky story. Now to see it extended by using time travel it is extremely hard to recommend Spectacular Spider-Man to anyone. The faster this storyline is ended the better it will be for everyone involved.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man (2017) #310

Sep 29, 2018

Chip Zdarsky closes out his run by writing and drawing the best issue in his run with Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #310. Zdarsky captured what makes Spider-Man such special character and the favorite superhero for so many people. Thanks to the structure of Zdarsky story this is a issue anyone interested in a Spider-Man comic can pick up and read without having to worry about anything else. If you are a Spider-Man fan I highly recommend picking up Peter Parker: The Spectacular Spider-Man #310.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Wonder Woman (2023) #1

Sep 19, 2023

Tom King is in his bag with the political and social commentary in Wonder Woman #1. That may not be for everyone, but King clearly has big plans for his run-on Wonder Woman. As long as he can tighten up some of pacing issues with his writing, King has set the stage to tell an epic story. It helps that Daniel Sampere is on this title. Sampere artwork is spectacular throughout Wonder Woman #1, presenting the series as one of DC Comics premium titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Wonder Woman (2023) #2

Oct 24, 2023

Wonder Woman #2 is a massive dropping of the ball from a story perspective. Tom King failed to push the story forward in a meaningful way. Luckily Daniel Sampere stepped up big to make Wonder Woman appear as the badass she is with big event-level artwork. The Amazons Attack back-up by Josie Campbell and Vasco Georgiev at least saved things from the story side as we got some development for the bigger direction of the franchise. Hopefully King steps his game up in the next issue to push the story forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Wonder Woman (2023) #3

Nov 21, 2023

Wonder Woman #3 was a massive step-up from the disappointing second issue of the series. Tom King and Daniel Sampere did a great job presenting Wonder Woman as a badass who gets the job done to progress the story forward. The Sovereign side of things is more of a mixed bag due to the narrative choice King decides on going. Still, when you add in an incredibly fun back-up with Damian Wayne, Jon Kent, and Trinity this was a good recovery by King and company.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Wonder Woman (2023) #4

Dec 19, 2023

Wonder Woman #4 showcases both the strengths and weaknesses of Tom King as a creator. The Wonder Woman portion works as a standalone story. Though it does not work in the context of everything else going on. The sense of urgency for the world turning against the Amazons needs to be picked up. Luckily King has Daniel Sampere and Belen Ortega for both stories in Wonder Woman #4 to lift the storytelling up.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Wonder Woman (2023) #5

Jan 16, 2024

Wonder Woman #5 solidifies the fact reading this series on a monthly comic book basis is not the best way to experience Tom King's run. As fantastic as Daniel Sampere and Belen Ortega's run is, the pace of King's Wonder Woman story is best experienced in a collected format. The core concept of Diana interacting with Donna Troy, Cassandra Sandsmark, and Yara Flor is a good one. But a concept is only as good as the execution of the idea and Wonder Woman #5 just didn't hit the mark.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Wonder Woman (2023) #6

Feb 20, 2024

When it comes to delivering a cinematic experience in comic book form there is no one that does it better than Daniel Sampere. The artwork in Wonder Woman #6 is absolutely stunning. It makes the fact that Tom King's intrusive writing doesn't work to enhance the wonderful choreography created by the artwork that much more jarring. The book report-style writing drags down both the story and villain that King has been trying to build up this entire time.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Wonder Woman (2023) #7

Mar 20, 2024

This isn't groundbreaking storytelling but certainly a refreshing change of pace that further drives home the Sovereign story needs to wrap up sooner rather than later.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Wonder Woman (2023) #8

Apr 16, 2024

If Wonder Woman #8 was a standalone issue without any sort of history behind it the creativity would've made it a winner. Unfortunately, Tom King has dropped the ball so hard with making Sovereign a credible threat that the story in this issue falls apart almost immediately. The saving grace is the continued excellent artwork by Daniel Sampere that carries the entire story to at least be a visual showcase.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Factor (2020) #2

Aug 29, 2020

X-Factor #2 is a refreshing change of pace from all the other X-Men comics we are getting. The team is still growing and learning to work together as the new resident detective agency on Krakoa. Leah Williams takes that concept and runs with it as we see the team growing their chemistry. Having the story set in Mojoverse added to the fun to this latest mystery X-Factor are on. More issues like this and X-Factor could quickly be one the better Marvel titles.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
X-Factor (2020) #3

Sep 13, 2020

X-Factor #3 was another great entry in what is quickly becoming one of the top titles in the X-Men franchise. Leah Williams captures a fun dynamic with the team and develops the new status quo in the Mojoverse to have multiple layers that are still being uncovered.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Factor (2020) #4

Oct 2, 2020

X-Factor #4 was a fantastic follow-up and second chapter to X Of Swords. Leah Williams showed that the X-Men team are united in telling the best story possible with how seamlessly she took the baton from Jonathan Hickman and Tini Howard. Every character and story development created greater intrigue in what this entire crossover event will be about.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
X-Factor (2020) #10

Jul 1, 2021

The Hellfire Gala ends in disappointment with X-Factor #10. Due to being the series finale Leah Williams and David Baldeon rush to wrap up as many storylines set up in this series as possible, leading to less care taken for even the serious subject matter being tackled. That all leads to an ending that comes across as forced into X-Factor #10 because it is the end of the Hellfire Gala crossover not because it is part of the natural flow of the story. Which just leads the ending to come across as a cheap way to sell a comic and grab headlines rather than something that truly impacts the reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Ant-Man & The Wasp (2018) #2

Jun 24, 2018

Ant-Man and the Wasp #2 is a solid comic book that makes you care more about the current predicament our lead characters find themselves in. For readers unfamiliar with who Ant-Man and the Wasp are this is a great starting point as Mark Waid goes into their respective origin stories. For readers who already know this may become bored by what happens in this issue, especially with the lack of action. Still, Ant-Man and the Wasp #2 moves at a quick pace that helps this mini-series be a good jumping on point for those looking to read a comic involving these two characters with their movie coming out in July.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ant-Man & The Wasp (2018) #5

Sep 9, 2018

Ant-Man and the Wasp #5 played it safe with how things ended. Fortunately the dynamic that Mark Waid developed over the course of these five issues between Scott Lang and Nadia Van Dyne was enjoyable enough to be satisfied with how the story concluded. Though that dynamic was not enough to create a compelling story that suffered greatly because it lack a true antagonist for Ant-Man and the Wasp to overcome. That problem makes Ant-Man and the Wasp only a comic I recommend those who are fans of these two characters pick up.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman: The Adventures Continue #1

Apr 1, 2020

Alan Burnett, Paul Dini, and Ty Templeton wasted no time getting us back into the DC Animated Universe with Batman: The Adventures Continue Chapter 1. Burnett and Dini do not skip a beat when it comes to writing this version of Batman, Bruce Wayne, and Lex Luthor. Templeton's artwork adds to that as he captures the style from The New Batman Adventures and makes it work in comic book form. For fans of the DCAU this is a must buy comic.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Adventures Continue #2

Apr 15, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue #2 does a great job carrying the momentum from the first chapter and delivering a strong conclusion to the clash with Lex Luthor. The approach to the fight that Batman and Lex employ showcases what makes both these characters so great. The way Burnett and Dini use the DC Animated Universe continuity makes this a comic that fans will highly enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman: The Adventures Continue #3

May 8, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue #3 provided the DC Animated Universe version of Deathstroke with a solid debut. The way Alan Burnett and Paul Dini have positioned Deathstroke against the Batman Family sets up a compelling story for future issues to develop. The only place this issue falls flat is when it comes to the mystery character who is following Batman. It's unfortunate that this sub-plot lacks a compelling narrative because otherwise Batman: The Adventures Continue #3 was a fun issue that gave us a good debut for Deathstroke.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman: The Adventures Continue #4

May 21, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue Chapter Four work well to progress the story with Deathstroke. If this chapter was dedicated completely it would've worked out much better. But the push to remind readers about Batman Family stalker sub-plot is hurting the momentum of this Deathstroke story. Keeping focused one storyline would be beneficial to this series as it is building momentum for himself

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman: The Adventures Continue #5

Jun 6, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue #5 progresses the "Mentor" story but unfortunately faces several problems that hold back the quality. The biggest problems facing this storyline are with how poorly Deathstroke and the Batman Family stalker have been developed. Thus far the name value of these characters are what this story are playing off of rather than true character development. Hopefully that changes in future issues of this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman: The Adventures Continue #6

Jun 21, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue #6 is a disappointing conclusion to the "Mentors" story arc. This story failed to make Deathstroke's debut in the DC Animated Universe a compelling read. At no point did the character come across as a major threat to the Batman Family. The lack of intriguing development for Deathstroke as an antagonist ended up affecting the impact this "Mentors" arc had as a whole.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batman: The Adventures Continue #7

Jul 4, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue #7 may very well be the best chapter of this series thus far. This issue read like an episode from The New Batman Adventures that this series timeline is placed in the middle of. The chemistry between Batman, Catwoman, Azrael, and Penguin was on point throughout this issue. Hopefully the rest of this arc can keep up the strong momentum established by Batman: The Adventures Continue #7.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Adventures Continue #9

Aug 2, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue Chapter 9 was a solid start to finally learning the backstory of the DC Animated Universe version of Jason Todd. This is something that was needed since introducing Jason as the Batman Family stalker at the start of the series. Learning who this version of Jason Todd is will be extremely helpful since Alan Burnett and Paul Dini clearly have major plans for the character during this run.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman: The Adventures Continue #10

Aug 16, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue Chapter 10 is a frustrating comic book. On one hand, Alan Burnett and Paul Dini do a good job telling Jason Todd's backstory from Alfred Pennyworth's perspective and how Bruce Wayne was affected by that period in his Batman career. On the other hand, Burnett and Dini continue to do a poor job in actually getting readers invested in this version of Jason Todd. For the sake of this entire Jason Todd Saga the series needs to do better in telling the story of the character's past and present. If not "Red Son Rising" will just end up falling on its face rather than being an intriguing addition to the DC Animated Universe.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Batman: The Adventures Continue #11

Aug 30, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue Chapter 11 further highlights all of the problems that Alan Burnett and Paul Dini are having in establishing the DCAU version of Jason Todd. All Burnett and Dini accomplish is to remind readers why Jason is the least popular Robin. The only redeeming thing about this arc is how Burnett and Dini write Bruce Wayne, Leslie Thompkins, and Alfred Pennyworth. But even the strong writing for those characters can't redeem the direction this origin of the DCAU Jason Todd has taken.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batman: The Adventures Continue #13

Oct 4, 2020

Batman: The Adventures Continue Chapter 13 is by far the strongest entry since Jason Todd's Red Hood became the focus for this series. The stories pacing made good use of the digital format that it is presented in to tell a story that hooked you from the beginning, leading to greater intrigue in the cliffhanger ending. Hopefully this momentum is carried onto the remaining chapters in this Red Hood arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman: The Adventures Continue #14

Oct 17, 2020

When all was said and done Batman: The Adventures Continue Chapter 14 was a boring conclusion to the "Red Son Rising" arc. This final chapter solidified the fact that the introduction of the DC Animated Universe version of Jason Todd was unnecessary. There are so many other stories that could be told in the DCAU and hopefully this series moves on to do just that in the immediate future.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Rise of the Powers of X (2024) #1

Jan 10, 2024

Rise of the Powers of X #1 hits on what a story for the end of a major era for a franchise should feel like should begin. Kieron Gillen and R.B. Silva give weight to everything that we've seen go down during even before Fall of X. With that the end of the Krakoa Era does feel like it will get a satisfying ending. That is all we can hope for from the start to an event that's the culmination of stories and character arcs developed over several years.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Rise of the Powers of X (2024) #2

Feb 21, 2024

Rise of the Powers of X #2 has a lot of good character work. Unfortunately, the pacing lacks the urgency this event should have after everything that happened in Fall of X. We basically end this issue where we started. There's been to much set-up that happened in the lead up that this latest X-Men crossover should be going all out from beginning to end. It doesn't fully feel that way four chapters into Rise of the Powers of X and Fall of the House of X.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Rise of the Powers of X (2024) #3

Mar 27, 2024

Rise of the Powers of X #3 continues down the Charles Xavier focus that has both been the strength and weakness of this mini-series. There is no doubt that Kieron Gillen writes a compelling Charles Xavier. The face-off against the young Moira MacTaggert did deliver on the intensity you expect from when Xavier is making the choice to alter everything

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Silk (2021) #1

Apr 3, 2021

Silk #1 does everything a first issue of a new series should do to invite both new and long-time fans in. Maurene Goo balances things out well to establish Cindy Moon's personal and superhero life to get you invested on both sides of the character. Takeshi Miyazawa fits in well to the tone that Goo establishes for the world around Silk.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Silk (2021) #5

Aug 9, 2021

Silk #5 ends the latest series starring Cindy Moon's character on a disappointing note. There were some good character beats to build on for Cindy's character in the future. Unfortunately, the way this ending was structured caused the conclusion of the story for this Silk mini-series to miss the mark. The ending just came across as an ongoing series that was re-written to fit a five-issue mini-series format.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Trial of the Amazons: Wondergirl #1

Mar 23, 2022

Due to the flashback nature of Trial of the Amazons: Wonder Girl #1 there was very little plot progression for this event. More than anything this comic book was a showcase of Joelle Jones and Jordie Bellaire's phenomenal artwork. Trial of the Amazons: Wonder Girl #1 was filled stunning artwork that fans will love. Hopefully now that all of the set up is out of the way for all the major players involved the remaining chapters of Trial of the Amazons will have a stronger balance of character and plot progression.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Trial of the Amazons: Wondergirl #2

Apr 20, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSTrial of the Amazons: Wonder Girl #2 is a visually stunning comic book but does little in the way of building interest in the event. The way many characters are diminished, specifically Donna Troy, Philippus, and Yara Flor, is head scratching. Hopefully the final part of Trial of the Amazons is able to wrap up this event in a way to build hype for the future of the Wonder Woman franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #1

Apr 6, 2019

Marvel Team-Up #1 is a fun start to this new series. Eve L. Ewing and Joey Vazquez did a great job capturing what makes Spider-Man and Ms. Marvel engaging superheroes. I recommend Marvel Universe fans to pick up Marvel Team-Up #1 .

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #3

Jun 11, 2019

Marvel Team-Up #3 nicely wraps up what was a fun opening story arc to an iconic series. Eve Ewing captured how fun Spider-Man and Ms. Marvel are both individually and together. If it was for a bad choice of villain and odd story choice at the end Marvel Team-Up #3 could scored higher than it did. Still, if you are a Marvel fan who has a spot in your pull list to try a new comic than Marvel Team-Up is a series you should check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Marvel Team-Up (2019) #4

Aug 5, 2019

Marvel Team-Up #4 was a solid start to this series' second story arc. Clint McElroy did a good job developing the chemistry between Captain Marvel and Ms. Marvel. Not everything about this issue clicked, specifically with key choices with how Carol Danvers was portrayed. That said if you are a fan of Captain Marvel or Ms. Marvel then Marvel Team-Up #4 is something you should check out.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Spider-Men II #1

Jul 14, 2017

Spider-Men II #1 does exactly what it needed to do to create an engaging story to follow for the next few months. Brian Bendis did a great job establishing where both Spider-Men are at this point in their lives and the mystery around the older Miles Morales. All of this is wonderfully brought to life by Sara Pichelli's artwork that furthers how Spider-Men II is a comic no Spider-Man will want to miss out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Spider-Men II #2

Aug 19, 2017

Spider-Men II #2 finds its strength in the interaction between Peter Parker and Miles Morales. Brian Bendis and Sara Pichelli do an excellent job developing the two as different types of Spider-Man who also share a big brother-little brother relationship. Developing the older Miles Morales more will be key in making Spider-Men II as good as its predecessor.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Spider-Men II #3

Sep 24, 2017

Spider-Men II #3 failed to create intrigue around the older, alternate version of Miles Morales. That is a big problem for the rest of this mini-series given the character's status as the main antagonist of the story. The failed execution of older Miles backstory halted all the momentum that Spider-Men II before Spider-Men II #3. Now it will be up to the next issue to get things back on track in order to recover the interest in this Peter Parker/Miles Morales Spider-Man crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Spider-Men II #5

Jan 1, 2018

Spider-Men II was an absolute dud. As exciting as it was to see Peter Parker and Miles Morales spending time together the story they were placed in did not live up to its predecessor mini-series. The focus on the older Miles Morales and his unknown history with the Marvel Universe completely fell flat as Bendis forced to much of a connection with Kingpin. By the end of things what could've been exciting fan moments turned out to be a disappointing end to Spider-Men II.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Amazing Mary Jane (2019) #1

Oct 23, 2019

Amazing Mary Jane #1 is a solid start to the latest addition in the Spider-Man line of comic books. Leah Williams portrays Mary Jane Watson as a highly charismatic character with a strong fortitude that shows the great potential of this series. Williams just needs to be careful to not fall into several pitfalls that popped up due to certain story choices. Avoiding those pitfalls while focusing on the strengths will be key to Amazing Mary Jane's success.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Avengers Inc. (2023) #1

Sep 16, 2023

If you're a fan of Janet Van Dyne and Hank Pym then Avengers Inc. #1 is a comic book you'll want to check out. Al Ewing is on a mission to bring both characters back into the spotlight. That does mean this isn't a new reader friendly first issue. But if you can just accept, you'll be learning as you follow the series Avengers Inc. is set up to do some big things.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batman (2016): Fear State: Alpha #1

Sep 1, 2021

Batman: Fear State Alpha #1 got the job done in setting the stage for the latest Batman Family event. Every aspect from the characters involved to various sub-plots are presented here so you can be best informed what the Fear State event will be about.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Birds of Prey: Sirens of Justice (2020) #1

May 30, 2020

Birds of Prey: Sirens of Justice #1 was a solid start to this new Digital-First series by DC Comics. Gail Simone immediately showed how well she understands Black Canary, Harley Quinn, and Huntress through her writing of each character. The one-shot style helped create a foundation for this series that can hopefully future issues can build on.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Civil War II: The Oath #1

Jan 30, 2017

The concept of Civil War II: The Oath #1 is absolutely an intriguing one. Unfortunately the potential of exploring Steve Rogers and Tony Stark's relationship is not fully realized. Instead this new one-shot was simply Marvel and writer Nick Spencer's way of advertising the Secret Empire event. This in turn hurts the impact of the just finished Civil War II as Marvel is clear about the fact everything is going to change soon yet again. And if Civil War II didn't matter why should we believe Secret Empire's impact will be any different? That is one thing Nick Spencer and Marvel don't answer, causing Civil War II: The Oath #1 to fail rather than succeed.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Deathstroke (2016) #19

May 26, 2017

As a spotlight for Slade Wilson, Deathstroke #19 does a very good job getting readers to understand the character's motivation in "The Lazarus Contract" crossover. Unfortunately the lack of a true villain in this crossover continues to keep "The Lazarus Contract" from reaching the heights it should.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Devil's Reign (2021): Omega

May 25, 2022

Devil's Reign: Omega #1 strengthened the foundation of the new status quo the ending of Marvel's latest big event created. Luke Cage is made to be the star of show with Chip Zdarsky, Rodney Barnes, and Jim Zub establishing how important he will be as the new Mayor of New York City. While nothing new is learned on the Daredevil side of the story there is enough here to build excitement for Matt Murdock and Elektra Natchios new journey.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Excalibur (2019) #14

Nov 14, 2020

Excalibur #14 finally kicked off the tournament that X of Swords has been building up to. The first two matches of the tournament did a good job in showing what the X-Men are up against, especially with the big loss they suffer in one of the matches. That said, when things were said and done it did not feel like Excalibur #14 moved the goal post forward very much. Hopefully the story development is better paced out as we are now entering the final chapters of the X of Swords story.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Ice Man (2018) #1

Sep 15, 2018

Iceman #1 is a solid start to the latest solo adventure involving Bobby Drake. Sina Grace puts in a lot of work to set the groundwork for how Iceman will grow over the course of this series. Though because of how dialogue heavy this issue is there are times that Iceman comes off as annoying rather than likable hero. It's these moments that may turn some readers off who aren't used to how Iceman is portrayed in the X-Men books.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League (2018): Road to Dark Crisis #1

May 31, 2022

For those looking to get every single detail about the Dark Crisis event Justice League: Road To Dark Crisis will not disappoint. Though those looking for more of intimate aftermath from the events of Justice League #75 will be disappointed. Justice League: Road To Dark Crisis is all about reinforcing what Dark Crisis will be about. So if you are not a completionist about getting every related title to a big event you can pass on this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Justice League: Odyssey #1

Sep 28, 2018

Justice League Odyssey #1 sets the groundwork for the cosmic story that Joshua Williamson is going to tell. The double edge sword of the set-up is that it builds of the events of No Justice well enough, unfortunately the time that has past since that story makes this tough to recommend to new readers. The roster, while having some fan favorites, needs some work to earn the title of Justice League. Luckily Williamson has created a big story that has enough interest behind it that hardcord Justice League fans will enjoy.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Marauders (2022) #1

Apr 10, 2022

Overall, Marauders #1 showed that this series has a lot of potential as Kate Pryde leads the team on a cosmic adventure involving the Shi'ar Empire. If Oralndo and Carlini can tap into the unlimited potential with the Marvel Universe's cosmic side Marauders could very well be one of Marvel's top titles. Though to get to that point much less of Cassandra Nova would help a lot.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Mighty Morphin (2020) #14

Dec 13, 2021

The Eltarian War gets slowed down a bit as Ryan Parrott and Marco Renna put in a lot of work to set the stage to make this crossover event even bigger. All of the set-up that is done in Mighty Morphin #14 provides even more reason to be interested in how things will turn out for both the Power Rangers and Omega Rangers. The ending in particularly should lead to some major, can't miss character development for fans of the franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Mighty Morphin (2020) #17

Mar 14, 2022

Though even then Groom quickly forces Rocky deal with an invasion in the panel right after the other Powe Rangers leave. The way it was all done just handled pacing wise felt like Groom ran out of pages to tell the full story he wanted to tell in Mighty Morphin #17 that he didn't give room for Rocky's solo moment to breathe. That all just speaks to the rough debut issue for the new Mighty Morphin creative team.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Mighty Morphin (2020) #21

Jul 9, 2022

Mighty Morphin #21 delivers so many great character moments for Kimberly, Trini, Billy, and Tommy. Bringing in elements future elements this early on into the Mighty Morphin Power Rangers era is going to get fans talking. The ending of Mighty Morphin #21 is especially something that signals that Power Rangers fans of any era do not want to miss out on reading what comes next.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Outsiders (2023) #1

Nov 14, 2023

The Outsiders #1 does exactly what it needed to do to sell its Multiverse concept led by Batwoman and Batwing. Jackson Lanzing and Collin Kelly showed a good basic understanding of the characters and concept. They do have to shake their Marvel training and remember they are now working in the DC Universe. Hopefully with more experience writing in the DCU and keeping up the one-shot style story format Outsiders can become a strong addition to the Batman franchise offerings.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Stoneheart (2023) #1

Mar 7, 2023

Stoneheart #1 is a solid start to this action fantasy world. The lead character is established well to put over why she is so key to the world Emma Kubert constructed. With improvements to the artwork Stoneheart will only grow better.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Life Of Captain Marvel #1

Jul 22, 2018

The Life of Captain Marvel #1 was a solid, but flawed, beginning for the fresh start that Carol Danvers needed. There are definite problems with this issue but Margaret Stohl does set-up a foundation that makes readers interested in Captain Marvel be instantly invested in. Hopefully this character analysis of who Carol Danvers is fixes the problems and properly executes the more interesting plot points The Life of Captain Marvel #1 established.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
The Life Of Captain Marvel #2

Aug 26, 2018

Margaret Stohl did a great job showing how Carol Danvers relationship with her family is much more complicated than she even knew throughout The Life of Captain Marvel #2. The weight added to what she learned created more interest in how Carol will interact with her family moving forward. Unfortunately the quality of The Life of Captain Marvel #2 was brought down by the Kree sub-plot that felt forced in to create a predictable superhero story. Hopefully this portion of the story is developed better as it could make or break The Life of Captain Marvel's success.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Life Of Captain Marvel #3

Sep 23, 2018

The Life of Captain Marvel #3 is a strong example of how an hook ending can derail an entire story that was starting to get stronger. The big revelation of the issue completely falls flat as Margaret Stohl goes with the all to obvious comic book twist character backstory. It's a major disappointment since there was a lot of interest being built around the developments with the Danvers family before what was revealed at the end of The Life of Captain Marvel #3.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
The Life Of Captain Marvel #4

Oct 23, 2018

The Life of Captain Marvel #4 was an even bigger disappointed than the previous issue. Carol Danvers' family history completely lacked originality or even tries to create the illusion of it being unique. That failure made Margaret Stohl to give depth to the characters involve fall flat except for Captain Marvel, who does not improve or lower her status quo. The only real saving grace for The Life of Captain Marvel #4 was Carlos Pacheco and Erica D'Urso that does a lot of heavy lifting for the Stohl's story.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #1

Nov 17, 2018

Judging Uncanny X-Men #1 from a story perspective it is a solid start to attract fans of the franchise, both old and new. As long as you know recent history Ed Brisson, Matthew Rosenberg and Kelly Thompson create a story that can drive the X-Men in a direction that will be a positive for the franchise. Though that drive may be bumpy as several problems keep Uncanny X-Men back from reaching its full potential. Because of that and the insane cover price of $7.99 I cannot recommend Uncanny X-Men #1 except to the most hardcore of hardcore X-Men fans. Everyone else save your money and wait to read Uncanny X-Men in trade paperback form or when there is a sale that drops the cover price of this issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #2

Nov 22, 2018

Uncanny X-Men #2 was an improvement over the debut issue of this series. The opening few pages of this issue does stall the progress of the story that was started in the first issue. Luckily Ed Brisson, Matthew Rosenberg and Kelly Thompson quickly recover as Uncanny X-Men #2 progressed to show the team tackling multiple conflicts at the same time. That along with an intriguing end gives "X-Men Disassembled" the much needed interest that it was previously lacking.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #5

Dec 18, 2018

Uncanny X-Men #5 attempts to recover a story that has been incredibly lackluster thus far. Unfortunately Matthew Rosenberg, Kelly Thompson and Ed Brisson are unsuccessful in that attempt. The story around X-Man's plan to "save" the world continues fail to grasp the reader's attention. At the same time, everything going on is making the X-Men look worse for how they continue to fall further behind on getting any answers. Unless some big developments are made this relaunch of Uncanny X-Men will only continue to get worse before it can even think of getting better.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #11

Feb 7, 2019

Uncanny X-Men #11 is not a perfect issue. There are problems with the story as the direction Matthew Rosenberg's has chosen is more of the same for the X-Men franchise. What saves this issue is how Cyclops arc concludes and the quality back-up stories for Wolverine and Blindfold. Having strong artwork from Salvador Larroca, John McCrea and Juanan Ramirez helps further lift Uncanny X-Men #11 quality level.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #12

Feb 22, 2019

Matthew Rosenberg made great use of the returning Cyclops and Wolverine to keep the story in Uncanny X-Men #12 moving forward. In the process he was able to set things in motion an intriguing story arc for X-Men that are still around. As long as Rosenberg can avoid the pitfalls of the franchise this could very well be the successful rebirth of the Uncanny X-Men comic book fans have been hoping for.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #13

Mar 10, 2019

Uncanny X-Men #13 is the strongest issue this series has had since it relaunched. Matthew Rosenberg set a clear direction for the X-Men to go on. In doing so Cyclops stepped up big to be the leader the team needed. Along with great artwork from Salvador Larroca, Uncanny X-Men #13 is a comic book that shows the franchise is back on the road to regaining its former spot at the top of the comic book industry.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #14

Mar 23, 2019

With a clear, confident vision for what "This Is Forever" is supposed to be Matthew Rosenberg crafted the best issue of this Uncanny X-Men relaunch. Both the pacing and character work were on point throughout Uncanny X-Men #14. If you are an X-Men fan I highly recommend picking up this Uncanny X-Men story arc. It is a good starting point for both new and older readers.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #15

Apr 4, 2019

Uncanny X-Men #15 is a well-paced comic book. Even with how dialogue heavy this issue was Matthew Rosenberg never lost sight of the vision he set forth for this series. Cyclops, Wolverine and the X-Men all move forward in an intriguing direction. If it wasn't for the bad execution of Hope's heel turn Uncanny X-Men #15 would've been a higher rated comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #16

Apr 21, 2019

Uncanny X-Men #16 was a solid issue that properly properly progresses the direction Matthew Rosenberg is taking the series. Rosenberg has a clear vision of where he is taking the X-Men and gives every character a sense of confidence that makes the team stronger. If it wasn't for a few questionable decisions, Uncanny X-Men #16 would've been a much higher rated issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #17

May 7, 2019

From beginning to end Uncanny X-Men #17 was horrible. Matthew Rosenberg completely failed the X-Men franchise with his choices and writing throughout this issue. That is incredibly disappointing to say because before this Rosenberg established an interesting new direction for Uncanny X-Men. All that potential is thrown away in favor of more death and X-Men infighting.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Uncanny X-Men (2018) #20

Jun 23, 2019

There is absolutely nothing redeemable about the story being told in Uncanny X-Men #20 or Matthew Rosenberg's run as a whole. At this point Rosenberg's entire story has become an utter disappointment with how quickly he has pulled the trigger in systematically killing off mutants left and right. Making things worse is how Rosenberg fails to show even a hint of competence in the X-Men's actions in the face of extinction. The X-Men franchise and its fanbase deserve so much better than what is presented in Uncanny X-Men #20. House of X and Powers of X can't come soon enough.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
X-Men: Gold (2017) #1

Apr 8, 2017

X-Men: Gold #1 is exactly what the franchise needed to show that it is returning to what made the X-Men such a beloved franchise. Marc Guggenheim showed great care to develop a layered story for the X-Men, with each cast member getting ample character development time. Though I wasn't excited when ResurrXion was announced X-Men: Gold now has me looking forward for what comes next for the franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
X-Men: Gold (2017) #4

May 23, 2017

X-Men: Gold #4 was a solid way to start the second story arc of the series. It isn't going to blow anyone's mind but Marc Guggenheim and R.B. Silva's story is just good comic book fun. And for an a franchise that was devoid of that for so long, it is exactly what the X-Men need to get back to and X-Men: Gold #4 does just that.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
X-Men: Gold (2017) #30

Jun 21, 2018

X-Men: Gold #30 is a complete disappointment. Everything about this issue, from the pacing to the character work, leaves the reader scratching their head on why the decisions made were allowed to happen.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): Chameleon Conspiracy #1

Jul 3, 2021

Giant-Size Amazing Spider-Man: The Chameleon Conspiracy #1 is a complete mess. Every aspect of this storyline is rushed to the point you don't care about anything that happens or the characters involved. And when all is said and done you are just left with the feeling that Nick Spencer and Marvel are just trying to end this era of Amazing Spider-Man as quickly as possible. That unfortunately leads to an event like The Chameleon Conspiracy that ends up being nothing more than a filler story arc.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): King's Ransom #1

May 13, 2021

When it comes to the resolutions for Spider-Man, Boomerang, and Wilson Fisk arcs we get in Nick Spencer is very successful in the story he presents in Giant-Size Amazing Spider-Man: King's Ransom #1. There is a lot accomplished that creates even greater potential for future stories down the line. Unfortunately there are choices made with other characters that are just frustrating. Spencer really needs to find a Striking a better balance with how many plotlines are juggled in one story. If not the frustrating parts of his work on Amazing Spider-Man will overshadow the fun and engaging aspects of this run.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Amazing Spider-Man (2018): The Sins of Norman Osborn #1

Sep 17, 2020

If you are reading "Sins Rising" in the main series then Amazing Spider-Man: The Sins of Norman Osborn is a must read. Nick Spencer provides a lot of key details for the story with Spider-Man, Sin-Eater, Norman Osborn, and the newly formed Order of the Web. The choice to make this important chapter in "Sins Rising" be told in a one-shot is questionable. Fans who do pick this issue up will get a lot out of it heading into Amazing Spider-Man #49.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman / Catwoman (2020) #1

Dec 2, 2020

For better or worse, Tom King picks up directly where he left off with Batman/Catwoman #1. The pacing of this issue was a reminder why I was left so conflicted with how King ended his run on the main Batman series. There are certainly plot elements to be intrigued by as someone who read all of King's Batman work. Unfortunately, the way King told the story in Batman/Catwoman #1 was its own worst enemy as notable character moments ended up falling flat. Unless you read all of King's Batman workI recommend waiting for this series when it comes out in trade format to see how it is receive as the story develops.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batman / Catwoman (2020) #4

Mar 31, 2021

Batman/Catwoman #4 doesn't deliver the big moments that this series has been known for. Instead, Tom King and Clay Mann take a more methodical approach to progressing all the different character arcs. Unfortunately the pacing ends up highlighting how difficult it is to get invested in what is going on because of how often we jump between all the different timelines. Hopefully these pacing issues are figured out immediately so we can get into what made King's Batman run so engaging.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman / Catwoman (2020) #5

Jun 3, 2021

Batman/Catwoman has been one of the more frustrating reading experiences because of how the story is battling itself. Batman/Catwoman #5 is no different as the biggest thing holding it back is the three time period structure Tom King has chosen to go with for the narrative. Even when two-thirds of this issue grab your interest as a reader the other third is there to stop all that momentum. Now that we are getting into the second-half of this series hopefully King can find a way to resolve the narrative structure problems that are becoming more noticeable with each passing issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman / Catwoman (2020) #6

Aug 19, 2021

Batman/Catwoman is so close to being a great series. It is unfortunate that one major aspect of this series narrative is holding it back from reaching its full potential. Because as Batman/Catwoman #6 show, Tom King and Clay Mann have a lot of great character arcs to be invested in. If they can just fix the flow of how the three different time periods compliment one another the second half of Batman/Catwoman could be truly special.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batman / Catwoman (2020) #7

Sep 12, 2021

There are so many missed opportunities in Batman/Catwoman #7 that it gets to the point of being infuriating. That anger all comes from have such high hopes Tom King would deliver an epic conclusion to his Batman run. Now after this issue I'm not so sure anymore. Which makes all the emotions I am left with for this series turn into sadness with that realization.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman / Catwoman (2020) #11

Apr 15, 2022

The pacing is what it is. By far the most interesting aspect of this story is the future Gotham City story with Helena Wayne. The rest of the issue suffers from lack of fully connecting to the narrative because of the lack of tension for what will happen in those two plots. With one issue left I do wonder how King and Mann will tie everything together.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Batman / Catwoman (2020) #12

Jun 28, 2022

After reading Batman/Catwoman #12 I am left genuinely sad that in the end this series was just not for me. Maybe I had to high expectations for how Tom King would conclude "The Bat and The Cat narrative but I was just left disappointed with how this entire series turned out. It's definitely not how I thought I would feel after enjoying most of King's Batman run, including "The Bat and The Cat story, going into Batman/Catwoman.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Buffy: The Last Vampire Slayer (2023) #1

Aug 5, 2023

Buffy: The Last Vampire Slayer #1 is a solid start to this sequel series. This was a very character focused beginning as we see where Buffy and new Slayer Thessaly Maclay Rosenberg are at after a time jump. That works if you have read the first series. If you haven't read the 2021 Buffy: The Last Vampire Slayer then I recommend going back to read that before starting this sequel.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Buffy: The Last Vampire Slayer (2023) #2

Sep 7, 2023

Buffy: The Last Vampire Slayer #2 falters in trying to recreate Sunnydale with its new setting. That led to Thessaly journey as a Slayer tough to connect with as her story relies to much on the old rather than new that the concept of this series provides. Buffy's identity crisis as a former Slayer is an interesting one but can only carry half of this story. Improvements certainly need to be made in the next issue to recover from this.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Extermination (2018) #1

Aug 16, 2018

With hopes high Extermination #1 was unable to escape revisiting old, tired territory. There is nothing about what Ed Brisson does that adds a new spin on the Days of Future Past story that the X-Men franchise continues to revisit in an infinite loop. That unfortunately starts the X-Men with a tough uphill battle to get readers invested in what happens during and after the events of Extermination.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Extermination (2018) #2

Aug 31, 2018

Extermination #2 was a big improvement over the first chapter in the latest X-Men event. Ed Brisson was able to create a greater sense of urgency for the X-Men in thanks in large part to the quicker pacing of this issue. Unfortunately the lack of development for Ahab and a few other story choice kept Extermination #2 from being a complete success. Hopefully as Extermination continues Brisson can fix the problems that have persisted in this X-Men event.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Extermination (2018) #3

Sep 27, 2018

Extermination #3 was a big improvement over the first two issues of this event. That is not saying much but the quicker pace and elevation of Ahab as a viable threat helped make this a much better issue. There are still parts of Extermination that need improvement in order for it to be a must read story. If Ed Brisson can turn those things around and keep the momentum created by Extermination #3 going than this could turn out to be a successful X-Men event.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Extermination (2018) #4

Nov 1, 2018

Extermination #4 was exactly the penultimate issue that this X-Men event needed. Ed Brisson fixes all the problems that this event previously faced. The majority of the characters involved, including the main antagonist Ahab, were elevated by what happened in Extermination. Now with how this issue ended the stage is set for Brisson to deliver a satisfying conclusion to the X-Men's Extermination event.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Extermination (2018) #5

Dec 20, 2018

Extermination #5 delivered a lackluster conclusion to what turned out to be a highly disappointing X-Men event. Ed Brisson missed the mark on many character moments that should've been highly impactful to the X-Men franchise. All of the misses, along with the delay of this finale causing spoilers for how things ended, made the entire Extermination series an X-Men event fans can easily pass on.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Secret Empire #0

Apr 20, 2017

Secret Empire #0 has it's moments where you can see that Nick Spencer will possibly deliver a good big event. The event starts off on a high note when it comes to big action sequences that will be hard to top. Unfortunately, or fortunately depending on how you see it, for those who have not been onboard with Spencer's Captain America work Secret Empire #0 does not go out of it's way to try and win you over. Some of the problems with continuity will definitely leave a lot of people scratching their heads along with some very questionable dialogue choices.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Secret Empire #1

May 4, 2017

Secret Empire #1 has a few good things, from a story standpoint, going for it. Unfortunately for readers stepping into Secret Empire #1 fresh will be lost as issue #0 is required reading for this story. Questionable character and story decisions only make things worse for an event Nick Spencer is trying to make resonate with the reader.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Secret Empire #2

May 18, 2017

Secret Empire #2 was a massive improvement over issue #0 and #1. There are still several major problems with the story that Nick Spencer needs to address in future issues. That said Spencer did an effective job continuing to make Captain America and Hydra look like an unstoppable force our heroes can't overcome. The ending along with how the underground heroes have chosen to deal with the problem at hand create intriguing scenarios for future issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Batgirls (2021) #2

Jan 12, 2022

Batgirls #2 has so many good things going for it that it is unfortunate to see how Becky Cloonan and Michael W. Conrad just get in their own way. This issue is just to busy to make any of the many plotlines it has going on to fully grab your interest. Luckily the chemistry between Barbara Gordon, Stephanie Brown, and Cassandra Cain is strong enough to lift up the series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Batgirls (2021) #3

Feb 9, 2022

Batgirls #3 does a great job presenting Tutor as menacing force that Barbara Gordon, Stephanie Brown, and Cassandra Cain have to work together to overcome. In the process the dynamic between the three Batgirls is able to shine as the strength of the series. Highlighting that strength made the ending with Seer further push how there are many things to look forward to seeing develop in Batgirls.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Batgirls (2021) #4

Mar 14, 2022

Overall, Batgirls #4 is more of the same. The chemistry between Stephanie Brown, Cassandra Cain, and Barbara Gordon is where this issue shines. Unfortunately how heavy handed the writing is during the fight with Tutor is gets in the way of the cool stylized artwork that Corona is providing this series.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirls (2021) #5

Apr 13, 2022

Batgirls #5 is easily the best issue of this series to date. Becky Cloonan, Michael Conrad, and Jorge Corona work well to showcase how effective of a team the Batgirls are. Going from dealing with The Saints to Spellbinder and Tutor flowed well with the story that has been unfolding. With how things turned out by the end we are left in a spot wondering how the Batgirls will defeat Spellbinder and Tutor. That is a good spot for the final issue of this story arc to pick up at.

View Issue       View Full Review
7.5
Batgirls (2021) #6

May 11, 2022

Becky Cloonan, Michael Conrad, Jorge Corona, and Sarah Stern saved the best for last as Batgirls #6 is by far the strongest issues of this first story arc for the series. The payoff to the character arcs for Barbara Gordon, Stephanie Brown, and Cassandra Cain is all handled well. We even get a hook ending that transitions well into the next story arc featuring Seer that keeps the reader invested in finding out what happens next.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Batgirls (2021) #7

Jun 14, 2022

Batgirls #7 is a massive step back for a series that started to find its footing at the end of its first story arc in the previous issue. The writing gets in its own way from beginning to the very end of this issue. Its to the point that the writing distracts the reader from how the artwork is trying to help tell the story. This is by far the most disappointed I've been in a comic book in a long time.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batgirls (2021) #8

Jul 12, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSBatgirls #8 is a comic book that gets in its own way of finding success. Becky Cloonan and Michael W. Conrad just can't help themselves with how overly written this comic book. It gets to the point you are left wondering if there is trust in this story that is supposed to wrap up the Seer and The Saints story was worth telling. The only thing that saves Batgirls #8 is the good artwork, when given the chance by the writing, by Robbi Rodriguez and Rico Renzi

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Batgirls (2021) #9

Aug 9, 2022

Batgirls #9 is such a frustrating comic book to read. There are hints of a fun comic book throughout this issue. Unfortunately, Becky Cloonan and Michael W. Conrad consistently get in their own way with how they insert themselves into the story. There is absolutely no need for their constant narration as a key narrative direction for the story. That narrative decision impacts everything from the character development to the enjoyment of the artwork. At this point I'm strongly considering dropping this series all together even though Barbara Gordon, Stephanie Brown, and Cassandra Cain are among my favorite DC Comics characters.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Batgirls (2021) #10

Sep 15, 2022

Batgirls #10 is the point in this series that I just must tap out. While I'm a big fan of Barbara Gordon, Cassandra Cain, and Stephanie Brown I've come to terms that this series is just not for me. For those enjoying this series I am happy for you and I'm okay with Batgirls #10 being the final issue I read of Cloonan and Conrad's run.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Deathstroke Inc. (2021) #8

May 2, 2022

In the end, the third chapter of Shadow War in Deathstroke Inc. #8 was a big miss. A few things happened that pushed the narrative forward but more than anything this issue just pointed out how dull of leads Deathstroke and Respawn are. Luckily the ending to this issue does tease a big improvement for chapter four of Shadow War.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Deathstroke Inc. (2021) #9

May 24, 2022

Deathstroke Inc. #9 pushes the Shadow War forward in a way that elevates the stakes of what this crossover has been all about. While the major death proves to be nothing more than a plot device it does not get in the way of the pacing of this story. By the end of Deathstroke Inc. #9 you can't helped but be invested in where Joshua Williamson will go next with Shadow War.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Invincible Iron Man (2022) #1

Dec 14, 2022

In Gerry Duggan's search to tell his own version of Demon In A Bottle he creates an immediate exit point as soon as The Invincible Iron Man #1 ends. The entire story felt like repeating a bad cycle you thought you escaped from but somehow find yourself stuck in yet again. The only saving grace was the solid artwork by Juan Frigeri. But even good artwork can't save a story that leaves you with a feeling of not wanting to read more. And that is exactly what happens with the writing in The Invincible Iron Man #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
7
Invincible Iron Man (2022) #10

Sep 28, 2023

Gerry Duggan and Juan Frigeri deliver on answering the "Why? question around Tony Stark and Emma Frost sudden marriage. Invincible Iron Man #10 embraces how forced the marriage is to elevate the roles Tony and Emma are playing moving forward. Which in turn leads this issue to achieve the goal of the marketing around this X-Men and Iron Man crossover story within the greater Fall of X storyline.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Spider-Man (2016) #12

Jan 14, 2017

Spider-Man #12 is a victim of the choice in its story structure by its writer severely hurting any momentum created by the hype leading up to a crossover. Brian Bendis does very little to create further excitement of this crossover between Spider-Man and Spider-Gwen passed the promoted hook of Miles Morales and Gwen Stacy's kiss. The only saving grace is the fantastic artwork by Sara Pichelli, who continues to be one of Marvel's biggest stars. Hopefully the next chapter in this crossover taking place in the pages of Spider-Gwen, a series I'm a huge fan of, is able to create interest in the crossover.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Trial of the Amazons (2022) #1

Mar 9, 2022

Trial of the Amazons #1 is all about set-up for what this Wonder Woman event will be about. From all the character dynamics to the surprising death at the end, this first chapter got the job done of what it needed to do to lay the foundation for this event. The thing that holds Trial of the Amazons #1 back is how it does expect the reader to know what has been going on in all the Wonder Woman titles since the start of Infinite Frontier. If you don't have at least a working knowledge of the current Wonder Woman status quo this event may not be for you.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Trial of the Amazons (2022) #2

Apr 27, 2022

Trial of the Amazons #2 was ended the latest Wonder Woman event in disappointment. Just about every plotline in Trial of the Amazons rushed at the end so the payoff just doesn't end up working out as intended. The Trial the story is named after being dropped almost completely is an example of how big of a missed opportunity this entire event was. Its such a shame because Trial of the Amazons had a good start but just never found its footing in the second half of the story.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
X-Men: Forever (2024) #1

Mar 20, 2024

Timing is everything, especially with the story going on in Fall of the House of X and Rise of the Powers of X crossover. X-Men: Forever #1 is an example of how timing can impact a story. If this comic book was released a month earlier, its intent would've strengthened the story in the latest X-Men crossover. But because it was released now the story that X-Men: Forever #1 largely focuses on is a giant swing-and-miss. Hopefully future issues of X-Men: Forever will focus on the plot beats that were most effective in this series debut.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Justice League (2016) #14

Feb 5, 2017

Justice League #14 is a case of bad execution with questionable characterization for multiple characters. The timing of this one-shot issue just does not line up with everything that this current incarnation of the Justice League has been through. Hindering the issue even more is more is the throwaway treatment of the big threat that caused everything in this issue to happen. The dip in quality of artwork only further shows why Bryan Hitch will be better off if he focuses on one role rather than trying to do everything himself.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Justice League (2016) #26

Aug 6, 2017

Justice League #26 is the first issue in Bryan Hitch's run that felt like a risk. While the setting and some of the characters are intriguing the full execution of the story did leave something to desired. Rather than being fascinating new characters, the new children of the Justice League all came off as basic superheroes due to the weak dialogue from Hitch. That leaves a lot of work for Hitch to do in future parts of the "Legacy" arc to make the new characters and world fan favorites.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Teen Titans (2016): Lazarus Contract Special #1

Jun 4, 2017

Teen Titans Annual #1 failed to deliver an ending that made The Lazarus Contract a memorable story. With the characters involved it was fair to expect that the story would reach the heights of other classic Titans tales. Even when the story tried to deliver an ending that impacted the future of multiple characters it ended up not meaning anything. Now the best thing for all series involved is to distance themselves from one another as this failed attempt at a crossover just caused them each more harm than good, from a quality standpoint.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Teen Titans (2016): Special #1

Jun 30, 2018

Teen Titans Special #1 is a solid issue that gets across the direction Adam Glass and DC Comics is looking to take the team. The Robin and Red Arrow segments of this issue help get the reader behind the idea of the Teen Titans working as the anti-Justice League. Unfortunately the strength of this issue presentation of the team's direction is brought down by the story involving Kid Flash. The problems with Kid Flash's segment hurt the overall impact Glass was looking to have with Teen Titans Special #1. In the end that makes this issue hard to recommend to any that is not a hardcore Teen Titans fan.

View Issue       View Full Review
6
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #2

Jan 4, 2018

Phoenix Resurrection #2 is a solid follow-up on what the first issue of The Return of Jean Grey event established. Matthew Rosenberg has created a lot of intriguing story elements around the return of Jean Grey and Phoenix's return to the Marvel Universe. While some of them end up falling flat there are enough plot points that hit the mark to keep readers coming back to find out how Phoenix Resurrection ends up shaping the X-Men franchise.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #4

Jan 28, 2018

Phoenix Resurrection: The Return of Jean Grey #4 is the worst issue of this big X-Men event. Instead of getting the reader excited for the ending Matthew Rosenberg's story ended up losing all its momentum. And for such something that should be a significant moment, now I am more excited about fast forwarding past the Phoenix Resurrection story rather than seeing how it ends. That is not the feeling that the return of Jean Grey should have.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Phoenix Resurrection: The Return Of Jean Grey #5

Feb 3, 2018

Phoenix Resurrection: The Return of Jean Grey #5 did its job in setting the stage for what is next for Jean Grey. Matthew Rosenberg did a great job using key interactions with Scott Summers and the Phoenix Force to create an intriguing future for Jean Grey. It's just unfortunate that while there is a lot of momentum created for Jean's future the same can't be said for the rest of the X-Men. The X-Men's treatment throughout Phoenix Resurrection keeps this series back from being the home run it should've been.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Batman vs. Robin (2022) #1

Sep 13, 2022

Timing is everything and Batman vs Robin #1 is an example of why that is. Mark Waid's decision to center the story around a one-note villain rather than diving into exploring the father-son relationship between Bruce Wayne and Damian Wayne was a big mistake. It is a decision that ends up reminding you that these characters futures in Dark Crisis On Infinite Earths instead of getting you invested in finding out how things will turn out by the end of Batman vs Robin.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Batman vs. Robin (2022) #2

Oct 11, 2022

The elements of an engaging story are all here for Batman vs Robin to be a big success. Unfortunately things aren't coming together as intended with Batman vs Robin #2 suffering from recap storytelling and disappointing artwork. The ending with call back to a specific plotline tied to Damian Wayne does capture interest in finding out how Mark Waid will handle this development. Hopefully it is something that helps turn around the quality of Batman vs Robin.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
X-Men: Black (2018): Magneto #1

Oct 8, 2018

X-Men: Black Magneto was exactly what arguably the best villain in the Marvel Universe needed to bring him back to prominence. Using his knowledge and experience with the character Chris Claremont was able to position Magneto as a complex antagonist. That leads to setting the stage for what could be a long-term storyline that could take different intriguing twist along the way to Magneto's endgame. If it wasn't for some bad artwork and a lackluster back-up story X-Men: Black Magneto would've been a home run because of what it sets up.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Dark Crisis: Young Justice #1

Jun 21, 2022

Choices are certainly made when it comes to Dark Crisis: Young Justice #1. Those choices don't work out for the best when making the series leads likable. It is only thanks to a mystery that is somewhat interesting that helps Dark Crisis: Young Justice #1 from completely falling flat.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Dark Crisis: Young Justice #2

Jul 19, 2022

Dark Crisis: Young Justice #2 was another swing and miss for this tie-in to DC Comics latest big event. The only thing that saves Dark Crisis: Young Justice #2 certain revelations with where Conner Kent is at this point his life. All the other developments in this comic book fail to connect with the way Meghan Fitzmartin intends to explore the Young Justice generation or expanding on the Dark Crisis narrative.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Infinity Wars (2018) #1

Aug 2, 2018

Infinity Wars #1 is an exposition heavy start to Marvel's latest event. All of that exposition does gets in the way from Infinity Wars starting out of the gate running. Luckily the story is save by Gerry Duggan's strong work on Loki and Gamora's plotline in this first issue. These storylines along withMike Deodato Jr.'s great artwork build enough excitement to give Infinity Wars #2 a chance to deliver on the potential Duggan has established.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Infinity Wars (2018) #2

Aug 17, 2018

Infinity Wars #2 was a step up from the first issue. Gerry Duggan made Gamora look like an absolute badass with how she took down the Avengers and Guardians of the Galaxy. Unfortunately this issue was held back by some questionable story choices that dragged the epic potential of Infinity Wars. Hopefully with what the ending of Infinity Wars #2 teased the problems facing Marvel's latest event get fixed right away.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Infinity Wars (2018) #3

Sep 13, 2018

Infinity Wars #3 was a major disappointment. After showing signs of potential the story in Infinity Wars has failed to move forward with a compelling plot. There is no clear direction for what the endgame of Infinity Wars will turn out to be. Instead this issue just serves as a way to market the tie-in comics featuring Warped Marvel Universe characters. For a major Marvel event to fail to build anticipation for what happens next is just unacceptable.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Infinity Wars (2018) #4

Oct 11, 2018

From top to bottom, Infinity Wars #4 is a massive disappointment. At no point in this issue does Gerry Duggan bring the reader into the story he is trying to craft. With all the major Marvel Universe characters he gets to write that is completely unacceptable. All the failures in the story creates a lack of confidence in Infinity Wars being able to deliver a compelling ending with only two issues left.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Infinity Wars (2018) #5

Nov 8, 2018

Infinity Wars #5 is such a massive disappointment. Gerry Duggan has failed to deliver on a massive scope that is expected from an event involving the Infinity Stones. The lack of character development for both the protagonists and antagonists of this story has hurt the impact of what should be major moments in Marvel's history. With only one issue left in Infinity Wars I highly doubt things will be turned around. I hope that I'm wrong about that but fear that I'm not.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Infinity Wars (2018) #6

Dec 24, 2018

Infinity Wars #6 concludes Marvel's latest event in the most disappointing way it could. Gerry Duggan never made this event come across as something worth reading. The heavy reliance on exposition and question character choices made the entirety of Infinity Wars feel like a chore to read. Which is sad because comics are supposed to be fun but that is not the experience delivered by Marvel's latest cosmic event.

View Issue       View Full Review
8
Sinister War (2021) #1

Jul 15, 2021

Nick Spencer and Mark Bagley do not disappoint in delivering an epic start to the Sinister War event. Everything about Sinister War #1 gives you the vibe that we are at the endgame of a big storyline. The concern for what will happen to Spider-Man and his supporting cast is at an all-time high. That all creates great excitement to learn how everything will turn out when all is said and done.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Sinister War (2021) #2

Aug 5, 2021

Nick Spencer and company completely drop the ball with Sinister War #2. For how little is accomplished in Sinister War #2 the entire comic book comes across as rushed from beginning to end. The massive creative team behind Sinister War will now have an uphill battle that is even greater than the one Spider-Man is fighting against Kindred to regain the high interest coming into this event.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Sinister War (2021) #3

Aug 19, 2021

Sinister War #3 is a lot of noise just to get us to the same spot Spider-Man was in since the start of the second issue of this event. Nick Spencer has dropped the ball as hard as one can for what is supposed to be a big endgame event. The only thing to look forward to now is that Sinister War will end in the next issue and we can move far away from this event asap.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Sinister War (2021) #4

Sep 2, 2021

After being excited to see how the Kindred Saga would end Sinister War #4 ended the latest Spider-Man event mini-series in utter disappointment. Nick Spencer and Ed Brisson don't even present us with a true conclusion for Sinister War. Instead this entire issue acts more as a teaser for the true ending of Sinister War that we will get in the companion story taking place in Amazing Spider-Man. By the end you are left wondering if it was even necessary to read the Sinister War mini-series. It was just a massive dropping of the ball near the end of Spencer's run on Spider-Man.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Teen Titans Academy (2021) #1

Mar 26, 2021

Teen Titans Academy #1 is all about setting up the mission statement of this series. While the mystery of who Red X is will likely be what most will talk about that is not the only interesting thing that happens in this issue. Tim Sheridan does a good job laying the groundwork to get readers invested in all the characters in Teen Titans Academy. And that is all that can be asked for from a first issue of a series.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Teen Titans Academy (2021) #2

Apr 29, 2021

The first issue established Teen Titans Academy to have a deep cast of fan favorite and new characters to build a strong foundation around. You would not know that by reading Teen Titans Academy #2. This entire issue just rushes through various stories with minimal development or reason to be invested in character arcs. Its all made worse by the set-up for a crossover with the Suicide Squad that is done in the most unexciting way possible. It is such a big disappointment to see the potential Teen Titans Academy had go to waste after only two issues.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Teen Titans Academy (2021) #3

May 26, 2021

Teen Titans Academy #3 marks the point where I am done with this series. I tried to give Tim Sheridan a chance to get over the concept of Nightwing, Donna Troy, Cyborg, Starfire, Raven, and Beast Boy running a school to teach the next generation of DC Comics heroes. That was a complete failure as Sheridan has shown he is more concerned about building up Red X. By choosing this route you end up not caring about anything in the story or what happens to the characters, not even Sheridan's favorite in Red X. It is such a shame because Teen Titans Academy premise had a lot of potential, but it all goes to waste to put one character over.

View Issue       View Full Review
5.5
Ultimate Invasion (2023) #1

Jun 21, 2023

Ultimate Invasion #1 is a rare swing-and-miss by Jonathan Hickman. The story is taking place at a time that is way past its expiration date. Hickman does all he can to sell The Maker as a big event threat but all attempts fall flat. If it weren't for the epilogue this would be a complete failure of a start to Marvel's latest big event.

View Issue       View Full Review
5
Ultimate Invasion (2023) #2

Jul 26, 2023

Ultimate Invasion #2 is another disappoint issue that is only saved by strong artwork. The pacing for the story always feels like it is disconnected with the aspirations for this event. This is certainly not hitting nowhere near the quality that is expected from a comic book written by Jonathan Hickman.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Ultimate Invasion (2023) #3

Aug 30, 2023

Ultimate Invasion #3 accomplishes everything the second issue tried and failed to do. We get the full idea behind the Earth-6160 continuity that The Maker has created and what is at stake. We even get an ending that sets up the big battle that will conclude this story. All that said, with only one issue left there is concern that it'll be rushed given how much is left to wrap up the story. That includes aspects from the first issue that have not been addressed in these two middle chapters. We'll have to wait and see with the final issue of Ultimate Invasion.

View Issue       View Full Review
2
Ultimate Invasion (2023) #4

Sep 27, 2023

Ultimate Invasion #4 solidified how big of a disappointment this entire event was. So much is expected from a Jonathan Hickman comic book that this left a lot to be desired. The entire execution of The Maker and new Ultimate Universe storyline failed to generate interest. The story was as meaningless as all the clone vs clone climatic battle we got in Ultimate Invasion #4. That leaves us with an Ultimate Universe that is not fresh and exciting. Instead, you're left questioning if the investment in another Marvel Universe will be worth it.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Amazing Spider-Man: Venom Inc.: Alpha #1

Dec 8, 2017

Venom Inc. Alpha #1 failed to create excitement for the crossover between Amazing Spider-Man and Venom. For Venom fans this may be what they were looking for since the character is at the front and center of the story. But for everyone else the lack of proper execution makes it hard to be interested in the plot Dan Slott and Mike Costa created. Everything about the "Venom Inc." story, from the symbiote villain to reintroduction of Anti-Venom, lacked inspiration. So unless you are a hardcore Venom fan this is one crossover you can pass on completely.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Avengers (2016) #1

Nov 3, 2016

Avengers #1 is not a home run. It is instead a close double that an umpire calls safe after looking at the replay. Mark Waid does a good job with executing the story involving Kang's latest attack on The Avengers. Incorporating Vision so closely to this latest attack gave both sides of the story a personal stake in what is going on. It's just unfortunate that Waid stumbles on how he decides to characterize a few members of the Avengers. These mistakes are only further hurt by Mike Del Mundo's artwork, which ends up detracting from the story, especially in the dialogue heavy scenes.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan #1

Oct 20, 2017

Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan #1 delivers on the fun of having these two characters crossing paths with one another. Unfortunately that fun does run dry by the end of this issue as writer Declan Shalvey delivers a generic comic book plot for Deadpool and Old Man Logan to be involved in. That along with the restrained action sequences we do get make it hard to imagine Deadpool vs. Old Man Logan as a series that will live up to its potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Empyre #1

Jul 17, 2020

Empyre #1 was all noise and not much substance. Things definitely take place in this opening issue but none of it is as intriguing as it should be with a lot of poor character development. Add in the fact that Empyre #1 is not at all welcoming to new or casual Marvel readers and you have a start of a big event that just drops the ball. Empyre #1 is definitely only for hardcore Marvel fans who feel like they need to have a complete Avengers and Fantastic Four run. Hopefully the second issue makes vast improvements over what we got with Empyre #1.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Invisible Woman (2019) #1

Jul 13, 2019

Invisible Woman #1 is a pure set-up issue to get Sue Storm on a solo mission. Mark Waid positioned Sue to have an adventure that is tailored to make the best use of her powers and skills. This issue is far from perfect as there are several problems with questionable choices made certain character choices and artwork that does not fit the tone of this story. This all ends up holding Invisible Woman #1 back from reaching its full potential. For now I recommend those interested to wait to see how the second issue of Invisible Woman is received before picking up this comic book.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Knight Terrors (2023): First Blood #1

Jul 4, 2023

It's not quite up to the level of some of Wilson's best Poison Ivy stories, but it builds nicely on the character work she's done with Harley and Ivy over the last year.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Nova (2016) #1

Dec 9, 2016

Nova #1 is a comic book that I came in with high hopes for but was largely disappointed by. While Jeff Loveness and Ramon Perez story had a few good points all of the negatives outweighed them all. The lack of importance given to Richard Riders return was a big mistake, as was the lack of background on Sam Alexander. With a hefty $3.99 price point on this comic I do not recommend picking up Nova #1 at all. As a Nova fan I will keep my eye on the series to see if others say it's good to possibly purchase in trade paperback format. But as a monthly series it did not earn a spot on my pull list moving forward.

View Issue       View Full Review
4.5
Wonder Girl (2021) Annual: 2022

Aug 30, 2022

Even the power of an incredible origin story for Jerry the Winged Horse could not save Wonder Girl 2022 Annual. Rather than progressing Yara as part of the Esquecida now that she has officially become Wonder Girl we get a story that centers around her love life. Even when the story tries to focus on how all this relates to Yara's Amazon ties it falls flat because the reason for this entire story happens is not strong. Its an unfortunate waste of massive potential for what is officially Yara's first story since becoming Wonder Girl.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Knight Terrors (2023) #1

Jul 11, 2023

Knight Terrors #1 dedication to selling Deadman as the lead of DC Comics big event was ultimately a bad decision. Because of this choice there is no time spent on the impact of the Knight Terrors story on the DC Universe. This leads to a villain that is poorly presented and a scope for the big Dawn of DC event coming across as small. As a result Knight Terrors feels like a comic book event you can skip out on reading.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
Titans: Titans Together (2020) #2

Jul 3, 2020

Titans: Titans Together #2 was a big swing and miss by Phil Hester. The story just got out of control from the start and it never gained a focus the deeper into the story we got into. Hester just did not balance using the Titans continuity in a way that brings in fans both new and old into this story. Hopefully things work out better in the next issue of Titans: Titans Together #2.

View Issue       View Full Review
4
X-Men: Red (2018) Annual #1

Jun 4, 2018

X-Men: Red Annual #1 is a poorly timed comic that did not help build interest for Tom Taylor's first storyline that is still ongoing. It would have been much better if Taylor and Marvel held of on giving X-Men: Red an Annual issue until at least ten issues into the series. By not waiting a lot of the content of this Annual ended up being a rehash of the character work Taylor has done in the four issues of X-Men: Red.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Batman / Catwoman: The Gotham War (2023): Scorched Earth #1

Oct 31, 2023

Batman/Catwoman: The Gotham War Scorched Earth put an end to the most disappointing story of 2024. There isn't a single character involved in this story that came out of this better or with more interest behind their futures. The best thing that can be said is that Gotham War is over and we can all move on.

View Issue       View Full Review
2.5
Batman / Catwoman: The Gotham War (2023): Red Hood #1

Sep 26, 2023

Batman/Catwoman: The Gotham War Red Hood #1 is nothing but a pure disappointment. This is by far the worst chapter in the Gotham War crossover event thus far. Which is saying a lot given that Gotham War hasn't gotten off to a good start. If you are reading Batman and Catwoman's Gotham War crossover save yourself the trouble by skipping this Red Hood tie-in mini-series.

View Issue       View Full Review
6.5
Batman / Catwoman: The Gotham War (2023): Battle Lines #1

Aug 29, 2023

Batman/Catwoman: The Gotham War Battle Lines #1 works overtime to get the latest Batman Family event started. There is a lot of catch-up done for the concept of Catwoman taking over organized crime and Batman's reaction to it. While messy, by the end of this first chapter there is enough solid work to buy into being on the ride that Gotham War will be taking us on.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Batman / Catwoman: The Gotham War (2023): Red Hood #2

Oct 24, 2023

Batman/Catwoman: The Gotham War Red Hood #2 solidified this series as completely skippable. This Red Hood mini-series only accomplished to confirm how the lack of build up hurt Gotham War as a whole. If you are reading the Gotham War event in Batman and Catwoman save your money as this Red Hood mini-series was an unimportant part of the event.

View Issue       View Full Review
3.5
Return of Wolverine #1

Sep 21, 2018

Return of Wolverine #1 is a complete disappointment. At no point does Charles Soule create excitement around Logan's return as Wolverine. Instead all he accomplishes in doing is creating a story so confusing that is hard to get into, even if you are a hardcore X-Men fan. No matter how excited you were for Wolverine's return to the Marvel Universe this is a comic that you should avoid completely.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
All-Out Avengers (2022) #1

Sep 8, 2022

All-Out Avengers #1 has an interesting concept behind it as we start in the middle of a story already well into development. Derek Landy and Greg Land just never do anything with the potential of this direction with the threat the Avengers face off against being the most generic villains that could've been chosen. This is definitely hard pass as I won't ever think about as a comic book I should read beyond the first issue.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Black Widow (2019) #1

Jan 18, 2019

There was so much built-in potential for a new Black Widow comic book. Unfortunately it all goes to waste with how it begins in Black Widow #1. The story's tone and pacing never seems to be connected well enough to set-up a compelling narrative. Even when the opportunity is there to tell a meaningful story it all goes to waste due to the decisions made with how to present Black Widow's character. Add in artwork that is a bad mix with the presented story, this comic turns out to be a disappointing start to a mini-series with so much potential.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Tales of Suspense (2017) #100

Dec 26, 2017

Tales of Suspense #100 had two routes that it could've taken. Unfortunately Matthew Rosenberg decided to take the least interesting route. Things are made even worse by having Clint Barton and his failures to execute his plans be the main driving force around the first chapter of the story. This all ends up making the potential of Natasha Romanoff's possible survival and status quo of working from from the shadows a complete missed opportunity.

View Issue       View Full Review
3
Tim Drake: Robin (2022) #1

Sep 27, 2022

FINAL THOUGHTSWhile it is great that Tim Drake finally gets his own ongoing series again Tim Drake: Robin #1 was a massive disappointment. The writing constantly gets in its own way and artwork is a bad fit for the character and world. Even the one solid aspect of this first issue, Tim's dynamic with Bernard Dowd and Darcy Thomas, is not enough to make up for how the writing is all over the place. It all leads to a comic book that feels like a step back rather than step forward for Tim Drake.

View Issue       View Full Review
2.5
The Giant Kokju (2023) #1

Apr 12, 2023

The Giant Kokju #1 certainly did not lie in its solicitation that its "proudly flying our M rating. Does that lead to a must-read parody comic book? Absolutely not. It's a shame because the kaiju genre is filled with ways you can parody it in a fun way. Unfortunately, there was zero attempt of that here. What you instead get is something that is as eye-rolling as comic books can get.

View Issue       View Full Review

Reviews for the Week of...

April

March

More